Brother MFCJ4335DW MFC-J4335DW INKvestment Tank All-in-One Printer User Guide

Document
Online User's Guide
MFC-J4335DW
MFC-J4345DW
MFC-J4535DW
&copy; 2020 Brother Industries, Ltd. All rights reserved.
Home &gt; Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Before You Use Your Machine ............................................................................................................. 1
Definitions of Notes ........................................................................................................................................ 2
Notice - Disclaimer of Warranties (USA and Canada) ................................................................................... 3
Trademarks .................................................................................................................................................... 4
Open Source Licensing Remarks .................................................................................................................. 5
Copyright and License ................................................................................................................................... 6
Important Notes.............................................................................................................................................. 7
Introduction to Your Machine............................................................................................................... 8
Before Using Your Machine ........................................................................................................................... 9
Control Panel Overview ............................................................................................................................... 10
LCD Overview .............................................................................................................................................. 14
Touchscreen LCD Overview......................................................................................................................... 15
Settings Screen Overview ........................................................................................................................... 18
Navigate the Touchscreen............................................................................................................................ 20
Set the Ready Screen .................................................................................................................................. 21
Set Default Function Screens ...................................................................................................................... 22
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine ............................................................................................................ 23
Access Brother Utilities (Windows) .............................................................................................................. 25
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows) ...................................................................... 26
USB / Ethernet Port Locations on Your Brother Machine ............................................................................ 27
Paper Handling.................................................................................................................................... 28
Load Paper................................................................................................................................................... 29
Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2.................................................................................... 30
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot.................................................................................................. 39
Unprintable Area ................................................................................................................................ 42
Paper Settings.................................................................................................................................... 43
Acceptable Print Media ...................................................................................................................... 46
Load Documents .......................................................................................................................................... 53
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) ............................................................. 54
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass ............................................................................................ 56
Unscannable Area.............................................................................................................................. 57
Print ...................................................................................................................................................... 58
Print from Your Computer (Windows)........................................................................................................... 59
Print a Photo (Windows)..................................................................................................................... 60
Print a Document (Windows).............................................................................................................. 61
Cancel a Print Job (Windows) ............................................................................................................ 62
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Windows)...................................... 63
Print as a Poster (Windows)............................................................................................................... 64
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows) .................. 65
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows)....................................................................................... 68
Print a Color Document in Grayscale (Windows) ............................................................................... 70
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows) .................................................................. 71
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows) ................................................................................................. 72
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows) .................................................................................... 75
Print Settings (Windows) .................................................................................................................... 76
i
Home &gt; Table of Contents
Print from Your Computer (Mac) .................................................................................................................. 80
Print Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac) ......................................................................................... 81
Print Photos or Documents Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)............................................ 82
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Automatic 2-sided
Printing)(Windows/Mac) ..................................................................................................................... 84
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (N in 1)
(Windows) .......................................................................................................................................... 86
Print a Color Document in Grayscale Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac) ............................ 87
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive.............................................................................................. 88
Compatible USB Flash Drives ............................................................................................................ 89
Important Information about Photo Printing........................................................................................ 90
Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine........................................................... 91
Print an Email Attachment............................................................................................................................ 99
Scan.................................................................................................................................................... 101
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine .......................................................................................... 102
Scan Photos and Graphics............................................................................................................... 103
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File ................................................................................ 106
Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive....................................................................................... 109
Scan Multiple Business Cards and Photos (Auto Crop)................................................................... 112
Scan to an Editable Text File Using OCR......................................................................................... 113
Save Scanned Data as an Email Attachment .................................................................................. 116
Scan to FTP ..................................................................................................................................... 119
Scan to SSH FTP (SFTP) ................................................................................................................ 123
Scan to Network (Windows) ............................................................................................................. 130
Scan to SharePoint .......................................................................................................................... 134
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10) .......... 138
Change Scan Settings Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan........................................................................... 142
Scan Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac) ...................................................................................... 143
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)........................................................................................................ 144
Scan Using Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14SE or Other Windows Applications....................................... 145
Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan ................................................................................................ 150
Scan from Your Computer (Mac)................................................................................................................ 154
Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management......................................................................... 155
Set the Scan Job Email Report Using Web Based Management .................................................... 156
Copy ................................................................................................................................................... 157
Copy a Document ..................................................................................................................................... 158
Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images ............................................................................................................ 160
Sort Copies ................................................................................................................................................ 162
Make Page Layout Copies (N in 1 or Poster)............................................................................................. 163
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy) ...................................................................................... 167
Copy an ID Card ........................................................................................................................................ 170
Copy Settings............................................................................................................................................. 172
Fax ...................................................................................................................................................... 176
Send a Fax................................................................................................................................................. 177
Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine ........................................................................................... 178
Send a Fax Manually........................................................................................................................ 181
Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation ........................................................................................ 182
ii
Home &gt; Table of Contents
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting) .................................................... 183
Send a Fax in Real Time .................................................................................................................. 186
Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)................................................................................ 187
Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting ................................................................................................ 188
Cancel a Fax in Progress ................................................................................................................. 189
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax.................................................................................................... 190
Fax Options ...................................................................................................................................... 191
Receive a Fax ............................................................................................................................................ 193
Receive Mode Settings .................................................................................................................... 194
Set Easy Receive ............................................................................................................................. 200
Fax Preview...................................................................................................................................... 201
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax ............................................................................. 205
Set the Fax Receive Stamp.............................................................................................................. 206
Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation .................................................................. 207
Memory Receive Options ................................................................................................................. 208
Remote Fax Retrieval....................................................................................................................... 216
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers .......................................................................................................... 222
Voice Operations .............................................................................................................................. 223
Store Fax Numbers .......................................................................................................................... 231
Set up Broadcasting Groups ............................................................................................................ 237
Dial Access Codes and Credit Card Numbers ................................................................................ 242
Telephone Services and External Devices................................................................................................. 244
Voice Mail ......................................................................................................................................... 245
Distinctive Ring................................................................................................................................. 246
Caller ID ........................................................................................................................................... 251
Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference).................................................... 253
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)................................................................................... 254
External and Extension Telephones ................................................................................................. 258
Fax Reports ............................................................................................................................................... 264
Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style .............................................................................. 265
Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period................................................................................................ 266
PC-FAX ...................................................................................................................................................... 268
PC-FAX for Windows ....................................................................................................................... 269
PC-FAX for Mac .............................................................................................................................. 288
Network .............................................................................................................................................. 289
Supported Basic Network Features ........................................................................................................... 290
Configure Network Settings ....................................................................................................................... 291
Configure Network Settings Using the Control Panel....................................................................... 292
Wireless Network Settings ......................................................................................................................... 293
Use the Wireless Network ................................................................................................................ 294
Use Wi-Fi Direct&reg; ............................................................................................................................. 312
Enable/Disable Wireless LAN .......................................................................................................... 317
Print the WLAN Report..................................................................................................................... 318
Network Features....................................................................................................................................... 322
Print the Network Configuration Report............................................................................................ 323
Configure and Operate LDAP Search .............................................................................................. 324
Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management ..................................... 328
iii
Home &gt; Table of Contents
Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default ................................................................................ 331
Brother Management Tools ........................................................................................................................ 332
Security .............................................................................................................................................. 333
Before Using Network Security Features ................................................................................................... 334
Configure Certificates for Device Security ................................................................................................. 335
Supported Security Certificate Features .......................................................................................... 336
Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate ............................................................ 337
Create a Self-signed Certificate ....................................................................................................... 338
Create CSR and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) ............................................ 339
Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key ........................................................................... 343
Import and Export a CA Certificate................................................................................................... 346
Manage Multiple Certificates ............................................................................................................ 349
Use SSL/TLS ............................................................................................................................................. 350
Introduction to SSL/TLS ................................................................................................................... 351
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS............................................................... 354
Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS ...................................................................................... 359
Use SNMPv3.............................................................................................................................................. 361
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SNMPv3 ............................................................... 362
Use IPsec................................................................................................................................................... 364
Introduction to IPsec......................................................................................................................... 365
Configure IPsec Using Web Based Management ............................................................................ 366
Configure an IPsec Address Template Using Web Based Management ......................................... 368
Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management ....................................................... 370
Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network ......................................................... 379
What Is IEEE 802.1x Authentication? .............................................................................................. 380
Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web Based
Management (Web Browser)............................................................................................................ 381
IEEE 802.1x Authentication Methods............................................................................................... 383
Use Active Directory Authentication........................................................................................................... 384
Introduction to Active Directory Authentication................................................................................. 385
Configure Active Directory Authentication Using Web Based Management .................................... 386
Log On to Change the Machine Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel (Active Directory
Authentication) ................................................................................................................................. 388
Use LDAP Authentication........................................................................................................................... 389
Introduction to LDAP Authentication ................................................................................................ 390
Configure LDAP Authentication Using Web Based Management .................................................... 391
Log On to Change the Machine Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel (LDAP
Authentication) ................................................................................................................................. 392
Use Secure Function Lock 3.0 ................................................................................................................... 393
Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0........................................................................................... 394
Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management ............................................ 395
Scan Using Secure Function Lock 3.0 ............................................................................................. 396
Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0 ...................................................................... 397
Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features................................................................................. 398
Register an External IC Card Reader............................................................................................... 399
Send an Email Securely............................................................................................................................. 400
Configure Email Sending Using Web Based Management .............................................................. 401
Send an Email with User Authentication .......................................................................................... 402
iv
Home &gt; Table of Contents
Send an Email Securely Using SSL/TLS ......................................................................................... 403
Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel .................................................................................... 404
About Using TX Lock........................................................................................................................ 405
Mobile/Web Connect ......................................................................................................................... 409
Brother Web Connect................................................................................................................................. 410
Brother Web Connect Overview ....................................................................................................... 411
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect ............................................................................ 414
Set Up Brother Web Connect ........................................................................................................... 416
Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect ............................................................. 424
Upload a Document from an External Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect ...................... 426
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect ......................................................... 427
Download and Save a Document to an External Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect ...... 431
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail ........................................................................................................ 432
AirPrint ....................................................................................................................................................... 435
AirPrint Overview.............................................................................................................................. 436
Before Using AirPrint (macOS) ........................................................................................................ 437
Print Using AirPrint ........................................................................................................................... 438
Scan Using AirPrint (macOS) ........................................................................................................... 441
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)................................................................................................. 442
Mopria&reg; Print Service................................................................................................................................. 443
Brother Mobile Connect ............................................................................................................................. 444
Print with Near-Field Communication (NFC).............................................................................................. 445
Brother iPrint&amp;Scan for Windows and Mac ................................................................................... 446
Brother iPrint&amp;Scan Overview for Windows and Mac ................................................................................ 447
Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................ 448
Error and Maintenance Messages ............................................................................................................. 449
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report ..................................................................................... 463
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature..................................................... 467
Document Jams ......................................................................................................................................... 469
Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit ............................................................................ 470
Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit....................................................................................... 471
Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF .................................................................................... 472
Printer Jam or Paper Jam .......................................................................................................................... 473
Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the Machine (Jam Inside/Front).................................. 474
Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam Front) .............................................................. 480
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam Rear / Jam Tray2) ........................................... 484
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine .......................................................................................... 487
Paper Handling and Printing Problems ............................................................................................ 488
Telephone and Fax Problems........................................................................................................... 494
Other Problems ................................................................................................................................ 500
Network Problems ............................................................................................................................ 502
AirPrint Problems ............................................................................................................................. 510
Check the Machine Information ................................................................................................................. 511
Reset Your Machine ................................................................................................................................... 512
Reset Functions Overview ............................................................................................................... 513
Routine Maintenance ........................................................................................................................ 514
Replace the Ink Cartridges......................................................................................................................... 515
v
Home &gt; Table of Contents
Clean Your Brother Machine ...................................................................................................................... 518
Clean the Scanner............................................................................................................................ 519
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine ............................................................................ 521
Clean the Print Head Using Web Based Management .................................................................... 523
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows)..................................................................... 524
Clean the Machine's LCD................................................................................................................. 526
Clean the Outside of the Machine .................................................................................................... 527
Clean the Machine's Printer Platen .................................................................................................. 529
Clean the Paper Feed Rollers .......................................................................................................... 530
Clean the Base Pad ......................................................................................................................... 532
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #1 ......................................................................... 534
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #2 ......................................................................... 536
Check Your Brother Machine ..................................................................................................................... 537
Check the Print Quality..................................................................................................................... 538
Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine .................................................................... 541
Check the Ink Volume (Page Gauge)............................................................................................... 543
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows) ................................................................ 545
Monitor Machine Status Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac) ............................................... 550
Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines.......................................................................................... 552
Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results ........................................................................... 553
Pack and Ship Your Machine ..................................................................................................................... 554
Machine Settings............................................................................................................................... 556
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel ..................................................................................... 557
In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage) ............................................................................. 558
General Settings............................................................................................................................... 559
Save Your Favorite Settings as a Shortcut....................................................................................... 576
Print Reports .................................................................................................................................... 582
Settings and Features Tables........................................................................................................... 585
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management ...................................................................... 610
What is Web Based Management? .................................................................................................. 611
Access Web Based Management .................................................................................................... 612
Set or Change a Login Password for Web Based Management ...................................................... 614
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using Web Based Management .......................................... 615
Appendix............................................................................................................................................ 616
Specifications ............................................................................................................................................. 617
Supply Specifications ................................................................................................................................. 624
Brother Help and Customer Support.......................................................................................................... 626
vi
Home &gt; Before You Use Your Machine
Before You Use Your Machine
• Definitions of Notes
• Notice - Disclaimer of Warranties (USA and Canada)
• Trademarks
• Open Source Licensing Remarks
• Copyright and License
• Important Notes
1
Home &gt; Before You Use Your Machine &gt; Definitions of Notes
Definitions of Notes
We use the following symbols and conventions throughout this User's Guide:
WARNING
WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injuries.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may
result in minor or moderate injuries.
IMPORTANT
NOTE
IMPORTANT indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may
result in damage to property or loss of product functionality.
NOTE specifies the operating environment, conditions for installation, or special
conditions of use.
Tips icons indicate helpful hints and supplementary information.
Electrical Hazard icons alert you to possible electrical shock.
Bold
Bold style identifies buttons on the machine's control panel or computer screen.
Italics
Italicized style emphasizes an important point or refers you to a related topic.
Courier New
Courier New font identifies messages shown on the machine's LCD.
Related Information
• Before You Use Your Machine
2
Home &gt; Before You Use Your Machine &gt; Notice - Disclaimer of Warranties (USA and Canada)
Notice - Disclaimer of Warranties (USA and Canada)
BROTHER’S LICENSOR(S), AND THEIR DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS
(COLLECTIVELY BROTHER’S LICENSOR) MAKE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THE SOFTWARE. BROTHER’S LICENSOR(S) DOES NOT
WARRANT, GUARANTEE OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING THE USE OR THE RESULTS
OF THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE IN TERMS OF ITS CORRECTNESS, ACCURACY, RELIABILITY,
CURRENTNESS OR OTHERWISE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE RESULTS AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
SOFTWARE IS ASSUMED BY YOU. THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES IS NOT PERMITTED BY
SOME STATES IN THE USA AND SOME PROVINCES IN CANADA. THE ABOVE EXCLUSION MAY NOT
APPLY TO YOU.
IN NO EVENT WILL BROTHER’S LICENSOR(S) BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS,
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION, AND THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE EVEN IF BROTHER’S LICENSOR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. BECAUSE SOME STATES IN THE USA AND SOME PROVINCES IN
CANADA DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN ANY EVENT BROTHER’S
LICENSOR’S LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ACTUAL DAMAGES FROM ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER, AND
REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE), PRODUCT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE), WILL BE LIMITED TO $50.
Related Information
• Before You Use Your Machine
3
Home &gt; Before You Use Your Machine &gt; Trademarks
Trademarks
Apple, App Store, AirPrint, Mac, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, macOS, iPadOS and Safari are trademarks of Apple
Inc., registered in the United States and other countries.
Nuance and PaperPort are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications, Inc. or its affiliates
in the United States and/or other countries.
Wi-Fi&reg;, Wi-Fi Alliance&reg; and Wi-Fi Direct&reg; are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance&reg;.
WPA™, WPA2™, and Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ are trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance&reg;.
Android, Google Drive, Google Play and Google Chrome are trademarks of Google LLC.
EVERNOTE is a trademark of Evernote Corporation and used under a license.
The Bluetooth&reg; word mark is a registered trademark owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such
marks by Brother Industries, Ltd. is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their
respective owners.
Mopria&reg; and the Mopria&reg; logo are registered and/or unregistered trademarks and service marks of Mopria
Alliance, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Each company whose software title is mentioned in this manual has a Software License Agreement specific to its
proprietary programs.
Software Trademarks
FlashFX&reg; is a registered trademark of Datalight, Inc.
FlashFX&reg; Pro™ is a trademark of Datalight, Inc.
FlashFX&reg; Tera™ is a trademark of Datalight, Inc.
Reliance™ is a trademark of Datalight, Inc.
Reliance Nitro™ is a trademark of Datalight, Inc.
Datalight&reg; is a registered trademark of Datalight, Inc.
Any trade names and product names of companies appearing on Brother products, related documents
and any other materials are all trademarks or registered trademarks of those respective companies.
Related Information
• Before You Use Your Machine
4
Home &gt; Before You Use Your Machine &gt; Open Source Licensing Remarks
Open Source Licensing Remarks
This product includes open-source software.
To view Open Source Licensing Remarks and Copyright Information, go to your model's Manuals page at
support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Before You Use Your Machine
5
Home &gt; Before You Use Your Machine &gt; Copyright and License
Copyright and License
&copy;2020 Brother Industries, Ltd. All rights reserved.
This product includes software developed by the following vendors:
This product includes the “KASAGO TCP/IP” software developed by ZUKEN ELMIC, Inc.
Copyright 1989-2020 Datalight, Inc., All Rights Reserved.
FlashFX&reg; Copyright 1998-2020 Datalight, Inc.
Related Information
• Before You Use Your Machine
6
Home &gt; Before You Use Your Machine &gt; Important Notes
Important Notes
•
Check support.brother.com for Brother driver and software updates.
•
To keep your machine performance up to date, check support.brother.com for the latest firmware upgrade.
Otherwise, some of your machine's functions may not be available.
•
Do not use this product outside the country of purchase as it may violate the wireless telecommunication and
power regulations of that country.
•
When replacing or disposing of your machine, Brother strongly recommends resetting it to its factory settings
to remove all personal information.
•
Windows 10 in this document represents Windows 10 Home, Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Education and
Windows 10 Enterprise.
•
Windows Server 2008 in this document represents Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
•
In this User's Guide, the LCD messages of the MFC-J4345DW/MFC-J4535DW are used unless otherwise
specified.
•
In this User's Guide, the illustrations of the MFC-J4535DW are used unless otherwise specified.
•
The screens in this User's Guide are for illustration purposes only and may differ from the actual screens.
•
Unless otherwise specified, the screens in this manual are from Windows 10 and macOS v10.15.x. Screens
on your computer may vary depending on your operating system.
•
The contents of this guide and the specifications of this product are subject to change without notice.
•
In this document XXX-XXXX represents your machine's model name.
Related Information
• Before You Use Your Machine
Related Topics:
• Reset Your Machine
7
Home &gt; Introduction to Your Machine
Introduction to Your Machine
• Before Using Your Machine
• Control Panel Overview
• LCD Overview
• Touchscreen LCD Overview
• Settings Screen Overview
• Navigate the Touchscreen
• Set the Ready Screen
• Set Default Function Screens
• Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
• Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
• USB / Ethernet Port Locations on Your Brother Machine
8
Home &gt; Introduction to Your Machine &gt; Before Using Your Machine
Before Using Your Machine
Before attempting any printing operation, confirm the following:
•
Make sure you have installed the correct software and drivers for your machine.
•
For USB or network cable users: Make sure the interface cable is physically secure.
Selecting the correct type of paper
For high quality printing, it is important to select the correct type of paper. Be sure to read the information about
acceptable paper before buying paper, and to determine the printable area depending on the settings in the
printer driver or in the application you use to print.
Simultaneous printing and faxing
Your machine can print from your computer while receiving a fax into memory. However, when the machine is
copying or receiving a fax on paper, it pauses the printing operation, and then continues printing when copying or
fax receiving has finished.
Firewall (Windows)
If your computer is protected by a firewall and you are unable to network print, network scan, or PC-FAX, you
may need to configure the firewall settings. If you are using the Windows Firewall and you installed the drivers
using the steps in the installer, the necessary firewall settings have been already set. If you are using any other
personal firewall software, see the User's Guide for your software or contact the software manufacturer.
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Machine
9
Home &gt; Introduction to Your Machine &gt; Control Panel Overview
Control Panel Overview
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
7
1. 1.8&quot; Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Displays messages to help you set up and use the machine.
2. Mode Buttons
FAX
Press to switch the machine to Fax mode.
SCAN
Press to switch the machine to Scan mode.
COPY
Press to switch the machine to Copy mode.
WEB
Press to switch the machine to Web mode.
3. Settings Buttons
Clear/Back
Press to go back to the previous menu.
Settings
Press to access the main menu.
OK
Press to select a setting.
d
Press to access the ring volume adjustment menu while the machine is idle.
10
Press to access the ink menu while the machine is idle.
•
Press to store Speed Dial and Group numbers in the machine's memory.
•
Press to look up and dial numbers that are stored in the machine's memory.
Press to configure the wireless settings while the machine is idle.
a or b
Press to scroll through the menus and options.
d or c
•
Press to move the cursor left or right on the LCD.
•
Press to either confirm or cancel a procedure which is in progress.
4. Telephone Buttons
Hook
Press before dialing to ensure a fax machine answers, and then press Black Start or Color Start.
If the machine is in Fax/Tel (F/T) mode and you pick up the handset of an external telephone during the
F/T ring (pseudo/double-ring), press Hook to talk.
Redial/Pause
•
Press to redial the last number you called.
•
Press to select and redial the numbers from the Outgoing Call History or Caller ID History.
•
Press to insert a pause when dialing numbers.
5. Dial Pad
•
Use to dial fax and telephone numbers.
•
Use as a keyboard to enter text or characters.
Stop/Exit
6.
•
Press to stop an operation.
•
Press to exit from a menu.
7. Start Buttons
Black Start
•
Press to start sending faxes in black and white.
•
Press to start making copies in black and white.
•
Press to start scanning documents (in color or black and white, depending on the scan setting).
Color Start
•
Press to start sending faxes in full color.
•
Press to start making copies in full color.
•
Press to start scanning documents (in color or black and white, depending on the scan setting).
11
8.
Power On/Off
Press
to turn on the machine.
Press and hold
to turn off the machine. The LCD displays [Shutting Down] and stays on for a few
seconds before turning itself off. A connected external telephone or Telephone Answering Device (TAD) will
always remain available.
If you turn off the machine using
, it will still clean the print head periodically to maintain print quality. To
prolong print head life, provide better ink efficiency, and maintain print quality, keep your machine connected
to a power source at all times.
MFC-J4535DW
1
2
3
4
5
1.
NFC (Near Field Communication) symbol
If your Android™ device supports the NFC feature, you can print from your device by touching it to the NFC
symbol.
2. Touchscreen Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Access menus and options by pressing them on the touchscreen.
3. Menu Buttons
(Back)
Press to go back to the previous menu.
(Home)
Press to return to the Home screen.
(Cancel)
Press to cancel an operation.
4. LED Power Indicator
The LED lights up depending on the machine’s power status.
When the machine is in Sleep Mode, the LED blinks.
12
5.
Power On/Off
Press
to turn on the machine.
Press and hold
to turn off the machine. The touchscreen displays [Shutting Down] and stays on for a
few seconds before turning itself off. A connected external telephone or Telephone Answering Device (TAD)
will always remain available.
If you turn off the machine using
, it will still clean the print head periodically to maintain print quality. To
prolong print head life, provide better ink efficiency, and maintain print quality, keep your machine connected
to a power source at all times.
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Machine
Related Topics:
• Print with Near-Field Communication (NFC)
13
Home &gt; Introduction to Your Machine &gt; LCD Overview
LCD Overview
Related Models: MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
The Home screen shows the machine’s status when the machine is idle. When displayed, this indicates that your
machine is ready for the next command.
Home Screen
1 2
01. 01. 2021
Fax
6
1.
01
5
4
3
Quiet Mode
This icon appears when the [Quiet Mode] setting is set to [On].
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes
slower.
2.
Wireless Status
Each icon in the following table shows the wireless network status:
The wireless network is connected.
A three-level indicator in the Home screen displays the current wireless signal strength.
The wireless access point cannot be detected.
The wireless setting is disabled.
3.
[Ink]
Displays the approximate available ink volume.
When an ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, an error icon is displayed on the ink color
indicator.
4. Date and Time
Displays the date and time set on the machine.
5. Faxes in Memory
Displays how many received faxes are in the machine's memory.
6. Receive Mode
Displays the current Receive Mode.
When the Distinctive Ring feature is turned on, the LCD displays [D/R].
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Machine
14
Home &gt; Introduction to Your Machine &gt; Touchscreen LCD Overview
Touchscreen LCD Overview
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
You can switch Home screens by pressing d or c.
From the Home screens, you can access the various settings.
Home Screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
This screen shows the machine’s status when the machine is idle. When displayed, it indicates that your
machine is ready for the next command.
1. Date &amp; Time
Displays the date and time set on the machine.
Quiet Mode
2.
This icon appears when the [Quiet Mode] setting is set to [On].
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes
slower.
US only: While
3.
appears,
(Quiet Mode) is not displayed.
[Shortcuts]
Create Shortcuts for frequently-used operations, such as sending a fax, copying, scanning, Web Connect and
Apps services.
•
Three Shortcuts tabs are available with six Shortcuts on each tab.
•
Press
, displayed at the bottom of the screen to access the Home Screens.
15
4.
Wireless Status
Each icon in the following table shows the wireless network status:
•
Your machine is not connected to the wireless access point/router.
Press this button to configure wireless settings. For more detailed information, see the Quick Setup
Guide.
•
The wireless setting is disabled.
The wireless network is connected.
A three-level indicator in each of the Home screens displays the current wireless signal strength.
The wireless access point/router cannot be detected.
You can configure wireless settings by pressing the Wireless Status button.
5.
[Settings]
Press to access the [Settings] menu.
6.
[Ink]
Displays the approximate available ink volume. Press to access the [Ink] menu.
When an ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, an error icon is displayed on the ink color
indicator.
7. Modes:
Press to switch to each mode.
[Fax] / [Copy] / [Scan] / [Web] / [Apps] / [USB] / [Download Software] / [Print Head
Cleaning]
8. Information icon
8
New information from Brother appears in the information bar when the notification settings such as
[Message from Brother] and [Firmware Auto Check] are set to [On].
(An internet connection is needed, and data rates may apply.)
Press
to view the details.
16
9. Warning icon
9
The warning icon
appears when there is an error or maintenance message; press
details, and then press
to view the
to return to the Home screen.
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Machine
Related Topics:
• Set the Ready Screen
• Reduce Printing Noise
• Check the Ink Volume (Page Gauge)
• Settings Screen Overview
• Error and Maintenance Messages
17
Home &gt; Introduction to Your Machine &gt; Settings Screen Overview
Settings Screen Overview
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
The touchscreen shows the machine's status when you press
[Settings].
Use the Settings menu to access all of your Brother machine's settings.
2
3
1
4
8
5
7
6
1. [Maintenance]
Press to access the following menus:
•
[Improve Print Quality]
•
[Print Head Cleaning]
•
[Ink Volume]
•
[Ink Cartridge Model]
•
[Print Options]
•
[Ink Cartridge Check]
2. Receive Mode
Displays the current Receive Mode.
3. [Date &amp; Time]
Displays the date and time.
Press to access the [Date &amp; Time] menu.
4. [Network]
Press to set up a network connection.
If you are using a wireless connection, a three-level indicator
on the screen displays the current
wireless signal strength.
5. [Fax Preview]
Displays the Fax Preview setting.
Press to access the [Fax Preview] menu.
6. [All Settings]
Press to access a menu of all of your machine's settings.
7. [Wi-Fi Direct]
Press to set up a Wi-Fi Direct network connection.
8. [Tray Setting]
Press to access the [Tray Setting] menu.
Use these options to change the paper size and type.
18
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Machine
Related Topics:
• Touchscreen LCD Overview
• Check the Ink Volume (Page Gauge)
• Distinctive Ring
19
Home &gt; Introduction to Your Machine &gt; Navigate the Touchscreen
Navigate the Touchscreen
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Using your finger, press d c or a b on the LCD to display and access the machine options.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT press the LCD with a sharp object such as a pen or stylus. It may damage the machine.
NOTE
DO NOT touch the LCD immediately after plugging in the power cord or turning on the machine. Doing this
may cause an error.
This product adopts the font of ARPHIC TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Machine
20
Home &gt; Introduction to Your Machine &gt; Set the Ready Screen
Set the Ready Screen
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
You can change the Ready screen to either the [Screen 1], [Screen 2], [Screen 3], [Shortcuts 1],
[Shortcuts 2] or [Shortcuts 3] screen.
When the machine is idle or you press
1. Press
, the machine will go back to the screen that you have set.
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [General Setup] &gt; [Screen Settings] &gt; [Home
Screen].
2. Press a or b to display the [Screen 1], [Screen 2], [Screen 3], [Shortcuts 1], [Shortcuts 2]
or [Shortcuts 3] option, and then select the option you want.
3. Press
.
The machine will go to your new Home screen.
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Machine
Related Topics:
• Touchscreen LCD Overview
21
Home &gt; Introduction to Your Machine &gt; Set Default Function Screens
Set Default Function Screens
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
You can set the Scan default screen using the Screen Settings.
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [General Setup] &gt; [Screen Settings] &gt; [Scan
Screen].
2. Press a or b to display the scan options, and then select the option you want to set as the default screen.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Machine
22
Home &gt; Introduction to Your Machine &gt; Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
•
The characters that are available may differ depending on your country.
•
For touchscreen models, the keyboard layout may differ depending on the function you are setting.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
When you are setting certain menu selections, such as the Station ID, you may need to enter text into the
machine. Most dial pad buttons have three or four letters printed on the buttons. The buttons for 0, # and do
not have printed letters because they are used for special characters.
Press the appropriate dial pad button the number of times shown in this reference table to access the character
you want.
Press
Button
One Time Two
Times
Three
Times
Four
Times
Five
Times
Six
Times
Seven
Times
Eight
Times
Nine
Times
2
A
B
C
a
b
c
2
A
B
3
D
E
F
d
e
f
3
D
E
4
G
H
I
g
h
i
4
G
H
5
J
K
L
j
k
l
5
J
K
6
M
N
O
m
n
o
6
M
N
7
P
Q
R
S
p
q
r
s
7
8
T
U
V
t
u
v
8
T
U
9
W
X
Y
Z
w
x
y
z
9
•
To move the cursor to the left or right, press a, b, d or c to select
or
, and then press OK.
Inserting spaces
•
To enter a space, press a, b, d or c to select
, and then press OK.
Making corrections
•
If you entered an incorrect number or letter and want to change it, press a, b, d or c to select
or
.
Press OK several times to move the highlight to the incorrect character. Then, press a, b, d or c to select
, and press OK. Re-enter the correct letter.
Special characters and symbols
Press , # or 0 repeatedly until you see the special character or symbol you want.
Press
Press #
Press 0
English:
French:
Spanish:
MFC-J4535DW
When you need to enter text on your Brother machine, a keyboard will appear on the touchscreen.
23
•
Press
to cycle between letters, numbers and special characters.
•
Press
to cycle between lowercase and uppercase letters.
•
To move the cursor to the left or right, press d or c.
Inserting spaces
•
To enter a space, press [Space]. Or, you can press c to move the cursor.
Making corrections
•
If you entered an incorrect character and want to change it, press d or c to highlight the incorrect character.
Press
, and then enter the correct character.
•
To insert a character, press d or c to move the cursor to the correct place, and then enter the character.
•
Press
for each character you want to erase, or press and hold
to erase all the characters.
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Machine
Related Topics:
• Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
• Save Outgoing Call Numbers to the Address Book
• Save Caller ID History Numbers to the Address Book
• Change a Broadcasting Group Name
• Set Your Station ID
• Change or Delete Shortcuts
24
Home &gt; Introduction to Your Machine &gt; Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
Brother Utilities is an application launcher that offers convenient access to all Brother applications installed on
your computer.
1. Do one of the following:
•
Windows 10
Click
•
&gt; Brother &gt; Brother Utilities.
Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click
(if using a touch-based
device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).
When the Apps screen appears, tap or click
•
(Brother Utilities).
Windows 7
Click
(Start) &gt; All Programs &gt; Brother &gt; Brother Utilities.
2. Select your machine.
3. Select the operation you want to use.
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Machine
• Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows)
25
Home &gt; Introduction to Your Machine &gt; Access Brother Utilities (Windows) &gt; Uninstall the Brother Software
and Drivers (Windows)
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows)
1. Do one of the following:
•
Windows 10
Click
•
&gt; Brother &gt; Brother Utilities.
Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click
(if using a touch-based
device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).
When the Apps screen appears, tap or click
•
(Brother Utilities).
Windows 7
Click
(Start) &gt; All Programs &gt; Brother &gt; Brother Utilities.
2. Click the drop-down list, and then select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left
navigation bar, and then click Uninstall.
Follow the instructions in the dialog box to uninstall the software and drivers.
Related Information
• Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
26
Home &gt; Introduction to Your Machine &gt; USB / Ethernet Port Locations on Your Brother Machine
USB / Ethernet Port Locations on Your Brother Machine
The USB and Ethernet ports are located inside the machine (Ethernet ports are available only for certain
models).
To install the driver and software necessary to use your machine, go to your model's Downloads page at
support.brother.com.
1. Place both hands under the plastic tabs on both sides of the machine to lift the scanner cover (1) into the
open position.
1
2. Locate the correct port (based on the cable you are using) inside the machine as shown.
Carefully guide the cable through the cable channel and out the back of the machine.
3. Gently close the scanner cover using both hands.
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Machine
27
Home &gt; Paper Handling
Paper Handling
• Load Paper
• Load Documents
28
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Paper
Load Paper
• Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
• Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
• Unprintable Area
• Paper Settings
• Acceptable Print Media
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
29
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Paper &gt; Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
• Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo Paper in the Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
• Load Legal Size Paper in the Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
• Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray #1
30
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Paper &gt; Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2 &gt; Load Cut-Sheet
Paper or Photo Paper in the Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo Paper in the Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray
#2
•
If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message
appears on the LCD, allowing you to change the paper size and paper type.
•
Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
•
When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or
the paper size setting on your computer.
Doing this enables the machine to automatically feed paper from the appropriate tray if Auto Tray Select
has been set in the printer driver (Windows) or on the machine. (MFC-J4535DW)
•
You can use only plain paper in Tray #2. (MFC-J4535DW)
These instructions describe how to load paper in Tray #1.
•
(MFC-J4535DW) The steps for Tray #2 are very similar.
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
1
2
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) and then the paper length guide (2) to fit the paper size.
1
2
4. Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
31
Always make sure the paper is not curled or wrinkled.
5. Gently load paper in the paper tray with the printing surface face down.
Make sure the paper is flat in the tray and the paper length guide (1) touches the edges of the paper.
1
IMPORTANT
•
Be careful not to push the paper in too far; it may lift at the back of the tray and cause paper feed
problems.
•
Loading more than 20 sheets of photo paper may cause paper jams.
To add paper before the tray is empty, remove the paper from the tray and combine it with the paper you
are adding. Always fan the stack of paper well to prevent the machine from feeding multiple pages.
6. Gently adjust the paper width guides (1) to fit the paper.
Make sure the paper width guides touch the edges of the paper.
1
7. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
32
8. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
Related Information
• Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
Related Topics:
• Change the Check Paper Setting
• Choose the Right Print Media
• Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
33
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Paper &gt; Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2 &gt; Load Legal Size
Paper in the Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
Load Legal Size Paper in the Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
•
If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message
appears on the LCD, allowing you to change the paper size and paper type.
•
Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
•
When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or
the paper size setting on your computer.
Doing this enables the machine to automatically feed paper from the appropriate tray if Auto Tray Select
has been set in the printer driver (Windows) or on the machine. (MFC-J4535DW)
•
You can use only plain paper in Tray #2. (MFC-J4535DW)
These instructions describe how to load paper in Tray #1.
•
(MFC-J4535DW) The steps for Tray #2 are very similar.
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
1
2
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Press the square paper tray expansion button (1) and slide out the paper tray until the square paper tray
expansion button locks into the square LGL hole.
1
34
4. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) and the paper length guide (2) to fit the paper size.
1
2
5. Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
Always make sure the paper is not curled or wrinkled.
6. Gently load paper in the paper tray with the printing surface face down.
Make sure the paper is flat in the tray and the paper length guide (1) touches the edges of the paper.
1
35
IMPORTANT
Be careful not to push the paper in too far; it may lift at the back of the tray and cause paper feed
problems.
To add paper before the tray is empty, remove the paper from the tray and combine it with the paper you
are adding. Always fan the stack of paper well to prevent the machine from feeding multiple pages.
7. Gently adjust the paper width guides (1) to fit the paper.
Make sure the paper guides touch the edges of the paper.
1
8. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
9. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
Related Information
• Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
36
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Paper &gt; Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2 &gt; Load Envelopes
in the Paper Tray #1
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray #1
•
If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message
appears on the LCD, allowing you to change the paper size and paper type.
•
You can load envelopes in a variety of sizes. See Related Information: Paper Type and Paper Size for
Each Operation.
•
When you load envelopes in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or the paper
size setting on your computer.
Doing this enables the machine to automatically feed paper from the appropriate tray if Auto Tray Select
has been set in the printer driver (Windows) or on the machine. (MFC-J4535DW)
•
Before loading envelopes in the tray, press the corners and sides of the envelopes to make them as flat as
possible.
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
1
2
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Load up to 10 envelopes in the paper tray with the printing surface face down. Loading more than 10
envelopes may cause paper jams.
4. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) and paper length guide (2) to fit the size of the envelopes.
Make sure the envelopes are flat in the tray.
37
1
2
IMPORTANT
If envelopes are multi-feeding, load one envelope in the paper tray at a time.
5. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
6. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
Related Information
• Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
Related Topics:
• Change the Check Paper Setting
• Choose the Right Print Media
• Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
• Paper Type and Paper Size for Each Operation
38
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Paper &gt; Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Load special print media in this slot, one sheet of paper at a time.
The machine automatically turns on Manual Feed mode when you put paper in the manual feed slot.
1. Open the manual feed slot cover.
2. Lift the paper support.
3. Slide the manual feed slot paper guides to fit the width of the paper you are using.
4. Load only one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot with the printing surface face up.
39
When using envelopes, load the envelopes with the printing surface face up and the flap on the left as
shown in the illustration.
IMPORTANT
•
DO NOT load more than one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot at any time. Doing this may
cause a paper jam. When printing multiple pages, do not feed the next sheet of paper until the LCD
displays a message instructing you to feed the next sheet.
•
DO NOT load paper in the manual feed slot when you are printing from the paper tray. Doing this may
cause a paper jam.
5. Using both hands, push one sheet of paper into the manual feed slot until the front edge touches the paper
feed rollers. Release the paper when you feel the machine pull it. The LCD displays [Manual Feed Slot
ready]. Follow the instructions displayed on the LCD.
40
When loading an envelope, or a sheet of thick paper, push the media into the manual feed slot until you feel
the paper feed rollers pull it.
6. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
•
If the document does not fit on one sheet, the machine will prompt you to load another sheet of paper.
Place another sheet of paper in the manual feed slot, and follow the instructions displayed on the LCD.
•
Make sure printing has finished before you close the manual feed slot cover.
•
When paper is placed in the manual feed slot, the machine always prints from the manual feed slot.
•
The machine will eject any paper loaded in the manual feed slot while a test page, report, etc. is being
printed.
•
The machine will eject paper loaded in the manual feed slot during the machine's cleaning process.
Wait until the machine finishes its cleaning, and then load paper in the manual feed slot.
Related Information
• Load Paper
Related Topics:
• Choose the Right Print Media
• Error and Maintenance Messages
41
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Paper &gt; Unprintable Area
Unprintable Area
The unprintable area depends on the settings in the application you are using. The figures below show the
unprintable areas on cut-sheet paper and envelopes. The machine can print in the shaded areas of cut-sheet
paper only when the Borderless print feature is available and turned on.
Cut-Sheet Paper
Envelopes
Top (1)
Left (2)
Bottom (3)
Right (4)
Cut-Sheet
0.12 in. (3 mm)
0.12 in. (3 mm)
0.12 in. (3 mm)
0.12 in. (3 mm)
Envelopes
0.47 in. (12 mm)
0.12 in. (3 mm)
0.47 in. (12 mm)
0.12 in. (3 mm)
The Borderless print feature is not available for envelopes, 2-sided printing and some paper sizes, such as
Legal and Executive.
Related Information
• Load Paper
Related Topics:
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
42
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Paper &gt; Paper Settings
Paper Settings
• Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
• Change the Check Paper Setting
• Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
43
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Paper &gt; Paper Settings &gt; Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Set the Paper Size and Paper Type settings for the paper tray.
•
To get the best print quality, set the machine for the type of paper you are using.
•
When you change the size of the paper you load in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting on the
LCD at the same time.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Paper Type]. Press OK.
c. Select [Plain Paper], [Inkjet Paper], [Brother BP71] or [Other Glossy]. Press OK.
d. Select [Paper Size]. Press OK.
e. Select the paper size option you want, and then press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
The machine ejects paper with the printed surface face up onto the paper tray at the front of the machine.
When you use glossy paper, remove each sheet at once to prevent smudging or paper jams.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [General Setup] &gt; [Tray Setting].
2. Press a or b to display the tray options, and then press the option you want.
3. Press [Paper Type].
4. Press a or b to display the paper type options, and then press the option you want.
•
Use plain paper only in Tray #2.
5. Press [Paper Size].
6. Press a or b to display the paper size options, and then press the option you want.
7. Press
.
The machine ejects paper with the printed surface face up onto the paper tray at the front of the machine.
When you use glossy paper, remove each sheet at once to prevent smudging or paper jams.
Related Information
• Paper Settings
Related Topics:
• Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo Paper in the Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
• Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray #1
• Acceptable Print Media
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
44
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Paper &gt; Paper Settings &gt; Change the Check Paper Setting
Change the Check Paper Setting
If this setting is set to [On] and the paper tray is removed, the LCD displays a message asking if you want to
change the Paper Size and Paper Type settings.
The default setting is [On].
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Check Paper]. Press OK.
c. Select [On] or [Off]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [General Setup].
2. Press [Tray Setting].
3. Press a or b to display the [Check Paper] option, and then press it.
4. Press [On] or [Off].
5. Press
.
Related Information
• Paper Settings
Related Topics:
• Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo Paper in the Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
• Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray #1
• Error and Maintenance Messages
45
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Paper &gt; Acceptable Print Media
Acceptable Print Media
The print quality can be affected by the type of paper you use in the machine.
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Paper Type to match the type of
paper you load.
You can use plain paper, inkjet paper (coated paper), glossy paper, recycled paper, and envelopes.
We recommend testing various paper types before buying large quantities.
For best results, use Brother paper.
•
When you print on inkjet paper (coated paper) and glossy paper, be sure to select the correct print media in
the printer driver or in the application you use to print, or the Paper Type setting on the machine.
•
When you print on photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper tray.
•
When using photo paper, remove each sheet at once to prevent smudging or paper jams.
•
Avoid touching the printed surface of the paper immediately after printing; the surface may not be completely
dry and may stain your fingers.
Related Information
• Load Paper
• Recommended Print Media
• Handle and Use Print Media
• Choose the Right Print Media
Related Topics:
• Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
46
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Paper &gt; Acceptable Print Media &gt; Recommended Print Media
Recommended Print Media
For the best print quality, we recommend using the Brother paper listed in the table.
Brother paper may not be available in all countries.
Brother paper
Paper Type
Item
Premium Plus Glossy Photo
Letter
BP71GLTR
4&quot; x 6&quot;
BP71GP20
Related Information
• Acceptable Print Media
47
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Paper &gt; Acceptable Print Media &gt; Handle and Use Print Media
Handle and Use Print Media
•
Store paper in its original packaging and keep it sealed. Keep the paper flat and away from moisture, direct
sunlight and heat.
•
Avoid touching the shiny (coated) side of photo paper.
•
Some envelope sizes require that you set margins in the application. Make sure you do a test print first before
printing many envelopes.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use the following types of paper:
•
Damaged, curled, wrinkled, or irregularly shaped
1
1
1. 0.08 in. (2 mm) or greater curl may cause jams to occur.
•
Extremely shiny or highly textured
•
Paper that cannot be arranged uniformly when stacked
•
Paper made with a short grain
DO NOT use envelopes that:
•
Are loosely constructed
•
Have windows
•
Are embossed (have raised writing on them)
•
Have clasps or staples
•
Are pre-printed on the inside
•
Are self-adhesive
•
Have double flaps
Self-adhesive Double flaps
You may experience paper feed problems caused by the thickness, size and flap shape of the envelopes you
are using.
Related Information
• Acceptable Print Media
Related Topics:
• Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
48
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Paper &gt; Acceptable Print Media &gt; Choose the Right Print Media
Choose the Right Print Media
• Paper Type and Paper Size for Each Operation
• Paper Capacity of the Paper Trays
• Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo Paper in the Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
• Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray #1
• Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
49
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Paper &gt; Acceptable Print Media &gt; Choose the Right Print Media &gt; Paper
Type and Paper Size for Each Operation
Paper Type and Paper Size for Each Operation
Paper Type
Cut-Sheet
Cards
Envelopes
1
Paper Size
Usage
Fax
Copy
Direct Print 1 Printer
Letter
8 1/2 x 11 in.
(215.9 x 279.4
mm)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
A4
8.3 x 11.7 in.
(210 x 297 mm)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Legal
8 1/2 x 14 in.
(215.9 x 355.6
mm)
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
Mexico Legal
8.5 x 13.38 in.
(215.9 x 339.85
mm)
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
India Legal
8.46 x 13.58 in.
(215 x 345 mm)
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
Folio
8 1/2 x 13 in.
(215.9 x 330.2
mm)
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
Executive
7 1/4 x 10 1/2 in.
(184.1 x 266.7
mm)
-
Yes
-
Yes
A5
5.8 x 8.3 in. (148
x 210 mm)
-
Yes
-
Yes
A6
4.1 x 5.8 in. (105
x 148 mm)
-
-
-
Yes
Photo
4 x 6 in. (10 x 15
cm)
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Photo L
3.5 x 5 in. (9 x 13 cm)
-
-
Yes
Photo 2L
5 x 7 in. (13 x 18
cm)
-
-
Yes
Yes
Index Card
5 x 8 in. (13 x 20
cm)
-
-
-
Yes
C5 Envelope
6.4 x 9 in. (162 x
229 mm)
-
-
-
Yes
DL Envelope
4.3 x 8.7 in. (110
x 220 mm)
-
-
-
Yes
Com-10
4 1/8 x 9 1/2 in.
(104.7 x 241.3
mm)
-
-
-
Yes
Monarch
3 7/8 x 7 1/2 in.
(98.4 x 190.5
mm)
-
-
-
Yes
MFC-J4535DW only
Related Information
• Choose the Right Print Media
50
Related Topics:
• Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray #1
51
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Paper &gt; Acceptable Print Media &gt; Choose the Right Print Media &gt; Paper
Capacity of the Paper Trays
Paper Capacity of the Paper Trays
Paper Size
Paper Types
No. of sheets
Weight
Letter, A4,
Legal, Mexico
Legal, India
Legal, Folio,
Executive, A5,
A6, Envelopes
(C5, Com-10,
DL, Monarch),
Photo (4&quot; x
6&quot;)/(10 x 15 cm),
Photo L (3.5&quot; x
5&quot;)/(9 x 13 cm),
Photo 2L (5&quot; x
7&quot;)/(13 x 18 cm),
Index card (5&quot; x
8&quot;)/(13 x 20 cm)
Plain Paper,
Recycled Paper
150 1
17 to 32 lb (64 to 120 3 to 6 mil (0.08 to
g/m&sup2;)
0.15 mm)
Inkjet Paper
20
17 to 53 lb (64 to 200 3 to 10 mil (0.08 to
g/m&sup2;)
0.25 mm)
Glossy Paper 2,
Photo 2
20
Up to 58 lb (Up to
220 g/m&sup2;)
Up to 10 mil (Up to
0.25 mm)
Index Card
30
Up to 32 lb (Up to
120 g/m&sup2;)
Up to 6 mil (Up to
0.15 mm)
Envelopes
10
20 to 25 lb (80 to 95
g/m&sup2;)
Up to 20 mil (Up to
0.52 mm)
Paper Tray #2
Letter, A4,
(
Legal, Mexico
MFC-J4535DW) Legal, India
Legal, Folio,
Executive, A5
Plain Paper,
Recycled Paper
250 1
17 to 32 lb (64 to 120 3 to 6 mil (0.08 to
g/m&sup2;)
0.15 mm)
Manual Feed
Slot
Plain Paper,
Recycled Paper
1
17 to 32 lb (64 to 120 3 to 6 mil (0.08 to
g/m&sup2;)
0.15 mm)
Inkjet Paper
1
17 to 53 lb (64 to 200 3 to 10 mil (0.08 to
g/m&sup2;)
0.25 mm)
Glossy Paper,
Photo
1
Up to 79 lb (Up to
300 g/m&sup2;)
Up to 12 mil (Up to
0.30 mm)
Index Card
1
Up to 32 lb (Up to
120 g/m&sup2;)
Up to 6 mil (Up to
0.15 mm)
Envelopes
1
20 to 25 lb (80 to 95
g/m&sup2;)
Up to 20 mil (Up to
0.52 mm)
Paper Tray #1
Letter, A4,
Legal, Mexico
Legal, India
Legal, Folio,
Executive, A5,
A6, Envelopes
(C5, Com-10,
DL, Monarch),
Photo (4&quot; x
6&quot;)/(10 x 15 cm),
Photo L (3.5&quot; x
5&quot;)/(9 x 13 cm),
Photo 2L (5&quot; x
7&quot;)/(13 x 18 cm),
Index card (5&quot; x
8&quot;)/(13 x 20 cm)
1
When using plain paper 20 lb (80 g/m&sup2;).
2
BP71 69 lb (260 g/m&sup2;) paper is specially designed for Brother inkjet machines.
Thickness
Related Information
• Choose the Right Print Media
52
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Documents
Load Documents
• Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
• Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
• Unscannable Area
53
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Documents &gt; Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
The ADF can hold multiple pages and feeds each sheet individually.
Use paper that is within the sizes and weights shown in the table. Always fan the pages before placing them in
the ADF.
Document Sizes and Weights
Length 1:
5.8 to 14.0 in. (148 to 355.6 mm)
Width:
5.8 to 8.5 in. (148 to 215.9 mm)
Paper Weight:
17 to 24 lb (64 to 90 g/m&sup2;)
1
Documents that are longer than 11.7 in. (297 mm) must be fed one page at a time.
IMPORTANT
•
DO NOT pull on the document while it is feeding.
•
DO NOT use paper that is curled, wrinkled, folded, ripped, stapled, paper clipped, pasted or taped.
•
DO NOT use cardboard, newspaper or fabric.
•
Make sure documents with correction fluid or written in ink are completely dry.
1. Lift and unfold the ADF document support (1).
1
2. Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
3. Adjust the paper guides (1) to fit the document size.
1
4. Place your document, face down, top edge first in the ADF underneath the paper guides until you feel the
document touch the feed rollers and the LCD displays [ADF Ready].
IMPORTANT
DO NOT leave any documents on the scanner glass. If you do this, the ADF may jam.
54
Related Information
• Load Documents
Related Topics:
• Copy a Document
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Telephone and Fax Problems
• Other Problems
55
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Documents &gt; Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Use the scanner glass to fax, copy, or scan one page at a time.
Document Sizes Supported
Length:
Up to 11.7 in. (297 mm)
Width:
Up to 8.5 in. (215.9 mm)
Weight:
Up to 4.4 lb (2 kg)
(ADF models)
To use the scanner glass, the ADF must be empty and the ADF document support must be closed.
1. Lift the document cover.
2. Place the document face down in the upper left corner of the scanner glass as shown in the illustration.
3. Close the document cover.
IMPORTANT
If you are scanning a book or thick document, DO NOT forcefully close or press on the document cover.
Related Information
• Load Documents
Related Topics:
• Copy a Document
• Telephone and Fax Problems
• Other Problems
56
Home &gt; Paper Handling &gt; Load Documents &gt; Unscannable Area
Unscannable Area
The unscannable area of a page depends on the settings in the application you are using. The figures below
show the typical unscannable measurements.
Usage
Fax
Document Size
Letter
Top (1)
Left (2)
Bottom (3)
Right (4)
0.12 in. (3 mm)
0.16 in. (4 mm)
Legal
A4
Copy
All paper sizes
Scan
1
0.12 in. (3 mm) 1
0.12 in. (3 mm)
0.12 in. (3 mm)
0.04 in. (1 mm)
0.04 in. (1 mm)
The unscannable area is 0.04 in. (1 mm) when using the ADF.
Related Information
• Load Documents
57
Home &gt; Print
Print
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
• Print from Your Computer (Mac)
• Print Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
• Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
• Print an Email Attachment
58
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
• Print a Photo (Windows)
• Print a Document (Windows)
• Cancel a Print Job (Windows)
• Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Windows)
• Print as a Poster (Windows)
• Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows)
• Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows)
• Print a Color Document in Grayscale (Windows)
• Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows)
• Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows)
• Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
• Print Settings (Windows)
59
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Print a Photo (Windows)
Print a Photo (Windows)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Make sure you have loaded the correct media in the paper tray.
IMPORTANT
•
For best results, use Brother paper.
•
When you print on photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper tray.
4. Click the Basic tab.
5. Click the Media Type drop-down list, and then select the type of paper you are using.
IMPORTANT
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Media Type option to
match the type of paper you load.
6. Click the Paper Size drop-down list, and then select your paper size.
7. Select the Borderless check box, if needed.
8. For Color / Grayscale, select Color.
9. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
10. Type the number of copies (1-999) you want in the Copies field.
11. Change other printer settings, if needed.
12. Click OK.
13. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Print Settings (Windows)
60
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Print a Document (Windows)
Print a Document (Windows)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
4. Click the Basic tab.
5. Click the Media Type drop-down list, and then select the type of paper you are using.
IMPORTANT
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Media Type option to
match the type of paper you load.
6. Click the Paper Size drop-down list, and then select your paper size.
7. For Color / Grayscale, select the Color or Grayscale option.
8. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
9. Type the number of copies (1-999) you want in the Copies field.
10. To print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper or print one page of your document on multiple sheets,
click the Multiple Page drop-down list, and then select your options.
11. Change other printer settings, if needed.
12. Click OK.
13. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Check the Ink Volume (Page Gauge)
• Print Settings (Windows)
61
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Cancel a Print Job (Windows)
Cancel a Print Job (Windows)
If a print job was sent to the print queue and did not print, or was sent to the print queue in error, you may have to
delete it to allow subsequent jobs to print.
1. Double-click the printer icon
in the task tray.
2. Select the print job you want to cancel.
3. Click the Document menu.
4. Select Cancel.
5. Click Yes.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
62
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of
Paper (N in 1) (Windows)
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1)
(Windows)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
5. Click the Multiple Page drop-down list, and then select the 2 in 1, 4 in 1, 9 in 1, or 16 in 1 option.
6. Click the Page Order drop-down list, and then select your page order.
7. Click the Border Line drop-down list, and then select your border line type.
8. Change other printer settings, if needed.
9. Click OK, and then complete your print operation.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Print Settings (Windows)
63
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Print as a Poster (Windows)
Print as a Poster (Windows)
Enlarge your print size and print the document in poster mode.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. Click the Multiple Page drop-down list, and then select the 1 in 2x2 Pages or 1 in 3x3 Pages option.
5. Change other printer settings, if needed.
6. Click OK.
7. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Print Settings (Windows)
64
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically
(Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows)
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided
Printing) (Windows)
•
Make sure the jam clear cover is closed.
•
If paper is curled, straighten it and put it back in the paper tray.
•
Use regular paper. DO NOT use bond paper.
•
If the paper is thin, it may wrinkle.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
5. Click the 2-sided / Booklet drop-down list, and then select 2-sided.
6. Click the 2-sided Settings button.
7. Select one of the options from the 2-sided Type menu.
When 2-sided is selected, four types of 2-sided binding are available for each orientation:
Option for Portrait
Description
Long Edge (Left)
Long Edge (Right)
65
Option for Portrait
Description
Short Edge (Top)
Short Edge (Bottom)
Option for Landscape Description
Long Edge (Top)
Long Edge (Bottom)
Short Edge (Right)
Short Edge (Left)
8. Select the Binding Offset check box to specify the offset for binding in inches or millimeters.
9. Click OK to return to the printer driver window.
10. Change other printer settings, if needed.
The Borderless feature is not available when using this option.
11. Click OK again, and then complete your print operation.
66
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Print Settings (Windows)
• Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows)
67
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows)
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows)
Use this option to print a document in booklet format using 2-sided printing. The document's pages will be
arranged according to the correct page number and will allow you to fold at the center of the print output without
having to change the order of the printed pages.
•
Make sure the jam clear cover is closed.
•
If paper is curled, straighten it and put it back in the paper tray.
•
Use regular paper. DO NOT use bond paper.
•
If the paper is thin, it may wrinkle.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
5. Click the 2-sided / Booklet drop-down list, and then select the Booklet option.
6. Click the 2-sided Settings button.
7. Select one of the options from the 2-sided Type menu.
There are two types of 2-sided binding directions available for each orientation:
Option for Portrait Description
Left Binding
Right Binding
68
Option for Landscape Description
Top Binding
Bottom Binding
8. Select one of the options from the Booklet Printing Method menu.
Option
Description
All Pages at
Once
Every page will be printed in booklet format (four pages to every piece of paper, two pages
per side). Fold your printout in the middle to create the booklet.
Divide into
Sets
This option prints the whole booklet in smaller individual booklet sets, allowing you to fold at
the center of the smaller individual booklet sets without having to change the order of the
printed pages. You can specify the number of sheets in each smaller booklet set (from
1-15). This option can be helpful when folding a printed booklet that has a large number of
pages.
9. Select the Binding Offset check box to specify the offset for binding in inches or millimeters.
10. Click OK to return to the printer driver window.
11. Change other printer settings, if needed.
The Borderless feature is not available when using this option.
12. Click OK.
13. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Print Settings (Windows)
• Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows)
69
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Print a Color Document in Grayscale (Windows)
Print a Color Document in Grayscale (Windows)
Grayscale mode makes the print processing speed faster than color mode. If your document contains color,
selecting Grayscale mode prints your document in 256 levels of grayscale.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. For Color / Grayscale, select Grayscale.
5. Change other printer settings, if needed.
6. Click OK.
7. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
70
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams
(Windows)
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows)
Some types of print media may need more drying time. Change the Reduce Smudge option if you have
problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Advanced tab.
4. Click the Other Print Options button.
5. Select the Reduce Smudge option on the left side of the screen.
6. Select one of the following options:
Media Type
Option
Plain Paper
2-sided Printing or
Simplex Printing
Description
Off / On
Select Off to print at normal speed, using a
standard amount of ink.
Select On to print at a slower speed, using less
ink. Printouts may be lighter than they appear in
Print Preview.
Glossy Paper
Off / On
Select Off to print at normal speed, using a
standard amount of ink.
Select On to print at a slower speed, using less
ink. Printouts may be lighter than they appear in
Print Preview.
7. Click OK to return to the printer driver window.
8. Click OK.
9. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
• Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results
71
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows)
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows)
Print Profiles are presets designed to give you quick access to frequently-used printing configurations.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Print Profiles tab.
4. Select your profile from the print profile list.
The profile settings are shown on the left side of the printer driver window.
5. Do one of the following:
•
If the settings are correct for your print job, click OK.
•
To change the settings, go back to the Basic or Advanced tab, change settings, and then click OK.
To display the Print Profiles tab at the front of the window the next time you print, select the Always show
Print Profiles tab first. check box.
72
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
• Create or Delete Your Print Profile (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Print Settings (Windows)
73
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows) &gt; Create or
Delete Your Print Profile (Windows)
Create or Delete Your Print Profile (Windows)
Add up to 20 new print profiles with customized settings.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Do one of the following:
To create a new print profile:
a. Click the Basic tab and the Advanced tab, and configure the print settings you want for the new Print
Profile.
b. Click the Print Profiles tab.
c. Click Add Profile.
The Add Profile dialog box appears.
d. Type the new profile name in the Name field.
e. Click the icon you want to use to represent this profile from the icon list.
f.
Click OK.
The new Print Profile name is added to the list in the Print Profiles tab.
To delete a print profile that you created:
a. Click the Print Profiles tab.
b. Click Delete Profile.
The Delete Profile dialog box appears.
c. Select the profile you want to delete.
d. Click Delete.
e. Click Yes.
f.
Click Close.
Related Information
• Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows)
74
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
When you change an application's print settings, the changes only apply to documents printed with that
application. To change print settings for all Windows applications, you must configure the printer driver
properties.
1. Do one of the following:
•
For Windows Server 2008
Click
•
For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click
•
(Start) &gt; Control Panel &gt; Hardware and Sound &gt; Printers.
(Start) &gt; Devices and Printers.
For Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
•
For Windows 10, Windows Server 2016 and Windows Server 2019
Click
&gt; Windows System &gt; Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers.
•
For Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
•
For Windows Server 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
2. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX Printer icon (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then
select Printer properties. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver.
The printer properties dialog box appears.
3. Click the General tab, and then click the Printing Preferences... or Preferences... button.
The printer driver dialog box appears.
4. Select the print settings you want to use as defaults for all of your Windows programs.
5. Click OK.
6. Close the printer properties dialog box.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Print Settings (Windows)
75
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Print Settings (Windows)
Print Settings (Windows)
&gt;&gt; Basic Tab
&gt;&gt; Advanced Tab
Basic Tab
1. Media Type
Select the media type you want to use. To achieve the best print results, the machine automatically adjusts its
print settings according to the selected media type.
2. Print Quality
Select the print quality you want. Because print quality and speed are related, the higher the quality, the
longer it will take to print the document.
3. Paper Size
Select the paper size you want to use. You can either choose from standard paper sizes or create a custom
paper size.
76
Borderless
Select this option to print photos without borders. Because the image data is created slightly larger than
the paper size you are using, this will cause some cropping of the photo edges.
You may not be able to select the Borderless option for some combinations of media type and quality, or
from some applications.
4. Color / Grayscale
Select color or grayscale printing. The print speed is faster in grayscale mode than it is in color mode. If your
document contains color and you select grayscale mode, your document will be printed using 256 levels of
grayscale.
5. Orientation
Select the orientation (portrait or landscape) of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
6. Copies
Type the number of copies (1-999) that you want to print in this field.
Collate
Select this option to print sets of multi-page documents in the original page order. When this option is
selected, one complete copy of your document will print, and then reprint according to the number of
copies you choose. If this option is not selected, then each page will print according to the number of
copies chosen before the next page of the document is printed.
Reverse Order
Select this option to print your document in reverse order. The last page of your document will be printed
first.
7. Multiple Page
Select this option to print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper, or print one page of your document on
multiple sheets.
Page Order
Select the page order when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
Border Line
Select the type of border to use when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
8. 2-sided / Booklet
Select this option to print on both sides of the paper, or print a document in booklet format using 2-sided
printing.
2-sided Settings button
Click this button to select the type of 2-sided binding. Four types of 2-sided bindings are available for each
orientation.
9. (MFC-J4535DW) Paper Source
Select the paper source setting according to your print conditions or purpose.
77
Advanced Tab
1. Color Enhancement (True2Life)
Select this option to use the Color Enhancement feature. This feature analyzes your image to improve its
sharpness, white balance and color density. This process may take several minutes depending on the image
size and your computer's specifications.
2. Scaling
Select these options to enlarge or reduce the size of the pages in your document.
Fit to Paper Size
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages to fit a specified paper size. When you select
this option, select the paper size you want from the drop-down list.
Free [ 25 - 400 % ]
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages manually. When you select this option, type a
value into the field.
3. Mirror Print
Select this option to reverse the printed image on the page horizontally from left to right.
4. Reverse Print
Select this option to rotate the printed image 180 degrees.
78
5. Use Watermark
Select this option to print a logo or text on your document as a watermark. Select one of the preset
watermarks, add a new watermark, or use an image file you have created.
6. Header-Footer Print
Select this option to print the date, time and PC login user name on the document.
7. Barcode Print Mode
Select this option to print barcodes at the most suitable quality and resolution.
8. (MFC-J4535DW) User Authentication
This feature allows you to confirm the restrictions for each user.
9. Other Print Options button
Advanced Color Settings
Select the method that the machine uses to arrange dots to express halftones.
The printout color can be adjusted to achieve the closest match to what appears on your computer screen.
Reduce Smudge
Some types of print media may need more drying time. Change this option if you have problems with
smudged printouts or paper jams.
Retrieve Printer's Color Data
Select this option to optimize the print quality using the machine's factory settings, which are set
specifically for your Brother machine. Use this option when you have replaced the machine or changed the
machine's network address.
Print Archive
Select this option to save the print data as a PDF file to your computer.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
• Print a Photo (Windows)
• Print a Document (Windows)
• Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Windows)
• Print as a Poster (Windows)
• Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows)
• Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows)
• Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows)
• Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
• Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results
79
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print from Your Computer (Mac)
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
• Print Using AirPrint
80
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
Print Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
• Print Photos or Documents Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
• Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Automatic 2sided Printing)(Windows/Mac)
• Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (N in
1) (Windows)
• Print a Color Document in Grayscale Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
81
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac) &gt; Print Photos or Documents Using Brother
iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
Print Photos or Documents Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct media in the paper tray.
IMPORTANT
For photo printing:
•
For best results, use Brother paper.
•
When you print on photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper tray.
2. Start Brother iPrint&amp;Scan.
•
Windows
Launch
•
(Brother iPrint&amp;Scan).
Mac
In the Finder menu bar, click Go &gt; Applications, and then double-click the iPrint&amp;Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&amp;Scan screen appears.
3. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model
name from the list. Click OK.
4. Click Print.
5. Do one of the following:
•
Windows
Click Photo or Document.
•
Mac
Click Photo or PDF.
6. Select the file you want to print, and then do one of the following:
•
Windows
Click Next.
•
Mac
Click Open.
82
•
The actual screen may differ depending on the version of the application.
•
Use the latest application. See Related Information.
•
When printing documents with many pages, you can also select the pages you want to print.
7. Change other printer settings, if needed.
8. Click Print.
IMPORTANT
For photo printing:
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Media Type option to match
the type of paper you load.
Related Information
• Print Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
83
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac) &gt; Print on Both Sides of the Paper
Automatically Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Automatic 2-sided Printing)(Windows/Mac)
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically Using Brother
iPrint&amp;Scan (Automatic 2-sided Printing)(Windows/Mac)
•
Make sure the jam clear cover is closed.
•
If paper is curled, straighten it and put it back in the paper tray.
•
Use regular paper. DO NOT use bond paper.
•
If the paper is thin, it may wrinkle.
1. Start Brother iPrint&amp;Scan.
•
Windows
Launch
•
(Brother iPrint&amp;Scan).
Mac
In the Finder menu bar, click Go &gt; Applications, and then double-click the iPrint&amp;Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&amp;Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model
name from the list. Click OK.
3. Click Print.
4. Do one of the following:
•
Windows
Click Document.
•
Mac
Click PDF.
5. Select the file you want to print, and then do one of the following:
•
Windows
Click Next.
•
Mac
Click Open.
When printing documents with many pages, you can also select the pages you want to print.
6. Select one of the options from the 2-sided drop-down list.
Two types of 2-sided binding are available:
Option
Description
On (Flip on long edge)
84
Option
Description
On (Flip on short edge)
7. Change other printer settings, if needed.
8. Click Print.
Related Information
• Print Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
85
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac) &gt; Print More Than One Page on a Single
Sheet of Paper Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (N in 1) (Windows)
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper Using Brother
iPrint&amp;Scan (N in 1) (Windows)
This feature is not available on Mac.
1. Launch
(Brother iPrint&amp;Scan).
The Brother iPrint&amp;Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model
name from the list. Click OK.
3. Click Print.
4. Click Document.
5. Select the file you want to print, and then click Next.
When printing documents with many pages, you can also select the pages you want to print.
6. Click the Layout drop-down list, and then select the number of pages to print on each sheet.
7. Change other printer settings, if needed.
8. Click Print.
Related Information
• Print Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
86
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac) &gt; Print a Color Document in Grayscale
Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
Print a Color Document in Grayscale Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan
(Windows/Mac)
Grayscale mode makes the print processing speed faster than color mode. If your document contains color,
selecting Grayscale mode prints your document in 256 levels of grayscale.
1. Start Brother iPrint&amp;Scan.
•
Windows
Launch
•
(Brother iPrint&amp;Scan).
Mac
In the Finder menu bar, click Go &gt; Applications, and then double-click the iPrint&amp;Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&amp;Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model
name from the list. Click OK.
3. Click Print.
4. Do one of the following:
•
Windows
Click Photo or Document.
•
Mac
Click Photo or PDF.
5. Select the file you want to print, and then do one of the following:
•
Windows
Click Next.
•
Mac
Click Open.
When printing documents with many pages, you can also select the pages you want to print.
6. Click the Color / Mono drop-down list, and then select the Mono option.
7. Change other printer settings, if needed.
8. Click Print.
Related Information
• Print Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
87
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Even if your machine is not connected to your computer, you can print photos directly from a USB Flash memory
drive.
• Compatible USB Flash Drives
• Important Information about Photo Printing
• Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
88
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive &gt; Compatible USB Flash Drives
Compatible USB Flash Drives
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Your Brother machine has a media drive (slot) for use with common data storage.
IMPORTANT
The USB direct interface supports only USB flash drives and digital cameras that use the USB mass storage
standard. Other USB devices are not supported.
Compatible Media
USB Flash Drive
Related Information
• Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
• Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
89
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive &gt; Important Information about Photo Printing
Important Information about Photo Printing
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Your machine is designed to be compatible with modern digital camera image files and USB flash drives. Read
the points below to avoid photo printing problems:
•
The image file extension must be .JPG (other image file extensions like .JPEG, .TIF, .GIF and so on will not
be recognized).
•
Direct photo printing must be performed separately from photo printing operations using the computer.
(Simultaneous operation is not available.)
•
The machine can read up to 999 files 1 on a USB flash drive.
Be aware of the following:
•
When printing an index sheet or image, the machine will print all the valid images, even if one or more
images have been corrupted. Corrupted images will not be printed.
•
Your machine supports USB flash drives that have been formatted by Windows.
Related Information
• Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
1
The folder inside USB flash drives is also counted.
90
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive &gt; Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the
Brother Machine
Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
• Preview and Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive
• Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from a USB Flash Drive
• Print Photos by Image Number
• Print Photos with Auto Cropping
• Print Borderless Photos from a USB Flash Drive
• Print the Date from Your Photo's Data
• Print Settings for Photos
91
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive &gt; Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the
Brother Machine &gt; Preview and Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive
Preview and Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
You can preview your photos on the LCD before printing them, or print images stored on a USB flash drive.
•
If your photos are large files, there may be a delay before each photo is displayed.
1. Insert a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] &gt; [Select Files].
3. Press d or c to display the photo you want to print, and then press it.
To print all photos, press [Print All], and then press [Yes] to confirm.
4. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
•
Press [-] or [+] on the touchscreen.
•
Press
to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
5. Press [OK].
6. Repeat the last three steps until you have selected all the photos you want to print.
7. Press [OK].
8. Read and confirm the displayed list of options.
9. To change the print settings, press
[Print Settings].
When finished, press [OK].
10. Press [Start].
Related Information
• Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
Related Topics:
• Print Settings for Photos
92
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive &gt; Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the
Brother Machine &gt; Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from a USB Flash Drive
Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from a USB Flash Drive
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Print a photo Index Sheet to see small preview versions of all pictures on your USB flash drive.
•
The machine assigns numbers for images (such as No.1, No.2, No.3, and so on).
The machine does not recognize any other numbers or file names that your digital camera or computer
has used to identify the pictures.
•
Only file names that are 20 characters or less will be printed correctly on the index sheet.
•
File names cannot be printed correctly if they contain non-alphanumeric characters, but nonalphanumeric characters do not affect photo print settings.
1. Insert a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] &gt; [Index Print] &gt; [Print Index Sheet].
3. If you want to change the print settings, press
[Print Settings].
When finished, press [OK].
Option
Description
Paper Type Select the paper type.
Paper Size Select the paper size.
4. Press [Start].
Related Information
• Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
Related Topics:
• Print Photos by Image Number
93
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive &gt; Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the
Brother Machine &gt; Print Photos by Image Number
Print Photos by Image Number
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Before you can print an individual image, you must print the photo Index Sheet (thumbnails) to know the image
number.
1. Insert a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] &gt; [Index Print] &gt; [Print Photos].
3. Enter the image numbers you want to print using the touchscreen. After you have selected the image
numbers, press [OK].
•
Enter multiple numbers at one time using a comma or a hyphen. For example, enter 1, 3, 6 to print
images No.1, No.3 and No.6. Print a range of images using a hyphen. For example, enter 1-5 to print
images No.1 to No.5.
•
Enter up to 12 characters (including commas and hyphens) for the image numbers you want to print.
4. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
•
Press [-] or [+] on the touchscreen.
•
Press
to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
5. To change the print settings, press
[Print Settings].
When finished, press [OK].
6. Press [Start].
Related Information
• Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
Related Topics:
• Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from a USB Flash Drive
• Print Settings for Photos
94
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive &gt; Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the
Brother Machine &gt; Print Photos with Auto Cropping
Print Photos with Auto Cropping
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
If your photo is too long or too wide to fit within the layout space, part of the image will be cropped.
•
The factory setting is On. To print the entire image, change this setting to Off.
•
If you set the [Cropping] setting to Off, set the [Borderless] setting to Off, also.
Cropping: On
Cropping: Off
1. Insert a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] &gt; [Select Files].
3. Press d or c to display each photo. When the photo you want appears, press it, and then press [OK].
4. Press [OK].
5. Press
[Print Settings] &gt; [Cropping].
6. Press [On] (or [Off]).
7. When finished, press
or [OK].
8. Press [Start].
Related Information
• Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
Related Topics:
• Other Problems
95
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive &gt; Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the
Brother Machine &gt; Print Borderless Photos from a USB Flash Drive
Print Borderless Photos from a USB Flash Drive
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
This feature expands the printable area to the edges of the paper. Printing time will be slower.
1. Insert a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] &gt; [Select Files].
3. Press d or c to display each photo. When the photo you want appears, press it, and then press [OK].
4. Press [OK].
5. Press
[Print Settings] &gt; [Borderless].
6. Press [On] (or [Off]).
7. When finished, press
or [OK].
8. Press [Start].
Related Information
• Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
Related Topics:
• Other Problems
96
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive &gt; Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the
Brother Machine &gt; Print the Date from Your Photo's Data
Print the Date from Your Photo's Data
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Print the date if it is already in your photo’s information. The date will be printed in the lower-right corner. To use
this setting, the photo data must include the date.
1. Insert a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] &gt; [Select Files].
3. Press d or c to display each photo. When the photo you want appears, press it, and then press [OK].
4. Press [OK].
5. Press
[Print Settings] &gt; [Print Date].
6. Press [On] (or [Off]).
7. When finished, press
or [OK].
8. Press [Start].
Related Information
• Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
97
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive &gt; Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the
Brother Machine &gt; Print Settings for Photos
Print Settings for Photos
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
[Print Settings] to display the settings shown in the table.
Press
Option
Description
Print Quality
Select the print resolution for your type of document.
When you select the Inkjet Paper option in the Paper Type
setting, you can select only Fine.
Paper Type
Select the paper type.
Paper Size
Select the paper size.
Print Layout
Select the print layout.
Brightness
Adjust the brightness.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast.
Increasing the contrast will make an image look sharper and more
vivid.
Cropping
Crop the image around the margin to fit the paper size or print size.
Turn this feature off when you want to print whole images or prevent
unwanted cropping.
Borderless
Expand the printable area to fit the edges of the paper.
Print Date
Print the date on your photo.
Set New Default
Save the print settings you use most often by setting them as the
defaults.
Factory Reset
Restore any changed print settings back to the factory settings.
Related Information
• Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
Related Topics:
• Preview and Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive
• Print Photos by Image Number
98
Home &gt; Print &gt; Print an Email Attachment
Print an Email Attachment
You can print files by emailing them to your Brother machine.
•
If this option is not available, update your machine's firmware. Go to your model's Downloads page at
support.brother.com.
•
You can attach up to 10 documents, 20 MB in total, to an email.
•
This feature supports the following formats:
•
-
Document files: PDF, TXT, and Microsoft Office files
-
Image files: JPEG, BMP, GIF, PNG, and TIFF
The machine prints both the email content and attachments by default. To print only email attachments,
change the settings as necessary.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press WEB.
•
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read it, and then press
OK.
•
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press OK.
2. Press a or b to display the [Online Functions] option, and then press OK.
•
If this function is locked, contact your Network Administrator for access.
•
If information regarding [Online Functions] appears, read it, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Enable] option, and then press OK.
Follow the on-screen instructions. Online Functions are enabled.
4. Press a or b to display the [Email Print] option, and then press OK.
If information regarding [Email Print] appears, read it, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Enable] option, and then press OK.
Follow the on-screen instructions. The machine prints the Instruction Sheet.
6. Send your email to the email address included on the sheet. The machine prints the email attachments.
To change settings, including email address and printer settings, access Web Based Management, click
Online Functions &gt; Online Functions Settings in the left navigation bar, and then click the Online
Functions Settings Page link.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
•
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
•
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
99
2. Press a or b to display the [Online Functions] option, and then press it.
•
If this function is locked, contact your Network Administrator for access.
•
If information regarding [Online Functions] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
3. Press a or b to display the [Enable] option, and then press it.
Follow the on-screen instructions. Online Functions are enabled.
4. Press a or b to display the [Email Print] option, and then press it.
If information regarding [Email Print] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
5. Press a or b to display the [Enable] option, and then press it.
Follow the on-screen instructions. The machine prints the Instruction Sheet.
6. Send your email to the email address included on the sheet. The machine prints the email attachments.
To change settings, including email address and printer settings, access Web Based Management, click
Online Functions &gt; Online Functions Settings in the left navigation bar, and then click the Online
Functions Settings Page link.
Related Information
• Print
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
100
Home &gt; Scan
Scan
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
• Scan Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
• Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
• Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
• Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management
101
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
• Scan Photos and Graphics
• Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
• Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
• Scan Multiple Business Cards and Photos (Auto Crop)
• Scan to an Editable Text File Using OCR
• Save Scanned Data as an Email Attachment
• Scan to FTP
• Scan to SSH FTP (SFTP)
• Scan to Network (Windows)
• Scan to SharePoint
• Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows
10)
• Change Scan Settings Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan
102
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan Photos and Graphics
Scan Photos and Graphics
Send scanned photos or graphics directly to your computer.
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use Brother iPrint&amp;Scan.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(SCAN).
3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [to Image] option, and then press OK.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the computer where you want to send
data, and then press OK.
If the LCD message prompts you to enter a password, use the control panel to enter the password for the
computer, and then press OK.
6. Do one of the following:
•
To change the settings, go to the next step.
•
To use the default settings, press Black Start or Color Start.
[Color Setting] depends on the default settings. Pressing Black Start or Color Start does not allow
you to change the settings.
7. Press a or b to select the [Scan Settings] option, and then press OK.
To use the [Scan Settings] option, you must connect a computer with Brother iPrint&amp;Scan installed to
the machine.
8. Press a or b to select the [Set at Device] option, and then press OK.
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press OK.
Option
Description
Color Setting
Select the scan color format of your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
103
Option
Description
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Auto Deskew
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned.
Skip Blank Page
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Remove Background Change the amount of background color that is removed.
10. Press Black Start or Color Start.
[Color Setting] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Black Start or Color Start does
not allow you to change the settings.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] &gt; [to PC] &gt; [to Image].
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to display the computer where you want to send
data, and then select the computer name.
If the LCD message prompts you to enter a password, use the LCD to enter the password for the computer,
and then press [OK].
4. Do one of the following:
•
To change the settings, press
•
Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
[Options].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
To use
[Options], you must connect a computer with Brother iPrint&amp;Scan installed to the machine.
5. Press [Scan Settings] &gt; [Set at Device].
6. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option
Description
Color Setting
Select the color format for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Auto Deskew
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned.
Skip Blank Page
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Remove Background Color Change the amount of background color that is removed.
104
•
To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
7. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
105
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF
File
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer as PDF files.
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use Brother iPrint&amp;Scan.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(SCAN).
3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [to File] option, and then press OK.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the computer where you want to send
data, and then press OK.
If the LCD message prompts you to enter a password, use the control panel to enter the password for the
computer, and then press OK.
6. Do one of the following:
•
To change the settings, go to the next step.
•
To use the default settings, press Black Start or Color Start.
[Color Setting] depends on the default settings. Pressing Black Start or Color Start does not allow
you to change the settings.
7. Press a or b to select the [Scan Settings] option, and then press OK.
To use the [Scan Settings] option, you must connect a computer with Brother iPrint&amp;Scan installed to
the machine.
8. Press a or b to select the [Set at Device] option, and then press OK.
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press OK.
Option
Description
Color Setting
Select the scan color format of your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
106
Option
Description
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Auto Deskew
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned.
Skip Blank Page
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Remove Background Change the amount of background color that is removed.
10. Press Black Start or Color Start.
[Color Setting] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Black Start or Color Start does
not allow you to change the settings.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] &gt; [to PC] &gt; [to File].
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to display the computer where you want to send
data, and then select the computer name.
If the LCD message prompts you to enter a password, use the LCD to enter the password for the computer,
and then press [OK].
4. Do one of the following:
•
To change the settings, press
•
Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
[Options].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
To use
[Options], you must connect a computer with Brother iPrint&amp;Scan installed to the machine.
5. Press [Scan Settings] &gt; [Set at Device].
6. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option
Description
Color Setting
Select the color format for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Auto Deskew
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned.
Skip Blank Page
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
107
Option
Description
Remove Background Color Change the amount of background color that is removed.
•
To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
7. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
108
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Scan documents and save them directly to a USB flash drive without using a computer.
1. Load your document.
2. Insert a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
3. Press [Scan to Media].
4. Do one of the following:
•
•
To change the settings, press
[Options], and then go to the next step.
-
To set your own default settings: after making changes to settings, press the [Set New Default]
option, and then press [Yes].
-
To restore the factory settings: press the [Factory Reset] option, and then press [Yes].
Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
5. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option
Description
Color Setting
Select the color format for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
File Name
Rename the file.
File Name Style
Select the order in which the date, counter number, and other items appear
in the file names.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Auto Crop
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass to a USB flash drive.
The machine will scan each document and create separate files or a single
multi-page file.
Auto Deskew
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned.
109
Option
Description
Skip Blank Page
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Skip Blank Page
Sensitivity
Select the sensitivity level for detecting blank pages in the scanned data.
The higher the sensitivity, the easier it is for the machine to detect blank
pages.
Remove Background
Color
Change the amount of background color that is removed.
Margin Settings
Adjust your document's margins.
•
To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
6. Press [Start].
7. If you are using the scanner glass, set the next page and then press [Continue]. If there are no more
pages to scan, press [Finish]. After you finish scanning, make sure you choose [Finish] before
removing the USB flash drive from the machine.
IMPORTANT
The LCD displays a message while reading the data. DO NOT unplug the power cord or remove the USB
flash drive from the machine while it is reading the data. You could lose your data or damage the USB
flash drive.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
• Compatible USB Flash Drives
110
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash
Drive &gt; Compatible USB Flash Drives
Compatible USB Flash Drives
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Your Brother machine has a media drive (slot) for use with common data storage.
IMPORTANT
The USB direct interface supports only USB flash drives and digital cameras that use the USB mass storage
standard. Other USB devices are not supported.
Compatible Media
USB Flash Drive
Related Information
• Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
• Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
111
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan Multiple Business Cards and Photos
(Auto Crop)
Scan Multiple Business Cards and Photos (Auto Crop)
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
You can scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and use
the Auto Crop feature to create separate files or a single multi-page file.
Guidelines for Auto Crop
1. 0.4 in. (10 mm) or greater
2. 0.8 in. (20 mm) or greater (bottom)
•
This setting is available only for documents that are rectangular or square.
•
If your document is too long or wide, this feature will not work as described here.
•
You must place the documents away from the edges of the scanner glass as shown in the illustration.
•
You must place the documents at least 0.4 in. (10 mm) away from each other.
•
Auto Crop adjusts the skew of the document on the scanner glass; however, if your document is skewed
more than 45 degrees at less than 300 x 300 dpi or 10 degrees at 600 x 600 dpi, this feature will not work.
•
The ADF must be empty to use Auto Crop.
•
The Auto Crop feature is available for a maximum of 16 documents, depending on the size of the documents.
To scan documents using the Auto Crop feature, you must place the documents on the scanner glass.
1. Load documents on the scanner glass.
2. Insert a USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD screen automatically changes.
3. Press [Scan to Media] &gt;
[Options] &gt; [Auto Crop].
4. Press [On].
5. Press [OK].
6. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. Follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
112
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan to an Editable Text File Using OCR
Scan to an Editable Text File Using OCR
Your machine can convert characters in a scanned document to text using optical character recognition (OCR)
technology. You can edit this text using your preferred text-editing application.
•
The Scan to OCR feature is available for certain languages.
•
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use Brother iPrint&amp;Scan.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(SCAN).
3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [to OCR] option, and then press OK.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the computer where you want to send
data, and then press OK.
If the LCD message prompts you to enter a password, use the control panel to enter the password for the
computer, and then press OK.
6. Do one of the following:
•
To change the settings, go to the next step.
•
To use the default settings, press Black Start or Color Start.
[Color Setting] depends on the default settings. Pressing Black Start or Color Start does not allow
you to change the settings.
7. Press a or b to select the [Scan Settings] option, and then press OK.
To use the [Scan Settings] option, you must connect a computer with Brother iPrint&amp;Scan installed to
the machine.
8. Press a or b to select the [Set at Device] option, and then press OK.
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press OK.
Option
Description
Color Setting
Select the scan color format of your document.
113
Option
Description
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Auto Deskew
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned.
Skip Blank Page
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Remove Background Change the amount of background color that is removed.
10. Press Black Start or Color Start.
[Color Setting] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Black Start or Color Start does
not allow you to change the settings.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] &gt; [to PC] &gt; [to OCR].
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to display the computer where you want to send
data, and then select the computer name.
If the LCD message prompts you to enter a password, use the LCD to enter the password for the computer,
and then press [OK].
4. Do one of the following:
•
To change the settings, press
•
Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
[Options].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
To use
[Options], you must connect a computer with Brother iPrint&amp;Scan installed to the machine.
5. Press [Scan Settings] &gt; [Set at Device].
6. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option
Description
Color Setting
Select the color format for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Auto Deskew
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned.
114
Option
Description
Skip Blank Page
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Remove Background Color Change the amount of background color that is removed.
•
To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
7. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
115
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Save Scanned Data as an Email
Attachment
Save Scanned Data as an Email Attachment
Send the scanned data from your machine to your email application as an attachment.
•
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use Brother iPrint&amp;Scan.
•
To scan to email using the machine's Scan Button, make sure you select one of these applications in
Brother iPrint&amp;Scan:
-
Windows: Microsoft Outlook
-
Mac: Apple Mail
For other applications and Webmail services, use the Scan to Image or Scan to File feature to scan a
document, and then attach the scanned file to an email message.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(SCAN).
3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [to E-mail] option, and then press OK.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the computer where you want to send
data, and then press OK.
If the LCD message prompts you to enter a password, use the control panel to enter the password for the
computer, and then press OK.
6. Do one of the following:
•
To change the settings, go to the next step.
•
To use the default settings, press Black Start or Color Start.
[Color Setting] depends on the default settings. Pressing Black Start or Color Start does not allow
you to change the settings.
7. Press a or b to select the [Scan Settings] option, and then press OK.
116
To use the [Scan Settings] option, you must connect a computer with Brother iPrint&amp;Scan installed to
the machine.
8. Press a or b to select the [Set at Device] option, and then press OK.
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press OK.
Option
Description
Color Setting
Select the scan color format of your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Auto Deskew
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned.
Skip Blank Page
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Remove Background Change the amount of background color that is removed.
10. Press Black Start or Color Start.
[Color Setting] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Black Start or Color Start does
not allow you to change the settings.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] &gt; [to PC] &gt; [to E-mail].
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to display the computer where you want to send
data, and then select the computer name.
If the LCD message prompts you to enter a password, use the LCD to enter the password for the computer,
and then press [OK].
4. Do one of the following:
•
To change the settings, press
•
Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
[Options].
The machine scans the document and saves it as a file attachment. It then launches your email
application and opens a new, blank email message with the scanned file attached.
To use
[Options], you must connect a computer with Brother iPrint&amp;Scan installed to the machine.
5. Press [Scan Settings] &gt; [Set at Device].
6. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option
Description
Color Setting
Select the color format for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
117
Option
Description
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Auto Deskew
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned.
Skip Blank Page
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Remove Background Color Change the amount of background color that is removed.
•
To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
7. Press [Start].
The machine scans the document and saves it as a file attachment. It then launches your email application
and opens a new, blank email message with the scanned file attached.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
118
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan to FTP
Scan to FTP
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Scan documents directly to an FTP server when you need to share the scanned information. For added
convenience, configure different profiles to save your favorite Scan to FTP destinations.
• Set up a Scan to FTP Profile
• Upload Scanned Data to an FTP Server
119
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan to FTP &gt; Set up a Scan to FTP
Profile
Set up a Scan to FTP Profile
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Set up a Scan to FTP Profile to scan and upload the scanned data directly to an FTP location.
We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows, Safari 10/11 for Mac, Google
Chrome™ for Android (4.x or later), and Google Chrome™/Safari for iOS (10.x or later). Make sure that
JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Scan &gt; Scan to FTP/SFTP/Network/SharePoint.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Select the FTP option, and then click Submit.
6. Click the Scan to FTP/SFTP/Network/SharePoint Profile menu.
7. Select the profile you want to set up or change.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, &quot;, :, &lt;, &gt;, | or * may cause a sending error.
Option
Description
Profile Name
Type a name for this server profile (up to 15 alphanumeric
characters). The machine will display this name on the LCD.
Host Address
Type the Host Address (for example: ftp.example.com; up to 64
characters) or the IP address (for example: 192.23.56.189).
Port Number
Change the Port Number setting used to access the FTP server.
The default for this setting is port 21. In most cases this setting does
not need to be changed.
Username
Type a user name (up to 32 characters) that has permission to write
data to the FTP server.
Password
Type the password (up to 32 characters) associated with the user
name you entered in the Username field. Type the password again in
the Retype password field.
SSL/TLS
Set the SSL/TLS option to scan securely using SSL/TLS
communication. Change the CA Certificate setting, if needed.
Store Directory
Type the path (up to 60 characters) to the folder on the FTP server
where you want to send your scanned data. Do not type a slash mark
at the beginning of the path (for example: brother/abc).
File Name
Select a file name from the preset names provided, or from userdefined names. You can set the user-defined names and file name
style in the Scan File Name menu in the navigation bar.
120
Option
Description
Quality
Select a quality setting. If you choose the User Select option, the
machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the
scan profile.
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned document. If you
choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to
select a setting each time they use the scan profile.
Document Size
Select your document size from the list. This is necessary to make
sure the scanned file is the correct size.
Margin Settings
Adjust your document's margins.
Auto Deskew
Select Auto to set the machine to correct document skewing
automatically as the pages are scanned.
Skip Blank Page
Select the On option to remove blank pages of the document from
the scanning results.
Skip Blank Page Sensitivity
Select the sensitivity level for detecting blank pages in the scanned
data. The higher the sensitivity, the easier it is for the machine to
detect blank pages.
Remove Background Color
Change the amount of background color that is removed.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Passive Mode
Set the Passive Mode option to off or on depending on your FTP
server and network firewall configuration. The default setting is on. In
most cases this setting does not need to be changed.
8. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Scan to FTP
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
121
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan to FTP &gt; Upload Scanned Data to an
FTP Server
Upload Scanned Data to an FTP Server
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] &gt; [to FTP/SFTP].
3. The server profiles you have set up using Web Based Management are listed. Select the profile you want. If
the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing, or if the quality
or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
4. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If you are using the scanner glass, follow the Touchscreen instructions to
complete the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan to FTP
122
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan to SSH FTP (SFTP)
Scan to SSH FTP (SFTP)
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Scan documents directly to an SFTP server, a secure version of an FTP server. For added convenience,
configure different profiles to save your favorite Scan to SFTP destinations.
• Set up a Scan to SFTP Profile
• Create a Client Key Pair Using Web Based Management
• Export a Client Key Pair Using Web Based Management
• Import a Server Public Key Using Web Based Management
• Upload Scanned Data to an SFTP Server
123
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan to SSH FTP (SFTP) &gt; Set up a Scan
to SFTP Profile
Set up a Scan to SFTP Profile
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Set up a Scan to SFTP Profile to scan and upload scanned data directly to an SFTP location.
We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows, Safari 10/11 for Mac, Google
Chrome™ for Android (4.x or later), and Google Chrome™/Safari for iOS (10.x or later). Make sure that
JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Scan &gt; Scan to FTP/SFTP/Network/SharePoint.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Select the SFTP option, and then click Submit.
6. Click the Scan to FTP/SFTP/Network/SharePoint Profile menu.
7. Select the profile you want to set up or change.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, &quot;, :, &lt;, &gt;, | or * may cause a sending error.
Option
Description
Profile Name
Type a name for this server profile (up to 15 alphanumeric
characters). The machine will display this name on the LCD.
Host Address
Type the Host Address (for example: ftp.example.com; up to 64
characters) or the IP address (for example: 192.23.56.189).
Username
Type a user name (up to 32 characters) that has permission to write
data to the FTP server.
Auth. Method
Select Password or Public Key.
Do one of the following:
•
When you select Password, type the password (up to 32
characters) associated with the user name you typed in the
Username field. Type the password again in the Retype
password field.
•
When you select Public Key, select the authentication type from
the Client Key Pair drop-down list.
Server Public Key
Select the authentication type.
Store Directory
Type the path (up to 60 characters) to the folder on the FTP server
where you want to send your scanned data. Do not type a slash mark
at the beginning of the path (for example: brother/abc).
124
Option
Description
File Name
Select a file name from the preset names provided, or from userdefined names. You can set the user-defined names and file name
style in the Scan File Name menu in the navigation bar.
Quality
Select a quality setting. If you choose the User Select option, the
machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the
scan profile.
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned document. If you
choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to
select a setting each time they use the scan profile.
Document Size
Select your document size from the list. This is necessary to make
sure the scanned file is the correct size.
Margin Settings
Adjust your document's margins.
Auto Deskew
Select Auto to set the machine to correct document skewing
automatically as the pages are scanned.
Skip Blank Page
Select the On option to remove blank pages of the document from
the scanning results.
Skip Blank Page Sensitivity
Select the sensitivity level for detecting blank pages in the scanned
data. The higher the sensitivity, the easier it is for the machine to
detect blank pages.
Remove Background Color
Change the amount of background color that is removed.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Port Number
Change the Port Number setting used to access the FTP server.
The default for this setting is port 22. In most cases this setting does
not need to be changed.
8. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Scan to SSH FTP (SFTP)
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
125
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan to SSH FTP (SFTP) &gt; Create a
Client Key Pair Using Web Based Management
Create a Client Key Pair Using Web Based Management
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
•
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as &quot;SharedPrinter&quot; instead of the IP address.
-
For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
-
For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Security &gt; Client Key Pair.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click Create New Client Key Pair.
6. In the Client Key Pair Name field, type the name (up to 20 characters) you want.
7. Click the Public Key Algorithm drop-down list, and then select the algorithm you want.
8. Click Submit.
The client key pair is created and saved in your machine's memory. The client key pair name and public key
algorithm will be displayed in the Client Key Pair List.
Related Information
• Scan to SSH FTP (SFTP)
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
126
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan to SSH FTP (SFTP) &gt; Export a
Client Key Pair Using Web Based Management
Export a Client Key Pair Using Web Based Management
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
•
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as &quot;SharedPrinter&quot; instead of the IP address.
-
For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
-
For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Security &gt; Client Key Pair.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click Export Public Key shown with Client Key Pair List.
6. Click Submit.
7. Specify the location where you want to save the file.
The client key pair is exported to your computer.
Related Information
• Scan to SSH FTP (SFTP)
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
127
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan to SSH FTP (SFTP) &gt; Import a
Server Public Key Using Web Based Management
Import a Server Public Key Using Web Based Management
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
•
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as &quot;SharedPrinter&quot; instead of the IP address.
-
For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
-
For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Security &gt; Server Public Key.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click Import Server Public Key.
6. Specify the file that you want to import.
7. Click Submit.
The server public key is imported to your machine.
Related Information
• Scan to SSH FTP (SFTP)
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
128
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan to SSH FTP (SFTP) &gt; Upload
Scanned Data to an SFTP Server
Upload Scanned Data to an SFTP Server
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] &gt; [to FTP/SFTP].
3. The server profiles you have set up using Web Based Management are listed. Select the profile you want. If
the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing, or if the quality
or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
4. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If you are using the scanner glass, follow the Touchscreen instructions to
complete the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan to SSH FTP (SFTP)
129
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan to Network (Windows)
Scan to Network (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Scan documents directly to a CIFS server on your local network. For added convenience, you can configure
different profiles to save your favorite Scan to Network destinations.
• Set up a Scan to Network Profile
• Upload Scanned Data to a CIFS Server
130
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan to Network (Windows) &gt; Set up a
Scan to Network Profile
Set up a Scan to Network Profile
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Set up a Scan to Network Profile to scan and upload scanned data directly to a folder on a CIFS server.
We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows, Safari 10/11 for Mac, Google
Chrome™ for Android (4.x or later), and Google Chrome™/Safari for iOS (10.x or later). Make sure that
JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Scan &gt; Scan to FTP/SFTP/Network/SharePoint.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Select the Network option, and then click Submit.
6. Click the Scan to FTP/SFTP/Network/SharePoint Profile menu.
7. Select the profile you want to set up or change.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, &quot;, :, &lt;, &gt;, | or * may cause a sending error.
Option
Description
Profile Name
Type a name for this server profile (up to 15 alphanumeric
characters). The machine will display this name on the LCD.
Network Folder Path
Type the path to the folder on the CIFS server where you want to
send your scanned data.
File Name
Select a file name from the preset names provided, or from userdefined names. You can set the user-defined names and file name
style in the Scan File Name menu in the navigation bar.
Quality
Select a quality setting. If you choose the User Select option, the
machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the
scan profile.
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned document. If you
choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to
select a setting each time they use the scan profile.
Document Size
Select your document size from the list. This is necessary to make
sure the scanned file is the correct size.
Margin Settings
Adjust your document's margins.
Auto Deskew
Select Auto to set the machine to correct document skewing
automatically as the pages are scanned.
Skip Blank Page
Select the On option to remove blank pages of the document from
the scanning results.
131
Option
Description
Skip Blank Page Sensitivity
Select the sensitivity level for detecting blank pages in the scanned
data. The higher the sensitivity, the easier it is for the machine to
detect blank pages.
Remove Background Color
Change the amount of background color that is removed.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Use PIN for Authentication
To PIN-protect this profile, select On, and then type a four-digit PIN in
the PIN Code field.
Auth. Method
Select the authentication method.
Username
Type a user name (up to 96 characters) that has permission to write
data to the folder specified in the Network Folder Path field. If the
user name is part of a domain, type the user name in one of the
following styles:
user@domain
domain\user
Password
Type the password (up to 32 characters) associated with the user
name you entered in the Username field. Type the password again in
the Retype password field.
Kerberos Server Address
Type the Kerberos Server Address (for example:
kerberos.example.com; up to 64 characters).
8. Click Submit.
9. You must configure the SNTP (network time server) or you must set the date, time and time zone correctly on
the control panel. The time must match the time used by the Kerberos Server and CIFS Server.
Related Information
• Scan to Network (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
132
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan to Network (Windows) &gt; Upload
Scanned Data to a CIFS Server
Upload Scanned Data to a CIFS Server
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] &gt; [to Network].
•
If you registered your user ID, the [to My Folder] option appears when you log on to the machine
using Active Directory Authentication or LDAP Authentication.
•
To send scanned data to your designated folder on the CIFS server, press [to My Folder].
•
To enable this feature in Web Based Management, go to the navigation menu, and then click Scan &gt;
Scan to FTP/SFTP/Network/SharePoint. In the Send to My Folder field, select On.
3. The server profiles you have set up using Web Based Management are listed. Select the profile you want. If
the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing, or if the quality
or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
4. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If you are using the scanner glass, follow the Touchscreen instructions to
complete the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan to Network (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
133
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan to SharePoint
Scan to SharePoint
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Scan documents directly to a SharePoint server when you need to share the scanned information. For added
convenience, configure different profiles to save your favorite Scan to SharePoint destinations.
• Set up a Scan to SharePoint Profile
• Upload Scanned Data to a SharePoint Server
134
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan to SharePoint &gt; Set up a Scan to
SharePoint Profile
Set up a Scan to SharePoint Profile
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Set up a Scan to SharePoint Profile to scan and upload the scanned data directly to a SharePoint location.
We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows, Safari 10/11 for Mac, Google
Chrome™ for Android (4.x or later), and Google Chrome™/Safari for iOS (10.x or later). Make sure that
JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Scan &gt; Scan to FTP/SFTP/Network/SharePoint.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Select the SharePoint option, and then click Submit.
6. Click the Scan to FTP/SFTP/Network/SharePoint Profile menu.
7. Select the profile you want to set up or change.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, &quot;, :, &lt;, &gt;, | or * may cause a sending error.
Option
Description
Profile Name
Type a name for this server profile (up to 15 alphanumeric
characters). The machine will display this name on the LCD.
SharePoint Site Address
Copy and paste the full destination address shown in the address bar
of your browser (for example: http://SharePointSiteAddress/Shared
%20Documents/Forms/AllItems.aspx) or the IP address (for example:
http://192.168.0.1/Shared%20Documents/Forms/AllItems.aspx).
File Name
Select a file name from the preset names provided, or from userdefined names. You can set the user-defined names and file name
style in the Scan File Name menu in the navigation bar.
Quality
Select a quality setting. If you choose the User Select option, the
machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the
scan profile.
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned document. If you
choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to
select a setting each time they use the scan profile.
Document Size
Select your document size from the list. This is necessary to make
sure the scanned file is the correct size.
Auto Deskew
Select Auto to set the machine to correct document skewing
automatically as the pages are scanned.
Skip Blank Page
Select the On option to remove blank pages of the document from
the scanning results.
135
Option
Description
Skip Blank Page Sensitivity
Select the sensitivity level for detecting blank pages in the scanned
data. The higher the sensitivity, the easier it is for the machine to
detect blank pages.
Remove Background Color
Change the amount of background color that is removed.
Margin Settings
Adjust your document's margins.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Use PIN for Authentication
To PIN-protect this profile, select On, and then type a four-digit PIN in
the PIN Code field.
Auth. Method
Select the authentication method. If you select Auto, the
authentication method will be automatically detected.
Username
Type a user name (up to 96 characters) that has permission to write
data to the folder specified in the SharePoint Site Address field. If
the user name is part of a domain, type the user name in one of the
following styles:
user@domain
domain\user
Password
Type the password (up to 32 characters) associated with the user
name you entered in the Username field. Type the password again in
the Retype password field.
Kerberos Server Address
Type the Kerberos Server Address (for example:
kerberos.example.com; up to 64 characters).
8. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Scan to SharePoint
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
136
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Scan to SharePoint &gt; Upload Scanned
Data to a SharePoint Server
Upload Scanned Data to a SharePoint Server
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] &gt; [to SharePoint].
3. The server profiles you have set up using Web Based Management are listed. Select the profile you want. If
the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing, or if the quality
or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
4. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If you are using the scanner glass, follow the Touchscreen instructions to
complete the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan to SharePoint
137
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Web Services for Scanning on Your
Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10)
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1,
and Windows 10)
The Web Services protocol enables Windows 7, Windows 8.1 and Windows 10 users to scan using a Brother
machine on the network. You must install the driver via Web Services.
• Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and
Windows 10)
• Scan Using Web Services from Your Machine (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows
10)
• Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
138
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Web Services for Scanning on Your
Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10) &gt; Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for
Scanning (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10)
Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows 7,
Windows 8.1, and Windows 10)
•
Make sure you have installed the correct software and drivers for your machine.
•
Verify that the host computer and the Brother machine are on the same subnet, or that the router is
correctly configured to pass data between the two devices.
•
You must configure the IP address on your Brother machine before you configure this setting.
1. Do one of the following:
•
Windows 10
Click
•
&gt; Windows System &gt; Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device.
Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings &gt;
Change PC settings &gt; PC and devices &gt; Devices &gt; Add a device.
The machine's Web Services Name appears.
•
Windows 7
Click
(Start) &gt; Control Panel &gt; Network and Internet &gt; View network computers and devices.
The machine's Web Services Name appears with the printer icon.
Right-click the machine you want to install.
•
The Web Services Name for the Brother machine is your model name and the MAC Address (Ethernet
Address) of your machine (for example, Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your
model) [XXXXXXXXXXXX] (MAC Address / Ethernet Address)).
•
Windows 8.1/Windows 10
Move your mouse over the machine name to display the machine's information.
2. Do one of the following:
•
Windows 8.1/Windows 10
Select the machine you want to install, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
•
Windows 7
Click Install in the displayed menu.
To uninstall drivers, click Uninstall or
(Remove device).
Related Information
• Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10)
139
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Web Services for Scanning on Your
Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10) &gt; Scan Using Web Services from Your Machine
(Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10)
Scan Using Web Services from Your Machine (Windows 7, Windows 8.1,
and Windows 10)
If you have installed the driver for scanning via Web Services, you can access the Web Services scanning menu
on your Brother machine's LCD.
•
Certain characters in the messages displayed on the LCD may be replaced with spaces if the language
settings of your OS and your Brother machine are different.
•
If the LCD displays an insufficient memory error message, choose a smaller size in the Paper size setting
or a lower resolution in the Resolution (DPI) setting.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(SCAN).
3. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [WS Scan]. Press OK.
b. Select the type of scan you want. Press OK.
c. Select the computer where you want to send data. Press OK.
4. Press Black Start or Color Start.
The machine starts scanning.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] &gt; [WS Scan].
3. Press a or b to select the type of scan you want, and then press it.
4. Press a or b to display the computer where you want to send data, and then select the computer name.
5. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
• Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10)
140
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Web Services for Scanning on Your
Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10) &gt; Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
1. Do one of the following:
•
Windows 10
Click
&gt; Windows System &gt; Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers.
•
Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
•
Windows 7
Click
(Start) &gt; Devices and Printers.
2. Right-click the machine icon, and then select Scan profiles.... The Scan Profiles dialog box appears.
3. Select the scan profile you want to use.
4. Make sure the scanner selected in the Scanner list is a machine that supports Web Services for scanning,
and then click the Set as Default button.
5. Click Edit....
The Edit Default Profile dialog box appears.
6. Select the Source, Paper size, Color format, File type, Resolution (DPI), Brightness and Contrast
settings.
7. Click the Save Profile button.
These settings will be applied when you scan using the Web Services protocol.
If you are requested to select a scanning application, select Windows Fax and Scan from the list.
Related Information
• Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10)
141
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine &gt; Change Scan Settings Using Brother
iPrint&amp;Scan
Change Scan Settings Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan
Brother iPrint&amp;Scan allows you to change the machine's Scan Button settings.
1. Start Brother iPrint&amp;Scan.
•
Windows
Launch
•
(Brother iPrint&amp;Scan).
Mac
In the Finder menu bar, click Go &gt; Applications, and then double-click the iPrint&amp;Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&amp;Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model
name from the list. Click OK.
3. Click the Machine Scan Settings button, and then follow the on-screen instructions to change the scan
settings, such as document size, color, and resolution.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
142
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
Scan Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
1. Start Brother iPrint&amp;Scan.
•
Windows
Launch
•
(Brother iPrint&amp;Scan).
Mac
In the Finder menu bar, click Go &gt; Applications, and then double-click the iPrint&amp;Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&amp;Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model
name from the list. Click OK.
3. Click the Scan icon, and then follow the on-screen instructions to scan your documents.
Related Information
• Scan
143
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
There are several ways you can use your computer to scan photos and documents on your machine. Use the
software applications we provide or use your favorite scanning application.
• Scan Using Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14SE or Other Windows Applications
• Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
144
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Scan Using Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14SE or Other
Windows Applications
Scan Using Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14SE or Other Windows Applications
You can use the Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14SE application for scanning.
To download the Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14SE application, click
•
(Brother Utilities), select Do More in
the left navigation bar, and then click PaperPort.
•
Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14SE supports Windows 7, Windows 8.1, Windows 10 Home, Windows 10 Pro,
Windows 10 Education and Windows 10 Enterprise.
•
For detailed instructions on using each application, click the application's Help menu, and then click
Getting Started Guide in the Help ribbon.
The instructions for scanning in these steps are for PaperPort™ 14SE. For other Windows applications, the
steps will be similar. PaperPort™ 14SE supports both TWAIN and WIA drivers; the TWAIN driver
(recommended) is used in these steps.
•
Depending on the model of your machine, Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14SE may not be included. If it is not
included, you can use other software applications that support scanning.
1. Load your document.
2. Start PaperPort™ 14SE.
Do one of the following:
•
Windows 10
Click
•
Windows 8.1
Click
•
&gt; Nuance PaperPort 14 &gt; PaperPort.
(PaperPort).
Windows 7
Using your computer, click
(Start) &gt; All Programs &gt; Nuance PaperPort 14 &gt; PaperPort.
3. Click the Desktop menu, and then click Scan Settings in the Desktop ribbon.
The Scan or Get Photo panel appears on the left side of the screen.
4. Click Select.
5. From the available Scanners list, select TWAIN: TW-Brother XXX-XXXX or TWAIN: TW-Brother XXX-XXXX
LAN (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model).
6. Select the Display scanner dialog box check box in the Scan or Get Photo panel.
7. Click Scan.
The Scanner Setup dialog box appears.
145
8. Adjust the settings in the Scanner Setup dialog box, if needed.
9. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size.
10. Click PreScan to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
11. Click Start.
The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
• Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
• TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows)
146
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Scan Using Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14SE or Other
Windows Applications &gt; TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows)
TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows)
Note that the item names and assignable values will vary depending on the machine.
1. Scan
Select the Photo or Document option depending on the type of document you want to scan.
Scan (Image Type)
Resolution
Scan Type
Photo
Use for scanning photo images.
300 x 300 dpi
24bit Color
Document
Use for scanning text
documents.
300 x 300 dpi
24bit Color
2. Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
3. Scan Type
Select from a range of scan color depths.
•
Black &amp; White
Use for text or line art images.
147
•
Gray (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated gray
images without using true gray dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a gray
appearance.)
•
True Gray
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of gray.
•
24bit Color
Use to create an image with the most accurate color reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colors to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
4. Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from a selection of preset scan sizes.
If you select Custom, the Custom Document Size dialog box appears and you can specify the document
size.
5. Auto Crop
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and create
separate files or a single multi-page file.
6. Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings link in the Scanner Setup dialog box.
•
Document Correction
-
Auto Deskew
Set the machine to correct document skewing automatically as the pages are scanned from the
scanner glass.
-
Margin Settings
Adjust your document's margins.
-
Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
-
Edge Fill
Fill in the edges on four sides of the scanned image using the selected color and range.
-
Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results.
•
Image Quality
-
Diffusion Adjustment -Gray
Adjust the diffusion when selecting the Gray (Error Diffusion) option from the Scan Type drop-down
list.
-
Color Tone Adjustment
Adjust the color tone.
-
Background Processing
•
Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
Prevent bleed-through.
•
Remove Background Color
Remove the base color of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
-
Color Drop
Select a color to remove from the scanned image.
-
Edge Emphasis
Sharpen the characters in the original.
-
Reduce Noise
148
Improve and enhance the quality of your scanned images with this selection. The Reduce Noise
option is available when selecting the 24bit Color option and the 300 x 300 dpi, 400 x 400 dpi, or
600 x 600 dpi scan resolution.
•
B&amp;W Image Quality
-
B&amp;W Threshold Adjustment
Adjust the threshold to generate a black and white image.
-
Character Correction
Correct the broken or incomplete characters of the original to make them easier to read.
-
B&amp;W Inversion
Invert black and white in the black and white image.
•
Feed Control
-
Layout
Select the layout.
-
Continuous Scan
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select whether to continue
scanning or finish.
Related Information
• Scan Using Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14SE or Other Windows Applications
149
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
Windows Fax and Scan application is another option that you can use for scanning.
•
Windows Fax and Scan uses the WIA scanner driver.
•
If you want to crop a portion of a page after pre-scanning the document, you must scan using the scanner
glass (also called the flatbed).
1. Load your document.
2. Launch Windows Fax and Scan.
3. Click File &gt; New &gt; Scan.
4. Select the scanner you want to use.
5. Click OK.
The New Scan dialog box appears.
6. Adjust the settings in the dialog box, if needed.
The scanner resolution can be set to a maximum of 1200 dpi. If you want to scan at higher resolutions, use
the Scanner Utility software from Brother Utilities.
7. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning the document.
Related Information
• Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
150
• WIA Driver Settings (Windows)
151
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan from Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan &gt; WIA Driver
Settings (Windows)
WIA Driver Settings (Windows)
Profile
Select the scan profile you want to use from the Profile drop-down list.
Source
Select the Flatbed or Feeder (Scan one side) option from the drop-down list.
Paper size
The Paper size option is available if you select the Feeder (Scan one side) as the Source option.
Color format
Select a scan color format from the Color format drop-down list.
File type
Select a file format from the File type drop-down list.
Resolution (DPI)
Set a scanning resolution in the Resolution (DPI) field. Higher resolutions take more memory and transfer
time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark,
152
set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value in the field to set the
brightness level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasizes dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in gray areas. You can also type a value in
the field to set the contrast level.
Related Information
• Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
153
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
• Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
154
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management
Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management
• Set the Scan Job Email Report Using Web Based Management
155
Home &gt; Scan &gt; Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management &gt; Set the Scan Job Email Report
Using Web Based Management
Set the Scan Job Email Report Using Web Based Management
When you scan a document, the machine will send a scan job email report automatically to the registered email
address.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Scan &gt; Scan Job e-mail report.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. In the Administrator Address field, type the email address.
6. For the scan functions you want, select On to send a scan job email report.
7. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
156
Home &gt; Copy
Copy
• Copy a Document
• Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
• Sort Copies
• Make Page Layout Copies (N in 1 or Poster)
• Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
• Copy an ID Card
• Copy Settings
157
Home &gt; Copy &gt; Copy a Document
Copy a Document
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. Load your document.
(COPY).
3. Press
The LCD displays:
01
Press Start
Quality
Normal
Paper Type
Plain Paper
4. Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
5. Change the copy settings, if needed.
Press a or b to scroll through the copy settings. Select a copy setting, and then press OK.
•
When you load paper other than Letter size plain paper, you must change the [Paper Size] and
[Paper Type] settings.
6. When finished, press Black Start or Color Start.
To interrupt copying, press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. Load your document.
3. Press
[Copy].
The touchscreen displays:
4. Change the copy settings, if needed.
158
When you load paper other than Letter size plain paper, you must change the [Paper Size] and [Paper
Type] settings by pressing
Option
[Options].
Description
(No. of
Copies)
Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
•
Press - or + on the touchscreen.
•
Press
to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the
number of copies using the touchscreen keyboard. Press OK.
(Options)
Press
[Options] to change the copy settings for the next copy only.
When you have finished changing settings, press OK.
ID
To make an ID card copy with the [2in1 ID Vertical] layout, select the [ID]
checkbox.
Current setting
indications
Press the following icons to change these settings for the next copy only:
•
Tray Select
•
Quality
•
Enlarge/Reduce
After you have finished selecting new options, you can save them by pressing [Save as Shortcut].
5. Press [Black Start] or [Color Start].
To interrupt copying, press
.
Related Information
• Copy
Related Topics:
• Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
• Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
• Copy Settings
159
Home &gt; Copy &gt; Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Select an enlargement or reduction ratio to resize your copied data.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(COPY).
3. Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press a or b to select [Enlarge/Reduce]. Press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the available options. Press OK.
6. Do one of the following:
•
If you selected the [Enlarge] or [Reduce] option, press a or b to select the enlargement or reduction
ratio you want to use. Press OK.
•
If you selected the [Custom(25-400%)] option, enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from [25%] to
[400%]. Press OK.
•
If you selected [100%] or the [Fit to Page] option, go to the next step.
7. When finished, press Black Start or Color Start.
If you selected the [Fit to Page] option, your machine adjusts the copy size to fit the paper size set in
the machine.
•
The [Fit to Page] option does not work correctly when the document on the scanner glass is
skewed more than three degrees. Using the document guidelines on the left and top, place the
document face down in the upper-left corner of the scanner glass.
•
The [Fit to Page] option is not available for Legal size documents.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
•
Press [-] or [+] on the touchscreen.
•
Press
to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
4. Press
[Options] &gt; [Enlarge/Reduce].
160
5. Press a or b to display the available options, and then press the option you want to change.
6. Do one of the following:
•
If you selected the [Enlarge] or [Reduce] option, press the enlargement or reduction ratio you want to
use.
•
If you selected the [Custom(25-400%)] option, press
(backspace) to erase the displayed
percentage, or press d to move the cursor, and then enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from [25%]
to [400%].
Press [OK].
•
If you selected [100%] or the [Fit to Page] option, go to the next step.
7. Read and confirm the displayed list of options you have selected, and then press [OK].
8. When you have finished changing settings, press [Black Start] or [Color Start].
If you selected the [Fit to Page] option, your machine adjusts the copy size to fit the paper size set in
the machine.
•
The [Fit to Page] option does not work correctly when the document on the scanner glass is
skewed more than three degrees. Using the document guidelines on the left and top, place the
document face down in the upper-left corner of the scanner glass.
•
The [Fit to Page] option is not available for Legal size documents.
Related Information
• Copy
161
Home &gt; Copy &gt; Sort Copies
Sort Copies
Sort multiple copies. Pages will be stacked in the order they are fed, that is: 1, 2, 3, and so on.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(COPY).
3. Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Stack/Sort]. Press OK.
b. Select [Sort]. Press OK.
5. Press Black Start or Color Start. If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the document
and starts printing.
6. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
•
Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c to scan the page.
•
After scanning all the pages, press d to start printing.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
•
Press [-] or [+] on the touchscreen.
•
Press
to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
4. Press
[Options] &gt; [Stack/Sort] &gt; [Sort].
5. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
6. When you have finished changing settings, press [Black Start] or [Color Start]. If you placed the
document in the ADF, the machine scans the document and starts printing.
7. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
•
Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
•
After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
Related Information
• Copy
162
Home &gt; Copy &gt; Make Page Layout Copies (N in 1 or Poster)
Make Page Layout Copies (N in 1 or Poster)
The N in 1 copy feature saves paper by copying two or four pages of your document onto one page of the copy.
The poster feature divides your document into sections, then enlarges the sections so you can assemble them
into a poster. To print a poster, use the scanner glass.
•
Make sure the paper size is set to Letter, A4, or Executive.
•
Poster copy is not available for Executive size paper.
•
You can make only one Poster copy at a time.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(COPY).
3. Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press a or b to select [Page Layout]. Press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the options, and then press OK to select the option you want.
Option
Description
Off(1in1)
-
2in1(Portrait)
2in1(Landscape)
163
Option
Description
2in1 ID Vertical
(Using the scanner glass)
2in1 ID Horizontal
(Using the scanner glass)
4in1(Portrait)
4in1(Landscape)
Poster(2x1)
(Using the scanner glass)
Poster(2x2)
(Using the scanner glass)
Poster(3x3)
(Using the scanner glass)
6. Press Black Start or Color Start. If you placed the document in the ADF or are making a poster, the
machine scans the pages and starts printing.
7. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
•
Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c to scan the page.
•
After scanning all the pages, press d to start printing.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Copy].
164
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
•
Press [-] or [+] on the touchscreen.
•
Press
to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
4. Press
[Options] &gt; [Page Layout].
5. Press a or b to display the options, and then press the option you want.
Option
Description
Off(1in1)
-
2in1(Portrait)
2in1(Landscape)
2in1 ID Vertical
(Using the scanner glass)
2in1 ID Horizontal
(Using the scanner glass)
4in1(Portrait)
4in1(Landscape)
Poster(2x1)
(Using the scanner glass)
Poster(2x2)
(Using the scanner glass)
165
Option
Description
Poster(3x3)
(Using the scanner glass)
6. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
7. When you have finished changing settings, press [Black Start] or [Color Start]. If you placed the
document in the ADF or are making a poster, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
8. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
•
Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
•
After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
Related Information
• Copy
166
Home &gt; Copy &gt; Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Reduce the amount of paper you use by copying onto both sides of the paper.
•
You must choose a 2-sided copy layout from the following options before you can start 2-sided copying.
•
The layout of your original document determines which 2-sided copy layout you should choose.
•
When you manually make 2-sided copies from a 2-sided document, use the scanner glass.
•
You can use only Letter, A4, A5, or Executive size plain paper.
Portrait
1–sided to 2–sided (Long Edge Flip)
1
1
2
2
1–sided to 2–sided (Short Edge Flip)
1
2
2
1
2–sided to 2–sided
1
1
2
2
Landscape
1–sided to 2–sided (Long Edge Flip)
2
1
1
2
1–sided to 2–sided (Short Edge Flip)
1
1
2
2
2–sided to 2–sided
1
1
2
2
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(COPY).
3. Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
167
4. To sort multiple copies, press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Stack/Sort]. Press OK.
b. Select [Sort]. Press OK.
5. Press a or b to select [2-sided Copy]. Press OK.
6. Do one of the following:
•
To make 2-sided copies from a 1-sided document, press a or b to select the following:
a. To change the layout options, select [Layout]. Press OK.
b. Select [Long Edge Flip] or [Short Edge Flip]. Press OK.
c. Select [1sided⇒2sided]. Press OK.
•
To make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually, press a or b to select [2sided⇒2sided].
Press OK.
Use the scanner glass to make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually.
7. Press Black Start or Color Start. If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and
starts printing.
8. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
•
Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c to scan the page.
•
After scanning all the pages, press d to start printing.
DO NOT touch the printed page until it is ejected the second time. The machine will print the first side and eject
the paper, and then pull the paper in to print the second side.
If you experience smudged printouts or paper jams, follow these steps:
1. Press
(Ink).
2. Select [Print Options]. Press OK.
3. Select [Reduce Smudging]. Press OK.
4. Change settings. Press OK.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
•
Press [-] or [+] on the touchscreen.
•
Press
to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
4. To sort multiple copies, press
[Options] &gt; [Stack/Sort] &gt; [Sort].
5. Press a or b to display the [2-sided Copy] option, and then press it.
6. Do one of the following:
•
To make 2-sided copies from a 1-sided document, follow these steps:
a. To change the layout options, press [Layout], and then press [Long Edge Flip] or [Short
Edge Flip].
b. Press [1-sided⇒2-sided].
•
To make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually, press [2-sided⇒2-sided].
Use the scanner glass to make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually.
7. Review your settings on the touchscreen, and then press [OK].
168
8. Press [Black Start] or [Color Start]. If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the
pages and starts printing.
9. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
•
Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
•
After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
DO NOT touch the printed page until it is ejected the second time. The machine will print the first side and eject
the paper, and then pull the paper in to print the second side.
If you experience smudged printouts or paper jams, press
[Ink] &gt; [Print Options] &gt; [Reduce
Smudging], and then change settings.
Related Information
• Copy
Related Topics:
• Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results
169
Home &gt; Copy &gt; Copy an ID Card
Copy an ID Card
Use the [2in1(ID)] feature to copy both sides of an identification card onto one page, keeping the original
card size.
•
Make sure the paper size is set to Letter or A4.
•
You may copy an identification card to the extent permitted under applicable laws. For more detailed
information, see the Product Safety Guide.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Place your identification card face down near the upper-left corner of the scanner glass.
2 in 1 ID (Horizontal)
2 in 1 ID (Vertical)
a
a
a
a
d
d
c
c
b
b
a. 0.12 in. (3 mm) or greater (top, left)
b. 5.4 in. (137 mm)
c. 2 in 1 ID (Vertical): 8.4 in. (213 mm)
2 in 1 ID (Horizontal): 4.1 in. (105 mm)
d. Scannable area
2. Press
(COPY).
3. Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Page Layout]. Press OK.
b. Select [2in1 ID Vertical] or [2in1 ID Horizontal]. Press OK.
5. Press Black Start or Color Start.
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card.
170
6. After the machine has scanned the first side, turn over the identification card and press c to scan the other
side.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Place your identification card face down near the upper-left corner of the scanner glass.
2 in 1 ID (Vertical)
2 in 1 ID (Horizontal)
a
a
a
a
d
d
c
c
b
b
a. 0.12 in. (3 mm) or greater (top, left)
b. 5.4 in. (137 mm)
c. 2 in 1 ID (Vertical): 8.4 in. (213 mm)
2 in 1 ID (Horizontal): 4.1 in. (105 mm)
d. Scannable area
2. Press
[Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
•
Press [-] or [+] on the touchscreen.
•
Press
to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
4. Press
[Options] &gt; [Page Layout] &gt; [2in1 ID Vertical] or [2in1 ID Horizontal].
You can also press [ID] for the [2in1 ID Vertical] setting.
5. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected. When you have finished changing settings,
press [OK].
6. Press [Black Start] or [Color Start].
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card.
7. After the machine has scanned the first side, turn over the identification card and press [Continue] to scan
the other side.
Related Information
• Copy
171
Home &gt; Copy &gt; Copy Settings
Copy Settings
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
To change copy settings, press
(COPY).
Option
Description
Quality
Select the Copy resolution for your type of document.
Paper Type
Select a paper type.
If copying on special paper, set the machine for the type of paper you are using to get
the best print quality.
Paper Size
Select a paper size.
If copying on paper other than Letter size, you must change the Paper Size setting.
Enlarge/Reduce
Density
100%
-
Enlarge
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Reduce
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Fit to Page
Adjusts the copy size to fit on the paper size
you have set.
Custom(25-400%)
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Increase the density to make the text darker.
Decrease the density to make the text lighter.
Remove Background
Removes the document's background color in copies. The white becomes more
apparent. This saves some ink and may make certain copies easier to read.
2-sided Copy
Select to copy on both sides of the paper.
1-sided→2-sided
1
1
2
2
2-sided→2-sided
1
1
2
2
172
Option
Description
Stack/Sort
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Stack
1
Page Layout
Sort
1
2
2
1
2
1
Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
4 in1
Auto Deskew
2
Poster
Select to correct a skewed copy.
It is only available if the document is skewed by less than 3 degrees.
Set New Default
Saves the copy settings that you use most often by setting them as the default settings.
Factory Reset
Restores any changed copy settings to the factory settings.
MFC-J4535DW
To change copy settings, press
[Options].
Option
Description
Quality
Select the Copy resolution for your type of document.
Tray Select
Select the tray with the best paper type and size for your document.
Paper Type
Select a paper type.
If copying on special paper, set the machine for the type of paper you are using to get
the best print quality.
Paper Size
Select a paper size.
If copying on paper other than Letter size, you must change the Paper Size setting.
Enlarge/Reduce
Density
100%
-
Enlarge
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Reduce
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Fit to Page
Adjusts the copy size to fit on the paper size
you have set.
Custom(25-400%)
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Increase the density to make the text darker.
Decrease the density to make the text lighter.
173
Option
Description
Remove Background
Color
Removes the document's background color in copies. The white becomes more
apparent. This saves some ink and may make certain copies easier to read.
2-sided Copy
Select to copy on both sides of the paper.
1-sided→2-sided
1
1
2
2
2-sided→2-sided
1
1
2
Stack/Sort
2
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Stack
1
Page Layout
1
Sort
2
2
1
2
1
Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
4 in 1
Auto Deskew
2
Poster
Select to correct a skewed copy.
It is only available if the document is skewed by less than 3 degrees.
Advanced Settings
Book Copy
Corrects dark borders and skew when copying from the scanner glass.
174
Option
Description
Watermark Copy
Places text in your document as a watermark.
Set New Default
Saves the copy settings that you use most often by setting them as the default settings.
Factory Reset
Restores any changed copy settings to the factory settings.
You can save the current settings by pressing [Save as Shortcut].
Related Information
• Copy
Related Topics:
• Copy a Document
175
Home &gt; Fax
Fax
• Send a Fax
• Receive a Fax
• Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
• Telephone Services and External Devices
• Fax Reports
• PC-FAX
176
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Send a Fax
Send a Fax
• Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
• Send a Fax Manually
• Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
• Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
• Send a Fax in Real Time
• Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
• Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting
• Cancel a Fax in Progress
• Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
• Fax Options
177
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Send a Fax &gt; Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Load your document in the ADF or place it on the scanner glass.
2. Press
(FAX).
The LCD displays:
Press Start
Enter Number
Fax Resolution
Standard
Contrast
Auto
3. Enter the fax number in one of the following ways:
•
Dial Pad (Enter the fax number manually.)
Press all digits of the number using the dial pad.
•
Redial (Redial the last number you dialed.)
Press Redial/Pause.
•
Outgoing call (Select a number from the Outgoing Call History.)
Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Call History]. Press OK.
b. Select [Outgoing Call]. Press OK.
c. Select the number you want, and then press OK.
d. Press c to select [Apply].
•
Caller ID (Select a number from the Caller ID History.)
Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Call History]. Press OK.
b. Select [Caller ID History]. Press OK.
c. Select the number you want, and then press OK.
d. Press c to select [Apply].
•
[Address Book] (Select a number from the Address Book.)
Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Address Book]. Press OK.
b. Select [Search]. Press OK.
c. Do one of the following:
-
Enter the two-digit Speed Dial number using the dial pad.
-
Select a number from the list using these steps:
i.
Select [Alphabetical Order] or [Numerical Order]. Press OK.
ii. Select the number you want. Press OK.
iii. Press c to select [Apply].
4. To change the fax settings, press a or b to select the setting you want to change, and then press OK.
5. When finished, press Black Start or Color Start.
6. Do one of the following:
178
•
If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
•
If you are using the scanner glass and pressed Black Start, the machine starts scanning the first page.
Go to the next step.
•
If you are using the scanner glass and pressed Color Start, the LCD asks if you want to send a color fax.
Press c to confirm. The machine starts dialing and sending the document.
7. When the LCD displays [Next page?], do one of the following:
•
Press c to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c. The machine
starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
•
Press d to send the fax when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document in the ADF or place it on the scanner glass.
2. Press
[Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press
[Fax] &gt; [Sending Faxes].
The touchscreen displays:
3. Enter the fax number in one of the following ways:
•
Dial Pad (Enter the fax number manually.)
Press all digits of the number using the touchscreen.
•
Call History
Press [Call History].
Press [Redial], [Outgoing Call] or [Caller ID History].
If you select [Outgoing Call] or [Caller ID History], select the number you want, and then
press [Apply].
•
Address Book
Press [Address Book].
Do one of the following:
-
Select the number you want, and then press [Apply].
-
Press
, and then enter the first letter of the name and press [OK]. Press the name you want to
dial. If the name has two numbers, press the number you want. Press [Apply].
If the LDAP search is available, the result will be shown on the touchscreen with
.
179
4. To change the fax settings, press
[Options].
When finished, press [OK].
5. Press [Fax Start].
•
If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
•
If you are using the scanner glass and selected [Black] in [Color Setting], the machine starts
scanning the first page.
Go to the next step.
•
If you are using the scanner glass and selected [Color] in [Color Setting], the touchscreen asks if
you want to send a color fax.
Press [Yes (Color fax)] to confirm. The machine starts dialing and sending the document.
6. When the touchscreen displays [Next page?], do one of the following:
•
Press [No] when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
•
Press [Yes] to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [OK]. The
machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
Related Topics:
• Fax Options
180
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Send a Fax &gt; Send a Fax Manually
Send a Fax Manually
Manual fax transmission lets you hear the dialing, ringing and fax-receiving tones while sending a fax.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Load your document.
(FAX).
2. Press
3. Press Hook and listen for a dial tone.
4. Enter the fax number.
5. When you hear fax tones, press Black Start or Color Start.
•
If you are using the scanner glass, press c to send a fax.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press
[Fax] &gt; [Sending Faxes].
3. Press [Hook] and listen for a dial tone.
4. Enter the fax number.
5. When you hear fax tones, press [Fax Start].
•
If using the scanner glass, press [Send].
Related Information
• Send a Fax
181
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Send a Fax &gt; Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
At the end of a conversation, you can send a fax to the other party before you both hang up.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Ask the other party to wait for fax tones (beeps) and to press the Start key before hanging up.
2. Load your document.
3. Press Black Start or Color Start.
•
If you are using the scanner glass, press c to send a fax.
4. Replace the handset of the external telephone.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Ask the other party to wait for fax tones (beeps) and to press the Start key before hanging up.
2. Load your document.
3. Press
to display the [Fax Start] button.
4. Press [Fax Start].
•
If using the scanner glass, press [Send].
5. Replace the handset of the external telephone.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
182
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Send a Fax &gt; Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Use the Broadcasting feature to send the same fax to multiple fax numbers at the same time.
•
This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
•
Address Book numbers must be stored in the machine’s memory before they can be used in a broadcast.
•
Group numbers must also be stored in the machine’s memory before they can be used in a broadcast.
Group numbers include many stored Address Book numbers for easier dialing.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
You can include Groups, Address Book numbers, and up to 50 manually-dialed numbers in the same
broadcast.
If you did not use any of the Address Book numbers for Groups, you can broadcast faxes to as many as 90
different numbers.
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(FAX).
3. Press a or b to select [Broadcasting], and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select [Add Number], and then press OK.
5. You can add numbers to the broadcast in the following ways:
•
Enter a number using the dial pad:
a. Press a or b to select [Add Number], and then press OK.
b. Enter a number using the dial pad, and then press OK.
•
Select a number from the Address Book:
a. Press a or b to select [Add from Address book], and then press OK.
b. Press a or b to select [Alphabetical Order] or [Numerical Order], and then press OK.
c. Press a or b to select the Speed Dial name or number you want.
d. Press d or c to select the check box labeled with the Speed Dial name or number, and then press OK.
•
Search a number in the Address Book:
a. Press a or b to select [Search in Address book], and then press OK.
b. Enter the first letter of the name using the dial pad, and then press OK.
c. Press a or b to select the name, and then press OK.
d. Press OK again.
6. When finished, press a or b to select [Complete]. Press OK.
7. Press Black Start.
8. Do one of the following:
•
If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
•
If you are using the scanner glass, the machine starts scanning the first page.
When the LCD displays [Next page?], do one of the following:
-
Press c to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c. The
machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
-
Press d to send a fax when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
183
If the [Out of Memory] message appears, press Stop/Exit to cancel.
MFC-J4535DW
You can include Groups, Address Book numbers, and up to 50 manually-dialed numbers in the same
broadcast.
If you did not use any of the Address Book numbers for Groups, you can broadcast faxes to as many as 250
different numbers.
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press
3. Press
[Fax] &gt; [Sending Faxes].
[Options] &gt; [Broadcasting].
4. Press [Add Number].
You can add numbers to the broadcast in the following ways:
•
Press [Add Number] and enter a fax number using the dial pad. Press [OK].
•
Press [Add from Address book]. Press a or b to display the numbers you want to add to the
broadcast. Select the check boxes of the numbers you want to add.
When finished, press [OK].
•
Press [Search in Address book]. Press the first letter of the name and press [OK]. Press the
name, and then press the number you want to add.
Repeat this step to enter additional fax numbers.
5. When finished, press [OK].
6. Press [Fax Start].
7. Do one of the following:
•
If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
•
If you are using the scanner glass, the machine starts scanning the first page.
When the touchscreen displays [Next page?], do one of the following:
-
Press [No] when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
-
Press [Yes] to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [OK].
The machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
• Cancel a Broadcast in Progress
Related Topics:
• Set up Broadcasting Groups
• Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
184
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Send a Fax &gt; Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting) &gt; Cancel a
Broadcast in Progress
Cancel a Broadcast in Progress
While broadcasting multiple faxes, you can cancel just the fax currently being transmitted or cancel the whole
broadcast job.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Remaining Jobs]. Press OK.
The LCD displays the fax number being dialed and the broadcasting job number.
3. Press a or b to select the job you want to cancel in the following ways:
•
To cancel the entire broadcast, select the broadcasting job number and then press OK.
Press c to confirm or press d to exit without canceling.
•
To cancel the current number being dialed, select the name or number on the LCD and then press OK.
Press c to confirm or press d to exit without canceling.
•
To exit without canceling, press Stop/Exit.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
to return to the Home screen.
2. Press
.
3. Do one of the following:
•
To cancel the entire broadcast, press [Entire Broadcast]. Press [Yes] to confirm or press [No] to
exit without canceling.
•
To cancel the current number being dialed, press the name or number on the touchscreen. Press [Yes]
to confirm or press [No] to exit without canceling.
•
To exit without canceling, press
.
Related Information
• Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
185
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Send a Fax &gt; Send a Fax in Real Time
Send a Fax in Real Time
When sending a fax, the machine scans the document into the memory before sending it. As soon as the
telephone line is free, the machine starts dialing and sending. If you want to send an important document
immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve the scan from its memory, turn on [Real Time TX].
•
If you are sending a color fax or if the machine's memory is full and you are sending a black and white fax
from the ADF, the machine sends the document in real time (even if [Real Time TX] is set to [Off]).
•
In Real Time Transmission, the automatic redial feature does not work when using the scanner glass.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(FAX).
3. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Real Time TX]. Press OK.
b. Select [On] (or [Off]). Press OK.
4. Enter the fax number.
5. Press Black Start or Color Start.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press
3. Press
[Fax] &gt; [Sending Faxes].
[Options] &gt; [Real Time TX].
4. Press [On].
5. Press [OK].
6. Enter the fax number.
7. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
• Send a Fax
186
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Send a Fax &gt; Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
You can store up to 50 faxes in the machine's memory to be sent within the next twenty-four hour period.
This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press
3. Press
[Fax] &gt; [Sending Faxes].
[Options] &gt; [Delayed Fax].
4. Press [Delayed Fax].
5. Press [On].
6. Press [Set Time].
7. Enter the time you want the fax to be sent using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
The number of pages you can scan into the memory depends on the amount and type of data.
8. Press [OK].
9. Enter the fax number.
10. Press [Fax Start].
•
If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step.
11. When the touchscreen displays [Next page?], do one of the following:
•
Press [No] when finished scanning pages.
•
Press [Yes] to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [OK]. The
machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
187
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Send a Fax &gt; Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting
Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting
If the line is busy when you are sending a fax automatically, and the Fax Auto Redial is set to [On], the machine
redials once after five-minutes.
The default setting for Fax Auto Redial is [On].
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Fax Auto Redial]. Press OK.
c. Select [On] (or [Off]). Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Initial Setup] &gt; [Fax Auto Redial].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
188
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Send a Fax &gt; Cancel a Fax in Progress
Cancel a Fax in Progress
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Stop/Exit to cancel a fax that is already in progress.
2. When you press Stop/Exit while the machine is dialing or sending, the LCD displays [Cancel Job?].
Press c to confirm.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
to return to the Home screen.
2. Press
to cancel a fax that is already in progress.
3. When you press
while the machine is dialing or sending, the touchscreen displays [Cancel Job?].
Press [Yes].
Related Information
• Send a Fax
Related Topics:
• Telephone and Fax Problems
189
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Send a Fax &gt; Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Follow these steps to view or to cancel faxes stored in the machine's memory and waiting to be sent. If there are
no fax jobs in memory, the LCD displays [No Jobs Waiting]. You can cancel a fax job before it is sent.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Remaining Jobs]. Press OK.
3. Do the following for each fax job you want to check or cancel:
a. Press a or b to scroll through the waiting jobs. If needed, select the job you want to cancel and then press
OK.
b. Press c to confirm or press d to exit without canceling.
4. When finished, press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Remaining Jobs].
2. Do the following for each fax job you want to check or cancel:
a. Press a or b to scroll through the waiting jobs. If needed, press the job you want to cancel.
b. Press [OK].
c. Press [Yes] to confirm or press [No] to exit without canceling.
3. When finished, press
.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
Related Topics:
• Telephone and Fax Problems
190
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Send a Fax &gt; Fax Options
Fax Options
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
To change fax-sending settings, press
(FAX).
Option
Description
Fax Resolution
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
The fax quality often can be improved by changing the Fax
Resolution.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast.
If your document is very light or very dark, changing the contrast
may improve the fax quality.
Glass Scan Size
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the
document.
See Related Information: Scanner Specifications in Specifications.
Broadcasting
(black and white only)
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number at the
same time.
Real Time TX
Send a fax immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve
the scan from its memory.
Overseas Mode
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Call History
Select a number from the Call History.
Address Book
Select a number from the Address Book.
Set New Default
Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
MFC-J4535DW
To change fax-sending settings, press
[Options].
Option
Description
Fax Resolution
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
The fax quality often can be improved by changing the Fax
Resolution.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast.
If your document is very light or very dark, changing the contrast
may improve the fax quality.
Glass Scan Size
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the
document.
See Related Information: Scanner Specifications in Specifications.
Broadcasting
(black and white only)
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number at the
same time.
Preview
Preview a fax message before you send it.
(black and white only)
You cannot send a color fax when Preview is set to On.
Color Setting
Set whether faxes are sent in black and white or color.
191
Option
Delayed Fax
Description
•
Color faxes cannot be stored in the machine’s memory and the
machine sends them immediately.
•
Use the ADF to send color faxes with multiple pages.
•
You cannot send a color fax when Preview is set to On.
Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be sent.
(black and white only)
Batch TX
(black and white only)
Economize by sending all delayed faxes scheduled for the same
time and fax number as one fax to save transmission time.
Real Time TX
Send a fax immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve
the scan from its memory.
Overseas Mode
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Call History
Select a number from the Call History.
Address Book
Select a number from the Address Book.
Set New Default
Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
You can save the current settings by pressing [Save as Shortcut].
You will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
Related Topics:
• Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
• Specifications
192
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax
Receive a Fax
• Receive Mode Settings
• Set Easy Receive
• Fax Preview
• Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
• Set the Fax Receive Stamp
• Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
• Memory Receive Options
• Remote Fax Retrieval
193
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Receive Mode Settings
Receive Mode Settings
• Receive Modes Overview
• Choose the Correct Receive Mode
• Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
• Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
194
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Receive Mode Settings &gt; Receive Modes Overview
Receive Modes Overview
Some receive modes answer automatically ([Fax Only] and [Fax/Tel]). You may want to change the Ring
Delay before using these modes.
Fax Only
[Fax Only] mode automatically answers every call as a fax.
Fax/Tel
[Fax/Tel] mode helps you manage incoming calls, by recognizing whether they are fax or voice calls and
handling them in one of the following ways:
•
Faxes are received automatically.
•
Voice calls start the F/T ring to tell you to pick up the line. The F/T ring is a pseudo/double-ring made by
your machine.
Manual
[Manual] mode turns off all automatic answering functions (unless you are using the Distinctive Ring
feature).
To receive a fax in [Manual] mode, lift the handset of the external telephone or press the Hook button. When
you hear fax tones (short repeating beeps), press the Start button, and then select [Receive] to receive a
fax. You can also use the Easy Receive feature to receive faxes by lifting a handset on the same line as the
machine.
External TAD
[External TAD] mode lets an external answering device manage your incoming calls.
Incoming calls are handled in the following ways:
•
Faxes are received automatically.
•
Voice callers can record a message on the external TAD.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
Related Topics:
• Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
• Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
• Set Easy Receive
• Connect an External TAD
195
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Receive Mode Settings &gt; Choose the Correct Receive Mode
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
The correct Receive Mode for you is determined by the external devices and telephone subscriber services
(Voice Mail, Distinctive Ring and so on) you will be using on the same line as your machine.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
Will you be using a Distinctive Ring number for receiving faxes? (USA and Canada only)
Brother uses the term &quot;Distinctive Ring&quot; but different telephone companies may have other names for this
service, such as Custom Ringing, Personalized Ring, Teen Ring, Ident-A-Ring, Ident-A-Call, Data Ident-ACall, Smart Ring and SimpleBiz Fax &amp; Alternate Number Ringing.
Will you be using Voice Mail on the same telephone line as your Brother machine?
If you have Voice Mail on the same telephone line as your Brother machine, there is a strong possibility that
Voice Mail and the Brother machine conflict with each other when receiving incoming calls. Select Manual
Mode as your Receive Mode.
If you do not want to answer every call manually to determine whether it is a voice call or a fax, contact your
telephone provider and ask about Distinctive Ring services.
Will you be using a Telephone Answering Device on the same telephone line as your Brother machine?
Your external telephone answering device (TAD) answers every call automatically. Voice messages are stored
on the external TAD and fax messages are printed. Select [External TAD] as your Receive Mode.
Will you be using your Brother machine on a dedicated fax line?
Your machine automatically answers every call as a fax. Select [Fax Only] as your Receive Mode.
Will you be using your Brother machine on the same line as your telephone?
•
Do you want to receive voice calls and faxes automatically?
Select [Fax/Tel] mode when your Brother machine and your telephones share the same line.
Important Note: You cannot receive voice messages on either Voice Mail or an answering machine if
you select [Fax/Tel] mode.
•
Do you expect to receive very few faxes?
Select [Manual] as your Receive Mode. You control the telephone line and must answer every call
yourself.
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setup Receive]. Press OK.
c. Select [Receive Mode]. Press OK.
If you cannot change the [Receive Mode] option, make sure the Distinctive Ring feature is set to [Off].
3. Press a or b to select the [Fax Only], [Fax/Tel], [External TAD], or [Manual] option, and then
press OK.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
196
MFC-J4535DW
Will you be using a Distinctive Ring number for receiving faxes? (USA and Canada only)
Brother uses the term &quot;Distinctive Ring&quot; but different telephone companies may have other names for this
service, such as Custom Ringing, Personalized Ring, Teen Ring, Ident-A-Ring, Ident-A-Call, Data Ident-ACall, Smart Ring and SimpleBiz Fax &amp; Alternate Number Ringing.
Will you be using Voice Mail on the same telephone line as your Brother machine?
If you have Voice Mail on the same telephone line as your Brother machine, there is a strong possibility that
Voice Mail and the Brother machine conflict with each other when receiving incoming calls. Select Manual
Mode as your Receive Mode.
If you do not want to answer every call manually to determine whether it is a voice call or a fax, contact your
telephone provider and ask about Distinctive Ring services.
Will you be using a Telephone Answering Device on the same telephone line as your Brother machine?
Your external telephone answering device (TAD) answers every call automatically. Voice messages are stored
on the external TAD and fax messages are printed. Select [External TAD] as your Receive Mode.
Will you be using your Brother machine on a dedicated fax line?
Your machine automatically answers every call as a fax. Select [Fax Only] as your Receive Mode.
Will you be using your Brother machine on the same line as your telephone?
•
Do you want to receive voice calls and faxes automatically?
Select [Fax/Tel] mode when your Brother machine and your telephones share the same line.
Important Note: You cannot receive voice messages on either Voice Mail or an answering machine if
you select [Fax/Tel] mode.
•
Do you expect to receive very few faxes?
Select [Manual] as your Receive Mode. You control the telephone line and must answer every call
yourself.
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Setup Receive] &gt; [Receive Mode].
1. Press
If you cannot change the [Receive Mode] option, make sure the Distinctive Ring feature is set to [Off].
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax Only], [Fax/Tel], [External TAD], or [Manual] option, and then
press the option you want.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
Related Topics:
• Distinctive Ring
• Voice Mail
• Remote Retrieval Commands
• Register the Distinctive Ring Pattern
• Turn off Distinctive Ring
• Connect an External TAD
• Telephone and Fax Problems
197
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Receive Mode Settings &gt; Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine
Answers (Ring Delay)
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
When somebody calls your machine, you will hear the normal telephone ring sound. The number of rings is set in
the Ring Delay option.
•
The Ring Delay setting sets the number of times the machine rings before it answers in [Fax Only] and
[Fax/Tel] modes.
•
If you have external or extension telephones on the same line as the machine, keep the Ring Delay setting
of [4].
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setup Receive]. Press OK.
c. Select [Ring Delay]. Press OK.
d. Select the number of times you want the line to ring before the machine answers (0, 1, 2, 3, or 4).
Press OK.
•
If you select [0], the machine answers immediately and the line will not ring at all. (available only for
some countries)
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Setup Receive] &gt; [Ring Delay].
1. Press
2. Press the number of times you want the line to ring before the machine answers (0, 1, 2, 3, or 4).
If you select [0], the machine answers immediately and the line will not ring at all. (available only for some
countries)
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
Related Topics:
• Receive Modes Overview
• Operation from External and Extension Telephones
• Set Easy Receive
• Telephone and Fax Problems
198
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Receive Mode Settings &gt; Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
When you set the Receive Mode to [Fax/Tel], if the call is a fax, your machine will receive it automatically.
However, if it is a voice call, the machine will sound the F/T ring (pseudo/double-ring) for the time you set in the
F/T Ring Time option. When you hear the F/T ring, it means that a voice caller is on the line.
Because the F/T ring is a setting only on your Brother machine, extension and external telephones will not ring;
however, you can still answer the machine's call on any telephone.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setup Receive]. Press OK.
c. Select [F/T Ring Time]. Press OK.
d. Select how long the machine will double-ring to alert you to a voice call ([20 Secs], [30 Secs], [40
Secs], or [70 Secs]). Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
Even if the caller hangs up during the pseudo/double-ringing, the machine will continue to ring for the set
time.
MFC-J4535DW
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Setup Receive] &gt; [F/T Ring Time].
1. Press
2. Press how long the machine will double-ring to alert you to a voice call ([20 Secs], [30 Secs], [40
Secs], or [70 Secs]).
3. Press
.
Even if the caller hangs up during the pseudo/double-ringing, the machine will continue to ring for the set
time.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
Related Topics:
• Receive Modes Overview
• Operation from External and Extension Telephones
199
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Set Easy Receive
Set Easy Receive
If Easy Receive is On: The machine can receive a fax automatically, even if you answer the call. When the
message that your machine is receiving a fax appears on the LCD or when you hear a click on the phone line
through the handset you are using, just replace the handset. Your machine will do the rest.
If Easy Receive is Off: If you are at the machine and answer a fax call first by lifting the external handset, press
the Start button, and then select [Receive] to receive the fax. If you answered at an extension telephone,
press *51.
•
If Easy Receive is set to [On], but your machine does not connect a fax call when you lift an extension
or external telephone handset, press the fax receive code *51.
•
If you send faxes from a computer on the same telephone line and the machine intercepts them, set
Easy Receive to [Off].
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setup Receive]. Press OK.
c. Select [Easy Receive]. Press OK.
d. Select [On] (or [Off]). Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Setup Receive] &gt; [Easy Receive].
1. Press
2. Press [On] (or [Off]).
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Receive a Fax
Related Topics:
• Receive Modes Overview
• Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
• Operation from External and Extension Telephones
• Use the Remote Codes
• Telephone and Fax Problems
200
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Fax Preview
Fax Preview
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Use the Fax Preview feature to view received faxes on the LCD.
• Set Fax Preview to On
• Preview New Faxes
201
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Fax Preview &gt; Set Fax Preview to On
Set Fax Preview to On
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
•
This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
•
When Fax Preview is turned on, a backup copy of received faxes will not be printed for Fax Forwarding,
PC-Fax Receiving and Forward to Cloud operations, even if you set Backup Print to On.
•
Although printed faxes show the received date and time when Fax Receive Stamp is turned on, the Fax
Preview screen will not display the received date and time.
1. Press
[Settings].
2. Press
[Fax Preview].
3. Press [On] (or [Off]).
The touchscreen displays a message saying future received faxes will not be printed.
4. Press [Yes].
5. Press
.
If faxes are stored in the memory when you change Fax Preview to Off, do one of the following:
•
If you do not want to print the stored faxes, press [Continue].
Press [Yes] to confirm.
Your faxes will be deleted.
•
To print all the stored faxes, press [Print All Faxes Before Delete].
•
If you do not want to turn off Fax Preview, press [Cancel].
Related Information
• Fax Preview
202
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Fax Preview &gt; Preview New Faxes
Preview New Faxes
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
When a fax is received, a message appears on the LCD.
•
This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
•
To see a fax you already previewed, press
1. Press
[Fax] and
[Received Faxes].
to view new faxes.
2. The fax list includes old and new faxes. A green mark appears next to new faxes.
Press the fax you want.
If you want to print or delete all the faxes in the list, press [Print/Delete].
Do one of the following:
•
Press [Print All(New Faxes)] to print all faxes you have not yet viewed.
•
Press [Print All(Old Faxes)] to print all faxes you have viewed.
•
Press [Delete All(New Faxes)] to delete all faxes you have not yet viewed.
•
Press [Delete All(Old Faxes)] to delete all faxes you have viewed.
3. Perform the following operations by pressing the buttons shown in the table:
203
Button
Result
Enlarge the fax.
Reduce the fax.
or
Scroll vertically.
or
Scroll horizontally.
Rotate the fax clockwise.
Delete the fax.
Press Yes to confirm.
Go back to the previous page.
Go to the next page.
Go back to the fax list.
Print the fax.
Start
If the fax is a single page, it starts printing. A touchscreen message asks if you want to delete
the fax from the machine's memory. To delete the fax, press Yes. To keep the fax in the
machine's memory, press No.
If the fax has multiple pages, do one of the following:
•
Press Print All Pages to print the whole message. A touchscreen message asks if
you want to delete the fax from the machine's memory. To delete the fax, press Yes. To
keep the fax in the machine's memory, press No.
•
Press Print Displayed Only to print only the displayed page.
•
Press Print From Displayed to print from the displayed page to the last page.
•
If your fax is large there may be a delay before it is displayed.
•
The touchscreen displays the current page number and total pages of the fax message.
4. Press
.
Related Information
• Fax Preview
204
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
When the [Auto Reduction] feature is [On], your Brother machine reduces any oversized incoming fax page
to fit on your paper. The machine calculates the reduction ratio using the page size of the fax, and your Paper
Size setting.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setup Receive]. Press OK.
c. Select [Auto Reduction]. Press OK.
d. Select [On] (or [Off]). Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Setup Receive] &gt; [Auto Reduction].
2. Press [On] (or [Off]).
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Receive a Fax
Related Topics:
• Paper Settings
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
205
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Set the machine to print the date and time of receipt at the top of each incoming fax page. Make sure you have
set the current date and time on the machine.
This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setup Receive]. Press OK.
c. Select [Fax Rx Stamp]. Press OK.
d. Select [On] (or [Off]). Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Setup Receive] &gt; [Fax Rx Stamp].
2. Press [On] (or [Off]).
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Receive a Fax
206
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
If you are speaking on the telephone connected to your machine and the other party is also speaking on a
telephone connected to his fax machine, at the end of the conversation, the other party can send you a fax
before you both hang up.
•
Your machine's ADF must be empty.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Ask the other party to load the fax and to press the Start or Send key.
2. When you hear CNG tones (slow, repeated beeps), press Black Start or Color Start.
3. Press d to receive the fax.
4. Replace the external handset.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Ask the other party to load the fax and to press the Start or Send key.
2. Press
to display the [Fax Start] button.
3. When you hear CNG tones (slow, repeated beeps), press [Fax Start].
4. Press [Receive] to receive the fax.
5. Replace the external handset.
Related Information
• Receive a Fax
207
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Memory Receive Options
Memory Receive Options
Use Memory Receive options to direct incoming faxes while you are away from the machine. You can use only
one Memory Receive option at a time.
Memory Receive can be set to:
•
Fax Forwarding (MFC-J4535DW)
•
Fax Storage (MFC-J4535DW)
•
PC-Fax Receive
•
Forward to Cloud (MFC-J4535DW)
The machine forwards your received faxes to the online services.
•
Off
This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
• Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
• Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
• Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
• Change Memory Receive Options
• Turn Off Memory Receive
• Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
• Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
208
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Memory Receive Options &gt; Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Use the Fax Forwarding feature to automatically forward your incoming faxes to another machine.
This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Setup Receive] &gt; [Memory Receive].
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax Forward] option, and then press it.
3. Enter the forwarding fax number (up to 20 digits) using the dial pad.
Press [OK].
4. Press [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off].
•
If you select [Backup Print: On], the machine prints received faxes at your machine so you will
have a copy.
•
When Fax Preview is turned on, a backup copy of received faxes will not be printed.
•
If you receive a color fax, your machine only prints the color fax and does not forward it to the Fax
Forwarding number you programmed.
5. Press
.
Related Information
• Memory Receive Options
209
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Memory Receive Options &gt; Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Use the Fax Storage feature to store incoming faxes in the machine's memory. Retrieve your stored fax
messages from your fax machine when you are at another location using the Remote Retrieval commands. Your
machine prints a backup copy of each stored fax.
•
This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Setup Receive] &gt; [Memory Receive].
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax Storage] option, and then press it.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Memory Receive Options
Related Topics:
• Forward Faxes Remotely
• Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
• Remote Retrieval Commands
210
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Memory Receive Options &gt; Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received
Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer
(Windows only)
Turn on the PC-Fax Receive feature to automatically store incoming faxes to your machine's memory, and then
send them to your computer. Use your computer to view and store these faxes.
•
This feature is available only for black and white faxes. When you receive a color fax, your machine prints
the color fax but does not send the fax to your computer.
•
Before you can set up PC-Fax Receive, you must install the Brother software and drivers on your
computer. Make sure your computer is connected and turned on. You must have the PC-FAX Receiving
software running on your computer.
Even if your computer is turned off, your machine will receive and store faxes in its memory. When you start your
computer and the PC-FAX Receiving software runs, your machine transfers faxes to your computer
automatically.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setup Receive]. Press OK.
c. Select [PC Fax Receive]. Press OK.
d. Select [On]. Press OK.
The LCD displays the message [Run the PC-Fax Receive program on your computer.].
e. Press c.
f.
Select [&lt;USB&gt;] or the name of the destination computer you want to receive faxes if you are on a
network. Press OK.
g. Select [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
To change the destination computer, repeat these steps.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Setup Receive] &gt; [PC Fax Receive].
2. Press [On].
The touchscreen displays the message [Run the PC-Fax Receive program on your computer.]
3. Press [OK].
4. Press [&lt;USB&gt;] or press the name of the destination computer you want to receive faxes if you are on a
network. Press [OK].
5. Press [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off].
When Fax Preview is turned on, a backup copy of received faxes will not be printed.
6. Press
.
To change the destination computer, repeat these steps.
211
Related Information
• Memory Receive Options
Related Topics:
• Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
• Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
• Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
212
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Memory Receive Options &gt; Change Memory Receive Options
Change Memory Receive Options
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
If there are faxes in your machine's memory when you change any Memory Receive option, the LCD displays
one of the following questions:
•
•
•
If received faxes have already been printed, the touchscreen displays [Erase all faxes?]
-
If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be erased before the setting changes.
-
If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged.
If unprinted faxes are in the machine's memory, the touchscreen displays [Print all faxes?]
-
If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be printed before the setting changes.
-
If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be printed and the setting will be unchanged.
If received faxes are left in the machine’s memory when you change to [PC Fax Receive] from another
option ([Fax Forward], [Forward to Cloud], or [Fax Storage]), press [&lt;USB&gt;] or the name of the
computer if you are on a network, and then press [OK]. You will be asked if you want to turn on Backup
Print.
The touchscreen displays:
[Send Fax to PC?]
-
If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be sent to your computer before the setting changes.
-
If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged.
Related Information
• Memory Receive Options
Related Topics:
• Turn Off Memory Receive
213
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Memory Receive Options &gt; Turn Off Memory Receive
Turn Off Memory Receive
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Turn off Memory Receive if you do not want the machine to save or transfer incoming faxes.
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Setup Receive] &gt; [Memory Receive].
2. Press [Off].
The touchscreen displays [Print all faxes?] or [Erase all faxes?] if received faxes are in your
machine's memory.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Memory Receive Options
Related Topics:
• Change Memory Receive Options
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Telephone and Fax Problems
214
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Memory Receive Options &gt; Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
•
This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
•
After you print the fax, it is erased from the machine's memory.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
If you turn on [PC Fax Receive], your machine will receive and store your faxes in its memory even when
your PC is turned off.
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Print Fax]. Press OK.
3. Press c.
MFC-J4535DW
If you select [Fax Storage], you can print all faxes from the memory.
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Print Fax].
You can also print the faxes from the memory by pressing [Stored Faxes] on the touchscreen.
2. Press [Yes].
Related Information
• Memory Receive Options
Related Topics:
• Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Telephone and Fax Problems
215
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Remote Fax Retrieval
Remote Fax Retrieval
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Use Remote Retrieval to call your machine from any touch-tone telephone or fax machine, and use a remote
access code and remote commands to retrieve fax messages.
• Set a Remote Access Code
• Use Your Remote Access Code
• Remote Retrieval Commands
• Forward Faxes Remotely
• Change the Fax Forwarding Number
216
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Remote Fax Retrieval &gt; Set a Remote Access Code
Set a Remote Access Code
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Set a Remote Access Code to access and control your machine even when you are away from it.
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Remote Access].
2. Enter a three-digit code using the numbers [0] through [9], [*], or [#] using the dial pad (The preset '*'
cannot be changed).
Press [OK].
•
DO NOT use the same code used for Fax Receive Code (*51) or Telephone Answer Code (#51).
•
To delete your code, press and hold
3. Press
to restore the inactive setting (- - - *), and then press [OK].
.
Related Information
• Remote Fax Retrieval
Related Topics:
• Use Your Remote Access Code
• Operation from External and Extension Telephones
• Use the Remote Codes
217
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Remote Fax Retrieval &gt; Use Your Remote Access Code
Use Your Remote Access Code
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
1. When away from your Brother machine, dial your fax number from a touch-tone telephone or fax machine.
2. When your machine answers, immediately enter your three-digit Remote Access Code, followed by *.
3. Your Brother machine signals if it has received faxes:
•
One long beep - the machine received at least one fax
•
No beeps - the machine has not received a fax
4. When the machine gives two short beeps, enter a command.
•
The machine will hang up if you wait longer than 30 seconds to enter a command.
•
The machine will beep three times if you enter an invalid command.
5. When finished, press 9, and then press 0 to deactivate your machine.
6. Hang up.
This feature may not be available in some countries or supported by your local telephone company.
Related Information
• Remote Fax Retrieval
Related Topics:
• Set a Remote Access Code
218
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Remote Fax Retrieval &gt; Remote Retrieval Commands
Remote Retrieval Commands
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Use the Remote Commands in this table to access fax commands and options when you are away from your
machine. When you call the machine and enter your remote access code (three digits followed by *), the system
will sound two short beeps and you must enter a Remote Command (column 1), followed by one of the options
(column 2) for that command.
Remote
commands
Options
95
Change the Fax Forwarding, or Fax Storage
settings
1 OFF
You can select Off after you retrieve or erase all your
messages.
2 Fax Forwarding
One long beep means the change is accepted. If
you hear three short beeps, you cannot make a
change because something has not been set up (for
example, a Fax Forwarding number has not been
registered). You can register your Fax Forwarding
number by entering 4. After you register the number,
Fax Forwarding will work.
4 Fax Forwarding number
6 Fax Storage
96
97
Retrieve a fax
2 Retrieve all faxes
Enter the fax number of a remote fax machine to
receive stored fax messages.
3 Erase faxes from memory
If you hear one long beep, fax messages have been
erased from memory.
Check the receiving status
1 Fax
98
Operation details
Check whether your machine has received any
faxes. If yes, you will hear one long beep. If not, you
will hear three short beeps.
Change the Receive Mode
1 External TAD
2 Fax/Tel
One long beep means the change has been
accepted.
3 Fax Only
90
Exit
Press 9 0 to stop remote retrieval. Wait for the long
beep, then hang up.
Related Information
• Remote Fax Retrieval
Related Topics:
• Change the Fax Forwarding Number
• Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
• Forward Faxes Remotely
• Choose the Correct Receive Mode
219
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Remote Fax Retrieval &gt; Forward Faxes Remotely
Forward Faxes Remotely
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Call your machine from any touch-tone telephone or fax machine to forward incoming faxes to another machine.
•
You must turn on Fax Storage, or Fax Preview before you use this feature.
1. Dial your fax number.
2. When your machine answers, enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *). If you hear one
long beep, you have messages.
3. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 6 2.
4. Wait for the long beep, and then use the dial pad to enter the fax number (up to 20 digits) of the remote fax
machine where you want your fax messages sent, followed by # #.
You cannot use * and # as dial numbers but you can press # to insert a pause in the fax number.
5. Hang up after you hear one long beep. Your Brother machine will forward any incoming faxes to the fax
number you entered. The other fax machine will then print your fax messages.
Related Information
• Remote Fax Retrieval
Related Topics:
• Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
• Remote Retrieval Commands
220
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Receive a Fax &gt; Remote Fax Retrieval &gt; Change the Fax Forwarding Number
Change the Fax Forwarding Number
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
1. Dial your fax number.
2. When your machine answers, enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *). If you hear one
long beep, you have messages.
3. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 5 4.
4. Wait for the long beep, enter the new number (up to 20 digits) of the remote fax machine you want your fax
messages forwarded to using the dial pad, then enter # #.
You cannot use * and # as dial numbers but you can press # to insert a pause in the fax number.
5. Press 9 0 to stop Remote Access when finished.
6. Hang up after you hear one long beep.
Related Information
• Remote Fax Retrieval
Related Topics:
• Remote Retrieval Commands
221
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
• Voice Operations
• Store Fax Numbers
• Set up Broadcasting Groups
• Dial Access Codes and Credit Card Numbers
222
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Voice Operations
Voice Operations
• Send Tone Signals (For Canada)
• Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel Receive Mode
• Special Line Considerations
223
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Voice Operations &gt; Send Tone Signals (For Canada)
Send Tone Signals (For Canada)
If you have a Pulse dialing service, but must send Tone signals (for example, for telephone banking), follow these
steps. If you have a Touch Tone service, you will not need this feature to send tone signals.
This feature is available only in Canada.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Hook.
2. Press # on the machine’s control panel. Any digits dialed after this will send tone signals.
When you are finished with the call, the machine will return to the Pulse dialing service.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press
[Fax] &gt; [Sending Faxes].
2. Press [Hook].
3. Press # on the machine’s control panel. Any digits dialed after this will send tone signals.
When you are finished with the call, the machine will return to the Pulse dialing service.
Related Information
• Voice Operations
224
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Voice Operations &gt; Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel
Receive Mode
Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel Receive Mode
When the machine is in Fax/Tel mode, it will use the F/T Ring (pseudo/double-ringing) to alert you to pick up a
voice call.
If you are at the machine, lift the external telephone’s handset, and then press Hook button or [Pickup] button
to answer.
If you are at an extension telephone, lift the handset during the F/T Ring and then press #51 between the
pseudo/double rings. If no one is on the line, or if someone wants to send you a fax, send the call back to the
machine by pressing *51.
Related Information
• Voice Operations
225
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Voice Operations &gt; Special Line Considerations
Special Line Considerations
• Rollover Telephone Lines
• Two-Line Telephone System
• Convert Telephone Wall Outlets
• Install Your Machine, an External Two-Line TAD and Two-Line Telephone
226
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Voice Operations &gt; Special Line
Considerations &gt; Rollover Telephone Lines
Rollover Telephone Lines
A rollover telephone system is a group of two or more separate telephone lines that pass incoming calls to each
other if they are busy.
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
The calls are usually passed down or 'rolled over' to the next available telephone line in a preset order.
Your machine can work in a rollover system only if it is the last number in the sequence, so the call cannot roll
away. Do not place the machine on any of the other numbers; when the other lines are busy and a second fax
call is received, the fax call would be transferred to a line that does not have a fax machine. Your machine will
work best on a dedicated line.
Related Information
• Special Line Considerations
227
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Voice Operations &gt; Special Line
Considerations &gt; Two-Line Telephone System
Two-Line Telephone System
A two-line telephone system is nothing more than two separate telephone numbers on the same wall outlet.
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
The two telephone numbers can be on separate jacks (RJ11) or combined into one jack (RJ14). Your machine
must be plugged into an RJ11 jack. RJ11 and RJ14 jacks may be equal in size and appearance and both may
contain four wires (black, red, green, yellow). To test the type of jack, plug in a two-line telephone and see if it
can access both lines. If it can, you must separate the line for your machine.
Related Information
• Special Line Considerations
228
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Voice Operations &gt; Special Line
Considerations &gt; Convert Telephone Wall Outlets
Convert Telephone Wall Outlets
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
There are three ways to convert to an RJ11 jack. The first two ways may require assistance from the telephone
company. You can change the wall outlets from one RJ14 jack to two RJ11 jacks. Or, you can have an RJ11 wall
outlet installed and slave or jump one of the telephone numbers to it.
The third way is the easiest: Buy a triplex adapter. You can plug a triplex adapter into an RJ14 outlet. It separates
the wires into two separate RJ11 jacks (Line 1, Line 2) and a third RJ14 jack (Lines 1 and 2). If your machine is
on Line 1, plug the machine into L1 of the triplex adapter. If your machine is on Line 2, plug it into L2 of the triplex
adapter.
Triplex adapter
Related Information
• Special Line Considerations
229
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Voice Operations &gt; Special Line
Considerations &gt; Install Your Machine, an External Two-Line TAD and Two-Line Telephone
Install Your Machine, an External Two-Line TAD and Two-Line
Telephone
When you are installing an external two-line telephone answering device (TAD) and a two-line telephone, your
machine must be isolated on one line at both the wall jack and at the TAD.
•
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
•
The most common connection is to place the machine on Line 2, which is explained in the following steps.
The back of the two-line TAD must have two telephone jacks: one labeled L1 or L1/L2, and the other
labeled L2. You will need at least three telephone line cords, the one that came with your machine and two
for your external two-line TAD. You will need a fourth line cord if you add a two-line telephone.
1. Place the two-line TAD and the two-line telephone next to your machine.
2. Plug one end of the telephone line cord for your machine into the L2 jack of the triplex adapter. Plug the other
end into the LINE jack of the machine.
3. Plug one end of the first telephone line cord for your TAD into the L1 jack of the triplex adapter. Plug the other
end into the L1 or L1/L2 jack of the two-line TAD.
4. Plug one end of the second telephone line cord for your TAD into the L2 jack of the two-line TAD. Plug the
other end into the EXT. jack of the machine.
a. Triplex Adapter
b. Two Line Telephone
c. External Two Line TAD
d. Machine
You can keep two-line telephones on other wall outlets as always. There are ways to add a two-line telephone to
the machine's wall outlet. You can plug the telephone line cord from the two-line telephone into the L1+L2 jack of
the triplex adapter. Or, you can plug the two-line telephone into the TEL jack of the two-line TAD.
Related Information
• Special Line Considerations
230
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Store Fax Numbers
Store Fax Numbers
• Store Address Book Numbers
• Save Outgoing Call Numbers to the Address Book
• Save Caller ID History Numbers to the Address Book
• Change or Delete Address Book Names or Numbers
231
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Store Fax Numbers &gt; Store Address Book Numbers
Store Address Book Numbers
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
You can store up to 40 Address Book numbers as two-digit Speed Dial numbers, and give each number a name.
1. Press
(Address Book).
2. Press a or b to select [Set Speed Dial]. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select the two-digit Speed Dial number where you want to store the number. Press OK.
b. Select [Name]. Press OK.
c. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad. Press OK.
d. Select [Fax/Tel]. Press OK.
e. Enter the fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits). Press OK.
•
f.
Press Redial/Pause to insert a pause between numbers. You can press Redial/Pause as many times
as needed to increase the length of the pause.
Select [OK] and then press OK.
To store another Speed Dial number, repeat these steps.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Fax] &gt; [Address Book].
2. Do the following steps:
a. Press [Edit] &gt; [Add New Address] &gt; [Name].
b. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
c. Press [Address 1].
d. Enter the first fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
•
Press [Pause] to insert a pause between numbers. You can press [Pause] as many times as needed
to increase the length of the pause.
e. To store the second fax or telephone number, press [Address 2]. Enter the second fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
f.
Press [OK] to confirm.
To store another Address Book number, repeat these steps.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Store Fax Numbers
Related Topics:
• Dial Access Codes and Credit Card Numbers
• Set up Broadcasting Groups
232
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Store Fax Numbers &gt; Save Outgoing Call Numbers to
the Address Book
Save Outgoing Call Numbers to the Address Book
You can copy numbers from your Outgoing Call history and save them in your Address Book.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press
(FAX).
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Call History]. Press OK.
b. Select [Outgoing Call]. Press OK.
c. Select the number you want to store. Press OK.
d. Press d to select [Edit].
e. Select [Add to Address Book]. Press OK.
To delete the number from the Outgoing Call history list, select [Delete] and then press OK. Press c
[Yes] to confirm.
f.
Select [Name]. Press OK.
g. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad. Press OK.
h. Confirm the fax or telephone number.
i.
Select [OK] and then press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Fax] &gt; [Call History] &gt; [Outgoing Call].
2. Press a or b to display the number you want to store, and then press it.
3. Press [Edit] &gt; [Add to Address Book] &gt; [Name].
To delete the number from the Outgoing Call history list, press [Edit] &gt; [Delete]. Press [Yes] to
confirm.
4. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
5. To store the second fax or telephone number, press [Address 2]. Enter the second fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
6. Press [OK] to confirm the fax or telephone number you want to store.
7. Press
.
Related Information
• Store Fax Numbers
Related Topics:
• Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
233
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Store Fax Numbers &gt; Save Caller ID History Numbers
to the Address Book
Save Caller ID History Numbers to the Address Book
If you have a Caller ID subscriber service with your telephone company, you can copy numbers from your Caller
ID History and save them in your Address Book.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press
(FAX).
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Call History]. Press OK.
b. Select [Caller ID History]. Press OK.
c. Select the number you want to store. Press OK.
d. Press d to select [Edit].
e. Select [Add to Address Book]. Press OK.
To delete the number from the Caller ID History list, select [Delete] and then press OK. Press c [Yes]
to confirm.
f.
Select [Name]. Press OK.
g. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad. Press OK.
h. Confirm the fax or telephone number.
i.
Select [OK] and then press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
[Fax] &gt; [Call History] &gt; [Caller ID History].
1. Press
2. Press a or b to display the name or number you want to store, and then press it.
3. Press [Edit] &gt; [Add to Address Book] &gt; [Name].
To delete the number from the Caller ID History list, press [Edit] &gt; [Delete]. Press [Yes] to confirm.
4. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
5. To store the second fax or telephone number, press [Address 2]. Enter the second fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
6. Press [OK] to confirm the fax or telephone number you want to store.
7. Press
.
Related Information
• Store Fax Numbers
Related Topics:
• Caller ID
• Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
234
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Store Fax Numbers &gt; Change or Delete Address
Book Names or Numbers
Change or Delete Address Book Names or Numbers
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press
(Address Book).
2. Do one of the following:
•
To change the number, press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Change]. Press OK.
b. Select the Speed Dial name where you want to change the number. Press OK.
Do the following steps:
a. To change the name, press a or b to select [Name], and then press OK. Press a, b, d or c to re-enter
the name (up to 16 characters) using the keyboard on the LCD and select [OK]. Press OK.
b. To change the fax or telephone number, press a or b to select [Fax/Tel], and then press OK. Press
a, b, d or c to re-enter the fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the keyboard on the LCD
and select [OK]. Press OK.
Press a or b to select [OK] and then press OK.
•
To delete the number, press a or b to select [Delete]. Press OK.
Do the following steps:
a. Press a or b to select the Speed Dial name where you want to delete the number.
b. Press d or c to select the check box labeled with the Speed Dial name. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
[Fax] &gt; [Address Book] &gt; [Edit].
1. Press
2. Do one of the following:
•
Press [Change] to edit the names or fax or telephone numbers.
Press a or b to display the number you want to change, and then press it.
-
To change the name, press [Name]. Enter the new name (up to 16 characters) using the
touchscreen. Press [OK].
-
To change the first fax or telephone number, press [Address 1]. Enter the new fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
-
To change the second fax or telephone number, press [Address 2]. Enter the new fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
Press [OK] to finish.
To change a character, press d or c to position the cursor to highlight the character you want to change,
and then press
•
. Enter the new character.
To delete numbers, press a or b to display [Delete], and then press it.
-
3. Press
Select the fax or telephone numbers you want to delete by pressing them to display check marks, and
then press [OK].
.
235
Related Information
• Store Fax Numbers
236
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Set up Broadcasting Groups
Set up Broadcasting Groups
Creating and sending to a Group, which can be stored in the Address Book, allows you to send the same fax
message to many fax numbers, or Broadcast.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
First, you must store each fax number in the Address Book. Then, you can include them as numbers in the
Group. Each Group uses up a Speed Dial number. You can store up to six Groups or you can assign up to 39
numbers to a large Group.
1. Press
(Address Book).
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Setup Groups]. Press OK.
b. Select the two-digit Speed Dial number you want to assign to the Group. Press OK.
c. Select [Name] and press OK.
d. Enter the new Group's name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad. Press OK.
e. To add numbers to the Group, repeat the following steps:
i.
Select [Add/Delete]. Press OK.
ii. Select [Alphabetical Order] or [Numerical Order]. Press OK.
iii. Press a or b to select a number from the list.
iv. Press d or c to select the check box labeled with the Speed Dial number. Press OK.
3. Select [OK] and then press OK.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
First, you must store each fax number in the Address Book. Then, you can include them as numbers in the
Group. Each Group uses up an Address Book number. You can store up to six Groups or you can assign up to
198 numbers to a large Group.
1. Press
[Fax] &gt; [Address Book].
2. Do the following steps:
a. Press [Edit] &gt; [Setup Groups] &gt; [Name].
b. Enter the Group name (up to 16 characters) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
c. Press [Add/Delete].
d. Add Address Book numbers to the Group by pressing them to display a checkmark. Press [OK].
e. Read and confirm the displayed list of names and numbers you have selected, and then press [OK] to
save your Group.
To store another Group for broadcasting, repeat these steps.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
• Change a Broadcasting Group Name
237
• Delete a Broadcasting Group
• Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member
Related Topics:
• Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
• Store Address Book Numbers
238
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Set up Broadcasting Groups &gt; Change a
Broadcasting Group Name
Change a Broadcasting Group Name
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press
(Address Book).
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Change]. Press OK.
b. Select the Group to change. Press OK.
c. Select [Name] and then press OK. Enter the new Group name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad
and then press OK.
To change a character in the Group name, press a, b, d or c to select
or
. Press OK several times
to move the cursor under the incorrect character. Then press a, b, d or c to select
, and press OK. Re-
enter the correct letter.
3. Select [OK] and then press OK.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Fax] &gt; [Address Book] &gt; [Edit] &gt; [Change].
2. Press a or b to display the Group you want to change, and then press it.
3. Press [Name].
4. Enter the new Group name (up to 16 characters) using the touchscreen. Press [OK].
To change a character, press d or c to position the cursor to highlight the incorrect character, and then
press
.
Enter the new character.
5. Press [OK].
6. Press
.
Related Information
• Set up Broadcasting Groups
Related Topics:
• Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
239
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Set up Broadcasting Groups &gt; Delete a Broadcasting
Group
Delete a Broadcasting Group
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press
(Address Book).
2. Press a or b to select [Delete]. Press OK.
3. Do the following steps:
a. Press a or b to select the Group you want to delete.
b. Press d or c to select the check box labeled with the Group name. Press OK.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Fax] &gt; [Address Book] &gt; [Edit] &gt; [Delete].
2. Press a or b to display the Group you want to delete, and then press it.
3. Press [OK].
4. Press
.
Related Information
• Set up Broadcasting Groups
240
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Set up Broadcasting Groups &gt; Add or Delete a
Broadcasting Group Member
Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press
(Address Book).
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Change]. Press OK.
b. Select the Group you want to change. Press OK.
c. Select [Add/Delete]. Press OK.
d. Select [Alphabetical Order] or [Numerical Order]. Press OK.
3. Do one of the following:
•
To add a member using his Speed Dial number, press a or b to select the Speed Dial number, and then
press d or c to select the check box.
•
To delete a member using his Speed Dial number, press a or b to select the Speed Dial number, and then
press d or c to remove the check box.
Repeat this step until you have added or deleted all the fax numbers you want.
4. Press OK.
5. Select [OK] and then press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
[Fax] &gt; [Address Book] &gt; [Edit] &gt; [Change].
1. Press
2. Press a or b to display the Group you want to change, and then press it.
3. Press a or b to display [Add/Delete], and then press it.
4. Press a or b to display the number you want to add or delete.
5. Do the following for each number you want to change:
•
To add a number to the Group, press the check box of the number to add a check mark.
•
To delete a number from the Group, press the check box of the number to remove the check mark.
6. Press [OK].
7. Press [OK].
8. Press
.
Related Information
• Set up Broadcasting Groups
241
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Voice Operations and Fax Numbers &gt; Dial Access Codes and Credit Card Numbers
Dial Access Codes and Credit Card Numbers
Sometimes you may want to choose from several long-distance carriers when you send a fax. Rates may vary
depending on the time and destination. To take advantage of low rates, you can store the access codes of longdistance carriers and credit card numbers as Address Book numbers.
You can store these long dialing sequences by dividing them and setting them up as separate Address Book
numbers in any combination. You can even include manual dialing.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
For example: you might have stored ‘555’ on Address Book: Brother 1 (#03) and ‘7000’ on Address Book:
Brother 2 (#02). You can use them both to dial ‘555-7000’ if you press the following:
1. Press
(Address Book).
2. Press a or b to select [Search] and then press OK.
3. Enter 03 (the two-digit Speed Dial number of Brother 1) using the dial pad.
4. Press a or b to select [Address Book], and then press OK.
5. Read and review the message on the LCD, and then press c.
6. Press a or b to select [Search] and then press OK.
7. Enter 02 (the two-digit Speed Dial number of Brother 2) using the dial pad.
8. Press Black Start or Color Start.
You will dial '555-7000'.
To temporarily change a number, you can substitute part of the number by using the dial pad. For example, to
change the number to '555-7001', you could enter the number (Brother 1: 555) using Address Book, and then
press 7001 using the dial pad.
If you must wait for another dial tone or signal at any point in the dialing sequence, create a pause in the
number by pressing Redial/Pause.
MFC-J4535DW
For example: you might have stored ‘555’ on Address Book: Brother 1 and ‘7000’ on Address Book: Brother 2.
You can use them both to dial ‘555-7000’ if you press the following:
1. Press
[Fax] &gt; [Address Book].
2. Press a or b to display the number of Brother 1.
3. Press the number.
4. Press [Apply].
5. Press
[Options].
6. Press a or b to display the [Address Book] option, and then press it.
7. Read and review the message on the touchscreen, and then press [OK].
8. Press a or b to display the number of Brother 2.
9. Press the number.
10. Press [Apply].
11. Press [Fax Start].
You will dial '555-7000'.
242
To change a number temporarily, you can substitute part of the number by pressing it using the touchscreen. For
example, to change the number to '555-7001', you could enter the number (Brother 1: 555) using Address Book,
press [Apply], and then press 7001 using the touchscreen.
If you must wait for another dial tone or signal at any point in the dialing sequence, create a pause in the
number by pressing [Pause].
Related Information
• Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
Related Topics:
• Store Address Book Numbers
243
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices
Telephone Services and External Devices
• Voice Mail
• Distinctive Ring
• Caller ID
• Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference)
• External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
• External and Extension Telephones
244
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; Voice Mail
Voice Mail
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
If you have Voice Mail on the same telephone line as your Brother machine, Voice Mail and the Brother machine
will conflict with each other when receiving incoming calls.
For example, if your Voice Mail is set to answer after four rings and your Brother machine is set to answer after
two rings, then your Brother machine will answer first. This will prevent callers from being able to leave a
message in your Voice Mail.
Similarly, if your Brother machine is set to answer after four rings and your Voice Mail is set to answer after two
rings, then your Voice Mail will answer first. This will prevent your Brother machine from being able to receive an
incoming fax, since Voice Mail cannot transfer the incoming fax back to the Brother machine.
To avoid conflicts between your Brother machine and your Voice Mail service, do one of the following:
•
Get the Distinctive Ring service from your telephone company. Distinctive Ring is a feature of your Brother
machine that allows a person with one line to receive fax and voice calls through two different telephone
numbers on that one line.
Brother uses the term ’Distinctive Ring,’ but telephone companies market the service under a variety of
names, such as Custom Ringing, Personalized Ring, Smart Ring, Ident-A-Ring, Ident-A-Call, Data Ident-ACall, Teen Ring, and SimpleBiz Fax &amp; Alternate Number Ringing. This service establishes a second
telephone number on the same line as your existing telephone number, and each number has its own ring
pattern. Typically, the original number rings with the standard ring pattern and is used for receiving voice
calls, and the second number rings with a different ring pattern and is used for receiving faxes.
•
Set your Brother machine’s Receive Mode to &quot;Manual&quot;. Manual Mode requires you answer every incoming
call if you want to be able to receive a fax. If the incoming call is a telephone call, then complete the call as
you normally would. If you hear fax sending tones you must transfer the call to the Brother machine.
Unanswered fax and voice calls will go to your Voice Mail.
Related Information
• Telephone Services and External Devices
Related Topics:
• Choose the Correct Receive Mode
• Distinctive Ring
• Operation from External and Extension Telephones
• Telephone and Fax Problems
245
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; Distinctive Ring
Distinctive Ring
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
Distinctive Ring is a function of your Brother machine that allows a person with one line to receive fax and voice
calls through two different phone numbers on that one line. Brother uses the term &quot;Distinctive Ring,&quot; but
telephone companies market the service under a variety of names, such as Custom Ringing, Personalized Ring,
Smart Ring, Ident-A-Ring, Ident-A-Call, Data Ident-A-Call, Teen Ring, and SimpleBiz Fax &amp; Alternate Number
Ringing. This service establishes a second telephone number on the same line as your existing telephone
number, and each number has its own ring pattern. Typically, the original number rings with the standard ring
pattern and is used for receiving voice calls, and the second number rings with a different ring pattern and is
used for receiving faxes.
•
You must pay for your telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service before you program the machine to
work with it.
•
Contact your telephone company for availability and rates.
What does your telephone company’s ‘Distinctive Ring’ do?
Your telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service allows you to have more than one number on the same
telephone line. If you need more than one telephone number, it is cheaper than paying for an extra line.
Each telephone number has its own distinctive ring pattern, so you will know which telephone number is ringing.
This is one way to have a separate telephone number for your machine.
Contact your telephone company for availability and rates.
What does Brother’s ‘Distinctive Ring’ do?
The Brother machine has a Distinctive Ring feature that allows you to use your machine to take full advantage of
the telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service. The new telephone number on your line can only receive
faxes.
You must pay for your telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service before you program the machine to
work with it.
Do you have Voice Mail?
If you have Voice Mail on the telephone line where you will install your new machine, there is a strong possibility
that Voice Mail and the machine will conflict with each other while receiving incoming calls. However, the
Distinctive Ring feature allows you to use more than one number on your line, so both Voice Mail and the
machine can work together without any problems. If each one has a separate telephone number, neither will
interfere with the other’s operations.
If you decide to get the Distinctive Ring service from the telephone company, you must register the new
Distinctive Ring pattern they give you. This is so your machine can recognize its incoming calls.
You can change or cancel the Distinctive Ring pattern at any time. You can switch it off temporarily, and turn
it back on later. When you get a new fax number, make sure you reset this feature.
Before you choose the ring pattern to register
You can register only one Distinctive Ring pattern with the machine. Some ring patterns cannot be registered.
The ring patterns below are supported by your Brother machine. Register the one your telephone company gives
you.
Ring Pattern
1
Rings
short-short or long-long
246
Ring Pattern
Rings
2
short-long-short
3
short-short-long
4
very long
•
Ring Pattern #1 is often called Short-Short and is the most commonly used.
•
If the ring pattern you received is not on this chart, contact your telephone company and ask for one
that is shown.
•
The machine answers only calls to its registered number.
•
The first two rings are silent on the machine. This is because the fax must &lt;&lt;listen&gt;&gt; to the ring pattern (to
compare it to the pattern that was ‘registered’). (Other telephones on the same line ring.)
•
If you program the machine correctly, it recognizes the registered ring pattern of the ‘fax number’ within two
ring patterns and then answer with a fax tone. When the ‘voice number’ is called, the machine does not
answer.
Related Information
• Telephone Services and External Devices
• Register the Distinctive Ring Pattern
• Turn off Distinctive Ring
Related Topics:
• Settings Screen Overview
• Choose the Correct Receive Mode
• Voice Mail
• Telephone and Fax Problems
247
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; Distinctive Ring &gt; Register the Distinctive Ring
Pattern
Register the Distinctive Ring Pattern
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
After you set the Distinctive Ring feature to [On], your Distinctive Ring number will receive faxes automatically.
The receive mode is set to [Manual] automatically and you cannot change it to another receive mode while
Distinctive Ring is set to [On]. This ensures the Brother machine will answer only the Distinctive Ring number
and not interfere when your main telephone number is called.
When Distinctive Ring is on, the LCD will show [D/R] as the Receive Mode.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Miscellaneous]. Press OK.
c. Select [Distinctive]. Press OK.
3. Do one of the following:
•
If you have not registered Distinctive Ring, press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Distinctive]. Press OK.
b. Select [On]. Press OK.
•
If you have already registered Distinctive Ring, and want to change the pattern, go to the next step.
4. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Ring Pattern]. Press OK.
b. Select the stored ring pattern you want. (You will hear each pattern as you select it. Make sure you select
the pattern that the telephone company gave you.) Press OK.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
Distinctive Ring is now set to [On].
If you do not want to receive faxes on your Distinctive Ring number, you can turn off Distinctive Ring. The
machine will stay in [Manual] receive mode so you must set the Receive Mode again.
MFC-J4535DW
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Miscellaneous] &gt; [Distinctive].
1. Press
2. Do one of the following:
•
If you have not registered Distinctive Ring, press [Distinctive], and then press [On].
•
If you have already registered Distinctive Ring, and want to change the pattern, go to the next step.
3. Press [Ring Pattern].
4. Press the stored ring pattern you want. (You will hear each pattern as you press the four buttons. Make sure
you select the pattern that the telephone company gave you.) Press [OK].
5. Press
.
Distinctive Ring is now set to [On].
248
If you do not want to receive faxes on your Distinctive Ring number, you can turn off Distinctive Ring. The
machine will stay in [Manual] receive mode so you must set the Receive Mode again.
Related Information
• Distinctive Ring
Related Topics:
• Choose the Correct Receive Mode
249
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; Distinctive Ring &gt; Turn off Distinctive Ring
Turn off Distinctive Ring
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Miscellaneous]. Press OK.
c. Select [Distinctive]. Press OK.
You can see the current setting.
d. Select [Distinctive]. Press OK.
e. Select [Off]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
When you turn off Distinctive Ring, the machine will stay in [Manual] mode. You must set the Receive Mode
again.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Miscellaneous] &gt; [Distinctive] &gt;
[Distinctive].
2. Press [Off].
3. Press
.
When you turn off Distinctive Ring, the machine will stay in [Manual] mode. You must set the Receive Mode
again.
Related Information
• Distinctive Ring
Related Topics:
• Choose the Correct Receive Mode
• Error and Maintenance Messages
250
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; Caller ID
Caller ID
The Caller ID feature lets you use the Caller ID subscriber service offered by many local telephone companies.
This service displays the telephone number (or name if it is available) of your caller as the line rings.
•
The [# Unavailable] message means the call originated outside your Caller ID service area.
•
The [Private Call] message means the caller has intentionally blocked transmission of Caller ID
information.
Call your telephone company for more information.
Once you answer a call, the Caller ID information disappears from the LCD and is stored in Caller ID memory.
View the list or select a number and fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it from the history.
You can print a list of the Caller ID information received by your machine.
•
This feature is not available in some countries.
•
This feature may not be available in certain areas of the USA and Canada.
•
The Caller ID service varies with different carriers. Contact your local telephone company to learn if the
service is available in your area.
Related Information
• Telephone Services and External Devices
• Set up Your Area Code
Related Topics:
• Save Caller ID History Numbers to the Address Book
• Print a Report
• Error and Maintenance Messages
251
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; Caller ID &gt; Set up Your Area Code
Set up Your Area Code
When returning calls from the Caller ID History, your machine will dial &quot;1&quot; plus the area code. If your local dialing
plan requires that the &quot;1&quot; not be used for calls within your area code, enter your area code in this setting.
This feature is available only in the USA.
Calls returned from the Caller ID History to numbers within your area code will be dialed using only 10 digits
(area code + seven-digit number). If your dialing plan does not follow the standard 1 + area code + seven-digit
number dialing system for calling outside your area code, you may experience problems returning calls from the
Caller ID History and will not be able to return calls to those numbers using Caller ID History.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Miscellaneous]. Press OK.
c. Select [Area Code]. Press OK.
3. Enter your Area Code (three-digit number), and press OK.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Miscellaneous] &gt; [Area Code].
1. Press
2. Enter your Area Code (three-digit number), and press [OK].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Caller ID
252
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone
Line Interference)
Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference)
VoIP is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection instead of a traditional telephone line. Telephone
providers frequently bundle VoIP together with Internet and cable services.
Your machine may not work with some VoIP systems. To use your machine to send and receive faxes on a VoIP
system, connect one end of your telephone cord to the jack labeled LINE on your machine. Connect the other
end of the telephone cord to a modem, interface box, phone adapter, splitter, or other such device.
If you have questions about how to connect your machine to the VoIP system, contact your VoIP provider.
After you have connected your machine to the VoIP system, press the Hook button to verify the machine has a
dial tone. If the machine does not have a dial tone, call your VoIP provider.
If you are having problems sending or receiving faxes over a VoIP system, we recommend changing the
machine’s modem speed to the [Basic(for VoIP)] setting.
Related Information
• Telephone Services and External Devices
Related Topics:
• Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
253
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
You can connect an external Telephone Answering Device (TAD) to the same line as your machine. When the
TAD answers a call, your machine will “listen” for the CNG (fax calling) tones sent by a sending fax machine. If it
hears them it will take over the call and receive the fax. If it does not hear them, it will let your TAD take a voice
message and the LCD will show [Telephone].
The external TAD must answer within four rings (we recommend setting it to two rings). This is because your
machine cannot hear the CNG tones until the external TAD has picked up the call. The sending machine will
send CNG tones for only eight to ten seconds longer. We do not recommend using the toll saver feature on your
external TAD if it needs more than four rings to activate it.
Unless you are using Distinctive Ring, the TAD must be connected to the EXT. jack of the machine.
•
If you subscribe to your telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service:
You may connect an external TAD to a separate wall jack only if you subscribe to your telephone company’s
Distinctive Ring service, have registered the distinctive ring pattern on your machine, and use that number as
a fax number. The recommended setting is at least four rings on the external TAD when you have the
telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service. You cannot use the Toll Saver setting.
•
If You Do Not Subscribe to the Distinctive Ring Service:
You must plug your TAD into the EXT. jack of your machine. If your TAD is plugged into a wall jack, both your
machine and the TAD will try to control the telephone line. (See the illustration.)
1
2
1
1 TAD
2 Protective Cap
IMPORTANT
DO NOT connect a TAD elsewhere on the same telephone line.
If you have problems receiving faxes, reduce the Ring Delay setting on your external TAD.
Related Information
• Telephone Services and External Devices
• Connect an External TAD
• Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
• Multi-line Connections (PBX)
254
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; External TAD (Telephone Answering
Device) &gt; Connect an External TAD
Connect an External TAD
The external TAD must be plugged into the jack labeled EXT. Your machine cannot work correctly if you plug the
TAD into a wall jack (unless you are using Distinctive Ring).
1. Plug the telephone line cord from the telephone wall jack into the jack labeled LINE.
2. Remove the protective cap (1) from the jack labeled EXT., and then plug the telephone line cord from your
external TAD into the EXT. jack.
Make sure this cord is connected to the TAD at the TAD's telephone line jack, and not its handset jack.
1
3. Set your external TAD to the minimum number of rings allowed. For more information, contact your telephone
provider. (The machine’s Ring Delay setting does not apply.)
4. Record the outgoing message on your external TAD.
5. Set the TAD to answer calls.
6. Set the Receive Mode on your machine to [External TAD].
Related Information
• External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
Related Topics:
• Receive Modes Overview
• Choose the Correct Receive Mode
• Telephone and Fax Problems
255
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; External TAD (Telephone Answering
Device) &gt; Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
1. Record five seconds of silence at the beginning of your message. This allows your machine time to listen for
fax tones.
We recommend beginning your OGM with an initial five second silence because the machine cannot hear
fax tones over a loud voice. You may try leaving out this pause, but if your machine has trouble receiving
faxes, then you should re-record the OGM to include it.
2. Limit your speaking to 20 seconds.
3. End your 20-second message by giving your Fax Receive Code for people sending manual faxes. For
example: “After the beep, leave a message or press *51 and Start to send a fax.”
Related Information
• External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
256
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; External TAD (Telephone Answering
Device) &gt; Multi-line Connections (PBX)
Multi-line Connections (PBX)
We suggest you ask the company that installed your PBX to connect your machine. If you have a multi line
system we suggest you ask the installer to connect the unit to the last line on the system. This prevents the
machine being activated each time the system receives telephone calls. If all incoming calls will be answered by
a switchboard operator we recommend setting the Receive Mode to [Manual].
We cannot guarantee that your machine will operate correctly under all circumstances when connected to a PBX.
Any difficulties with sending or receiving faxes should be reported first to the company that handles your PBX.
Related Information
• External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
257
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; External and Extension Telephones
External and Extension Telephones
• Connect an External or Extension Telephone
• Operation from External and Extension Telephones
• Use a Non-Brother Cordless External Handset
• Use the Remote Codes
258
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; External and Extension Telephones &gt; Connect
an External or Extension Telephone
Connect an External or Extension Telephone
You can connect a separate telephone to your machine as shown in the diagram below.
Connect the telephone line cord to the jack labeled EXT.
Before you connect an external telephone, remove the protective cap (3) from the EXT. jack on the machine.
1
3
2
1 Extension telephone
2 External telephone
3 Protective Cap
Related Information
• External and Extension Telephones
259
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; External and Extension Telephones &gt; Operation
from External and Extension Telephones
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
Use extension telephones
If you answer a fax call at an extension telephone, you can make your machine receive the fax by pressing the
Fax Receive Code *51.
If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at an
extension telephone by pressing the Telephone Answer Code #51.
Use an external telephone (Connected to the EXT. jack of the machine)
If you answer a fax call at the external telephone connected to the EXT. jack of the machine, you can make the
machine receive the fax by pressing the Start button and selecting the option to receive.
If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at the
external telephone by pressing [Pickup] or by pressing Hook.
If you answer a call and no one is on the line:
You should assume that you’re receiving a manual fax.
Press *51 and wait for the chirp or until the LCD shows [Receiving], and then hang up.
You can also use the Easy Receive feature to make your machine automatically take the call.
Related Information
• External and Extension Telephones
Related Topics:
• Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
• Set Easy Receive
• Set a Remote Access Code
• Voice Mail
• Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
260
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; External and Extension Telephones &gt; Use a
Non-Brother Cordless External Handset
Use a Non-Brother Cordless External Handset
If your non-Brother cordless telephone is connected to the EXT. jack of the machine and you typically carry the
cordless handset elsewhere, it is easier to answer calls during the Ring Delay.
If you let the machine answer first, you must go to the machine so you can press [Pickup] or press Hook to
transfer the call to the cordless handset.
Related Information
• External and Extension Telephones
261
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; External and Extension Telephones &gt; Use the
Remote Codes
Use the Remote Codes
Fax Receive Code
If you answer a fax call on an extension telephone, you can tell your machine to receive it by pressing the Fax
Receive Code *51. Wait for the chirping sounds then replace the handset.
If you answer a fax call at the external telephone, you can make the machine receive the fax by pressing the
Start button and then selecting the option to receive.
Telephone Answer Code
If you receive a voice call and the machine is in F/T mode, it will start to sound the F/T ring (pseudo/double-ring)
after the initial Ring Delay. If you pick up the call on an extension telephone you can turn the F/T ring off by
pressing #51 (make sure you press this between the rings).
If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at the
external telephone by pressing [Pickup] or by pressing Hook.
Related Information
• External and Extension Telephones
• Change the Remote Codes
Related Topics:
• Set a Remote Access Code
• Set Easy Receive
262
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Telephone Services and External Devices &gt; External and Extension Telephones &gt; Use the
Remote Codes &gt; Change the Remote Codes
Change the Remote Codes
The preset Fax Receive Code is *51. The preset Telephone Answer Code is #51. If you are always disconnected
when accessing your External TAD remotely, try changing the three-digit remote codes, for example to ### and
999.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setup Receive]. Press OK.
c. Select [Remote Codes]. Press OK.
d. Select [Remote Codes] again. Press OK.
e. Select [On]. Press OK.
3. Do one of the following:
•
To change the Fax Receive Code, press a or b to select [Fax Receive Code] and then press OK.
Enter the new code. Press OK.
•
To change the Telephone Answer Code, press a or b to select [Tel Answer] and then press OK. Enter
the new code. Press OK.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Setup Receive] &gt; [Remote Codes].
2. Do one of the following:
•
To change the Fax Receive Code, press [Fax Receive Code]. Enter the new code, and then press
[OK].
•
To change the Telephone Answer Code, press [Tel Answer]. Enter the new code, and then press
[OK].
•
If you do not want to change the Codes, go to the next step.
•
To turn the Remote Codes [Off] (or [On]), press [Remote Codes]. Press [Off] (or [On]).
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Use the Remote Codes
263
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Fax Reports
Fax Reports
• Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style
• Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
• Print Reports
264
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Fax Reports &gt; Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style
Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style
You can use the Transmission Verification Report as proof that you sent a fax. This report lists the receiving
party's name or fax number, the time and date of transmission, duration of transmission, number of pages sent,
and whether or not the transmission was successful.
There are several settings available for the Transmission Verification Report:
Option
Description
On
Prints a report after every fax you send.
On(+Image)
Prints a report after every fax you send.
A portion of the fax’s first page appears on the report.
Error only
Prints a report if your fax is unsuccessful due to a transmission error.
Error only(+Image)
Prints a report if your fax is unsuccessful due to a transmission error.
A portion of the fax’s first page appears on the report.
Off
The report will not be printed.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Report Setting]. Press OK.
c. Select [Transmission]. Press OK.
d. Select the option you want. Press OK.
If you select [On(+Image)] or [Error only(+Image)], the image will not appear on the
Transmission Verification Report if Real Time Transmission is set to [On]. The image will not appear on
the report when you send a color fax.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
If the transmission is successful, [OK] appears next to [RESULT] on the Transmission Verification Report. If
the transmission is not successful, [NG] appears next to [RESULT].
MFC-J4535DW
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Report Setting] &gt; [Transmission].
1. Press
2. Press the option you want.
If you select [On(+Image)] or [Error only (+Image)], the image will not appear on the Transmission
Verification Report if Real Time Transmission is set to [On]. The image will not appear on the report when
you send a color fax.
3. Press
.
If the transmission is successful, [OK] appears next to [RESULT] on the Transmission Verification Report. If
the transmission is not successful, [NG] appears next to [RESULT].
Related Information
• Fax Reports
265
Home &gt; Fax &gt; Fax Reports &gt; Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
You can set the machine to print a Fax Journal at specific intervals (every 50 faxes, 6, 12 or 24 hours, 2 or 7
days).
(MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW)
When using the Auto Power Off feature and the machine powers off before the chosen Interval Period, the
machine will print a Fax Journal report, and then erase all fax jobs from the Journal's memory.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Report Setting]. Press OK.
c. Select [Journal Period]. Press OK.
d. Select [Journal Period] once again. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to select an interval. Press OK.
•
6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days
The machine will print the report at the selected interval and then erase all fax jobs from the Journal's
memory. If the memory becomes full with 200 jobs before the time you selected has passed, the machine
will print the Journal early and then erase all fax jobs from the memory. If you want an extra report before
it is due to print, you can print it without erasing the jobs.
•
Every 50 Faxes
The machine will print the Journal when the machine has stored 50 fax jobs.
4. If you selected 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days, press a or b to select [Time] and then press OK. Enter the time
of day using the dial pad. Press OK.
Enter the time in the same time format as your machine's date and time setting. (12-hour format or 24-hour
format)
5. If you selected [Every 7 Days], press a or b to select [Day] and then press OK. Press a or b to select
the first day of the seven-day countdown. Press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Report Setting] &gt; [Journal Period].
2. Press [Journal Period].
3. Press a or b to select an interval.
•
6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days
The machine will print the report at the selected interval and then erase all fax jobs from the Journal's
memory. If the memory becomes full with 200 jobs before the time you selected has passed, the machine
will print the Journal early and then erase all fax jobs from the memory. If you want an extra report before
it is due to print, you can print it without erasing the jobs.
•
Every 50 Faxes
The machine will print the Journal when the machine has stored 50 fax jobs.
266
4. If you selected 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days, press [Time] and enter the time of day using the touchscreen.
Press [OK].
5. If you selected [Every 7 Days], press [Day]. Press a or b to display the [Every Monday], [Every
Tuesday], [Every Wednesday], [Every Thursday], [Every Friday], [Every Saturday] or
[Every Sunday] option, and then press the first day of the seven-day countdown.
6. Press
.
Related Information
• Fax Reports
Related Topics:
• Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
267
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX
PC-FAX
• PC-FAX for Windows
• PC-FAX for Mac
268
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows
PC-FAX for Windows
• PC-FAX Overview (Windows)
• Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows)
• Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
269
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows &gt; PC-FAX Overview (Windows)
PC-FAX Overview (Windows)
Reduce paper consumption and save time by using the Brother PC-FAX software to send faxes directly from
your computer.
• Configure PC-FAX (Windows)
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
270
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows &gt; PC-FAX Overview (Windows) &gt; Configure PC-FAX
(Windows)
Configure PC-FAX (Windows)
Before sending faxes using PC-FAX, personalize the send options in each tab of the PC-FAX Setup dialog box.
1. Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already
selected).
2. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Setup Sending.
The PC-FAX Setup dialog box appears.
3. Do one of the following:
•
Click the User Information tab, and then type your user information in the fields.
Each Microsoft account can have its own customized User Information screen for custom fax headers and
cover pages.
•
Click the Sending tab, and then type the number needed to access an outside line (if needed) in the
Outside line access field. Select the Include header check box to include the header information.
•
Click the Address Book tab, and then select the address book you want to use for PC-FAX from the
Select Address Book drop-down list.
4. Click OK.
Related Information
• PC-FAX Overview (Windows)
271
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows &gt; PC-FAX Overview (Windows) &gt; Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows)
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
Add, edit and delete members and groups to personalize your Address Book.
• Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
• Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
• Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
• Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
• Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
• Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
272
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows &gt; PC-FAX Overview (Windows) &gt; Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) &gt; Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Add new people and their fax information to the PC-Fax Address Book if you want to send a fax using the
Brother PC-Fax software.
1. Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already
selected).
2. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
3. Click
.
The Address Book Member Setup dialog box appears.
4. Type the member's information in the corresponding fields. Only the Name field is required.
5. Click OK.
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
273
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows &gt; PC-FAX Overview (Windows) &gt; Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) &gt; Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Create a group to broadcast the same PC-FAX to several recipients at one time.
1. Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already
selected).
2. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
3. Click
.
The Address Book Group Setup dialog box appears.
4. Type the name of the new group in the Group Name field.
5. In the Available Names field, select each name you want to include in the group, and then click Add &gt;&gt;.
Members added to the group appear in the Group Members box.
6. When finished, click OK.
Each group can contain up to 50 members.
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
274
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows &gt; PC-FAX Overview (Windows) &gt; Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) &gt; Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book
(Windows)
1. Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already
selected).
2. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
3. Select the member or group you want to edit.
4. Click
(Properties).
5. Change the member or group information.
6. Click OK.
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
275
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows &gt; PC-FAX Overview (Windows) &gt; Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) &gt; Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
1. Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already
selected).
2. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
3. Select the member or group you want to delete.
4. Click
(Delete).
5. When the confirmation dialog box appears, click OK.
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
276
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows &gt; PC-FAX Overview (Windows) &gt; Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) &gt; Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
You can export the Address Book as an ASCII text file (*.csv) or a vCard (an electronic business card) and save
it on your computer.
•
You cannot export the group settings when you export the Address Book data.
1. Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already
selected).
2. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
3. Click File &gt; Export.
4. Select one of the following:
•
Text
The Select Items dialog box appears. Go to the next step.
•
vCard
You must select the member you want to export from your address book before selecting this option.
Browse to the folder where you want to save the vCard, type the vCard name in the File name field,
and then click Save.
5. In the Available Items field, select the data you want to export, and then click Add &gt;&gt;.
Select and add the items in the order you want them listed.
6. If you are exporting to an ASCII file, under the Divide Character section, select the Tab or Comma option to
separate the data fields.
7. Click OK.
8. Browse to the folder on your computer where you want to save the data, type the file name, and then click
Save.
277
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
278
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows &gt; PC-FAX Overview (Windows) &gt; Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) &gt; Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
You can import ASCII text files (*.csv) or vCards (electronic business cards) into your Address Book.
1. Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already
selected).
2. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
3. Click File &gt; Import.
4. Select one of the following:
•
Text
The Select Items dialog box appears. Go to step 5.
•
vCard
Go to step 8.
5. In the Available Items field, select the data you want to import, and then click Add &gt;&gt;.
You must select and add fields from the Available Items list in the same order they are listed in the import
text file.
6. If you are importing an ASCII file, under the Divide Character section, select the Tab or Comma option to
separate the data fields.
7. Click OK.
8. Browse to the folder where you want to import the data, type the file name, and then click Open.
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
279
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows &gt; Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows)
Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows)
PC-FAX supports only black and white faxes. A black and white fax will be sent even if the original data is color
and the receiving fax machine supports color faxes.
1. Create a file in any application on your computer.
2. Select the print command in your application.
3. Select Brother PC-FAX as your printer, and then complete your print operation.
The Brother PC-FAX dialog box appears.
4. Type a fax number using one of the following methods:
•
Click the numbers on the dial pad to type the number, and then click Add Send Address.
If you select the Dial Restriction check box, a confirmation dialog box will appear for you to re-type the fax
number using the keyboard. This feature helps to prevent transmissions to the wrong destination.
•
Click the Address Book button, and then select a member or group from the Address Book.
If you make a mistake, click All Clear to delete all entries.
5. To include a cover page, select the Add Cover Page check box. You can also click
to create or edit a
cover page.
6. Click Start to send the fax.
•
To cancel the fax, click Cancel.
•
To redial a number, click Redial to show the last five fax numbers, select a number, and then click Start.
Related Information
• PC-FAX for Windows
280
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows &gt; Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
Use the Brother PC-FAX software to receive faxes on your computer, screen them and print only those faxes you
want.
• Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
281
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows &gt; Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
The Brother PC-FAX Receive software lets you view and store faxes on your computer. It is automatically
installed when you install your machine's software and drivers and works on locally or network-connected
machines.
•
PC-FAX Receive supports only black and white faxes. When you receive a color fax, your machine prints
the color fax at your machine but does not send the fax to your computer.
When you turn off your computer, your machine will continue to receive and store faxes in your machine's
memory. The machine's LCD will display the number of stored faxes received. When you start this application,
the software will transfer all received faxes to your computer at once. You can enable the Backup Print option if
you want the machine to print a copy of the fax before the fax is sent to your computer, or before the computer is
switched off. You can configure the Backup Print settings from your machine.
Related Information
• Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
• Run the Brother PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
• View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
282
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows &gt; Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) &gt; Run the Brother PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
Run the Brother PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
We recommend selecting the Start PC-FAX Receive on computer startup check box so that the software
runs automatically and can transfer any faxes upon computer startup.
1. Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already
selected).
2. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.
3. Confirm the message and click Yes.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears. The
(PC-FAX Receive) icon also appears in your computer task
tray.
Related Information
• Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
• Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
• Add Your Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
283
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows &gt; Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) &gt; Run the Brother PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer
(Windows) &gt; Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
1. Double-click the
(PC-FAX Receive) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click Settings.
3. Configure these options as needed:
Preferences
Configure to start PC-FAX Receive automatically when you start Windows.
Save
Configure the path to save PC-FAX files and select the received document format.
Upload to
Configure the path to the server and select the option to upload automatically or manually (available only
for Administrators).
Device
Select the machine where you want to receive PC-FAX files.
Lock (available only for Administrators)
Restrict users who do not have administrator privileges from configuring the settings options shown above.
4. Click OK.
Related Information
• Run the Brother PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
284
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows &gt; Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) &gt; Run the Brother PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer
(Windows) &gt; Add Your Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
Add Your Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
•
If you installed the machine following the instructions for a network user, then the machine should already
be configured for your network.
1. Double-click the
(PC-FAX Receive) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click Settings.
3. Click Device &gt; Add.
4. Select the appropriate connection method.
Select your machine from the automatic search results below.
A list of connected machines appears. Select the machine you want. Click OK.
Specify your machine by IP address
Type the machine's IP address in the IP Address field, and then click OK.
5. To change the computer name that will appear on the machine's LCD, type the new name in the Enter your
PC display name (Max 15 Characters) field.
6. Click OK.
Related Information
• Run the Brother PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
285
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Windows &gt; Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows) &gt; Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) &gt; View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows)
View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows)
Receiving Status
Icon
Indicated Status
Standby mode
No unread messages
Receiving messages
Messages received
Unread messages
1. Double-click the
(PC-FAX Receive) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click any faxes in the list to view them.
3. When finished, close the window.
Even after closing the window, PC-FAX Receive is active and the
(PC-FAX Receive) icon will remain
in your computer task tray. To close PC-FAX Receive, click the icon in the computer task tray and click
Close.
286
Related Information
• Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
287
Home &gt; Fax &gt; PC-FAX &gt; PC-FAX for Mac
PC-FAX for Mac
• Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
288
Home &gt; Network
Network
• Supported Basic Network Features
• Configure Network Settings
• Wireless Network Settings
• Network Features
• Brother Management Tools
289
Home &gt; Network &gt; Supported Basic Network Features
Supported Basic Network Features
The print server supports various features depending on the operating system. Use this table to see which
network features and connections are supported by each operating system.
Operating Systems
Windows
Windows Server
macOS
Printing
Yes
Yes
Yes
Scanning
Yes
No
Yes
PC Fax Send
Yes
No
Yes
PC Fax Receive
Yes
No
No
Web Based Management 1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Status Monitor
Yes
No
No
Driver Deployment Wizard
Yes
Yes
No
1
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked &quot;Pwd&quot;. We recommend
immediately changing the default password to protect your machine from unauthorized access.
When connecting your machine to an outside network such as the Internet, make sure your network
environment is protected by a separate firewall or other means in order to prevent information leaks due to
inadequate settings or unauthorized access by malicious third parties.
Related Information
• Network
Related Topics:
• Set or Change a Login Password for Web Based Management
290
Home &gt; Network &gt; Configure Network Settings
Configure Network Settings
• Configure Network Settings Using the Control Panel
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
291
Home &gt; Network &gt; Configure Network Settings &gt; Configure Network Settings Using the Control Panel
Configure Network Settings Using the Control Panel
To configure the machine for your network, use the control panel's [Network] menu selections.
•
For information about the network settings you can configure using the control panel, see Related
Information: Settings Tables.
•
You can also use management utilities, such as Web Based Management, to configure and change
your Brother machine's network settings.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to display [Network], and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the network option, and then press OK. Repeat this step until you access the menu
you want to configure, and then follow the LCD instructions.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [Network].
2. Press a or b to display the network option, and then press it. Repeat this step until you access the menu you
want to configure, and then follow the touchscreen LCD instructions.
Related Information
• Configure Network Settings
Related Topics:
• Settings Tables (1.8&quot; Color LCD)
• Settings Tables (2.7&quot; Touchscreen models)
292
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings
Wireless Network Settings
• Use the Wireless Network
• Use Wi-Fi Direct&reg;
• Enable/Disable Wireless LAN
• Print the WLAN Report
293
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings &gt; Use the Wireless Network
Use the Wireless Network
• Before Configuring Your Machine for a Wireless Network
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Setup Wizard from Your
Computer
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Setup Wizard from Your
Mobile Device
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel
Setup Wizard
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi
Protected Setup™ (WPS)
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup™ (WPS)
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast
• Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
294
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings &gt; Use the Wireless Network &gt; Before Configuring Your
Machine for a Wireless Network
Before Configuring Your Machine for a Wireless Network
Before attempting to configure a wireless network, confirm the following:
•
If you are using an enterprise wireless network, you must know the User ID and Password.
•
To achieve optimum results with normal everyday document printing, place your machine as close to the
wireless LAN access point/router as possible with minimal obstructions. Large objects and walls between the
two devices and interference from other electronic devices can affect the data transfer speed of your
documents.
Due to these factors, wireless may not be the best method of connection for all types of documents and
applications. If you are printing large files, such as multi-page documents with mixed text and large graphics,
you may want to consider selecting wired Ethernet for faster data transfer (supported models only), or USB
for the fastest throughput speed.
•
Although your machine can be used in both a wired and wireless network (supported models only), only one
connection method can be used at a time. However, a wireless network connection and Wi-Fi Direct
connection, or a wired network connection (supported models only) and Wi-Fi Direct connection can be used
at the same time.
•
If there is a signal in the vicinity, wireless LAN allows you to freely make a LAN connection. However, if
security settings are not correctly configured, the signal may be intercepted by malicious third-parties,
possibly resulting in:
-
Theft of personal or confidential information
-
Improper transmission of information to parties impersonating the specified individuals
-
Dissemination of transcribed communication contents that were intercepted
Make sure you know your wireless router/access point's Network Name (SSID) and Network Key
(Password). If you cannot find this information, consult the manufacturer of your wireless router/access
point, your system administrator, or Internet provider. Brother cannot provide this information.
Related Information
• Use the Wireless Network
295
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings &gt; Use the Wireless Network &gt; Configure Your Machine for a
Wireless Network Using the Setup Wizard from Your Computer
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Setup Wizard
from Your Computer
1. Do one of the following:
•
Windows
Download the installer from your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com.
•
Mac
a. Download the installer from your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com.
b. Start the installer, and then double-click the Start Here Mac icon.
2. Follow the on-screen instructions.
3. Select Wireless Network Connection (Wi-Fi), and then click Next.
4. Follow the on-screen instructions.
You have completed the wireless network setup.
Related Information
• Use the Wireless Network
296
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings &gt; Use the Wireless Network &gt; Configure Your Machine for a
Wireless Network Using the Setup Wizard from Your Mobile Device
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Setup Wizard
from Your Mobile Device
1. Do one of the following:
•
Android™ devices
Download and install Brother Mobile Connect from Google Play™.
•
All iOS or iPadOS supported devices including iPhone, iPad and iPod touch
Download and install Brother Mobile Connect from the App Store.
2. Start Brother Mobile Connect, and then follow the on-screen instructions to connect your mobile device to
your Brother machine.
Related Information
• Use the Wireless Network
297
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings &gt; Use the Wireless Network &gt; Configure Your Machine for a
Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's
Control Panel Setup Wizard
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings of the computer to which you are connecting.
Network Name (SSID)
Network Key (Password)
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Network Key (Password)
12345
•
Your access point/router may support the use of multiple WEP keys, however your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
•
If you need assistance during setup and want to contact Brother Customer Service, make sure you
have your SSID (Network Name) and Network Key ready. We cannot assist you in locating this
information.
•
If you do not know this information (SSID and Network Key), you cannot continue the wireless setup.
How can I find this information?
2. Press
-
Check the documentation provided with your wireless access point/router.
-
The initial SSID could be the manufacturer's name or the model name.
-
If you do not know the security information, please consult the router manufacturer, your system
administrator, or your Internet provider.
.
3. Press a or b to select the [Find Wi-Fi Network] option, and then press OK.
4. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press c.
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press d.
5. The machine searches for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. When a list of SSIDs appears,
press a or b to select the SSID you want. Press OK.
6. Do one of the following:
•
If you are using an authentication and encryption method that requires a Network Key, enter the Network
Key you wrote down in the first step.
Enter the key, and then press OK to apply your settings.
•
If your authentication method is Open System and your encryption mode is None, go to the next step.
298
7. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
When your wireless device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the drivers and software necessary to use your
machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com.
MFC-J4535DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings of the computer to which you are connecting.
Network Name (SSID)
Network Key (Password)
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Network Key (Password)
12345
•
Your access point/router may support the use of multiple WEP keys, however your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
•
If you need assistance during setup and want to contact Brother Customer Service, make sure you
have your SSID (Network Name) and Network Key ready. We cannot assist you in locating this
information.
•
If you do not know this information (SSID and Network Key), you cannot continue the wireless setup.
How can I find this information?
2. Press
-
Check the documentation provided with your wireless access point/router.
-
The initial SSID could be the manufacturer's name or the model name.
-
If you do not know the security information, please consult the router manufacturer, your system
administrator, or your Internet provider.
[Settings] &gt; [Network] &gt; [WLAN(Wi-Fi)] &gt; [Find Wi-Fi Network].
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine searches for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. When a list of SSIDs appears,
press a or b to select the SSID you want. Press [OK].
5. Do one of the following:
•
If you are using an authentication and encryption method that requires a Network Key, enter the Network
Key you wrote down in the first step.
Enter the key, and then press [OK] to apply your settings.
•
If your authentication method is Open System and your encryption mode is None, go to the next step.
6. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the LCD displays [Connected].
299
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the drivers and software necessary to use your
machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Use the Wireless Network
300
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings &gt; Use the Wireless Network &gt; Configure Your Machine for a
Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
If your wireless access point/router supports WPS (Push Button Configuration), you can use WPS from your
machine's control panel menu to configure your wireless network settings.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press
.
2. Press a or b to select the [WPS/Push Button] option, and then press OK.
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press c.
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press d.
4. When the LCD instructs you to start WPS, press the WPS button on your wireless access point/router. Then
press c on your machine. Your machine automatically tries to connect to your wireless network.
When your wireless device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the drivers and software necessary to use your
machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [Network] &gt; [WLAN(Wi-Fi)] &gt; [WPS/Push Button].
2. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press [No].
3. When the touchscreen instructs you to start WPS, press the WPS button on your wireless access point/
router. Then press [OK] on your machine. Your machine automatically tries to connect to your wireless
network.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the drivers and software necessary to use your
machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Use the Wireless Network
301
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings &gt; Use the Wireless Network &gt; Configure Your Machine for a
Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method
of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
If your wireless LAN access point/router supports WPS, you can use the Personal Identification Number (PIN)
Method to configure your wireless network settings.
The PIN Method is one of the connection methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance&reg;. By submitting a PIN
created by an Enrollee (your machine) to the Registrar (a device that manages the wireless LAN), you can set up
the wireless network and security settings. For more information on how to access WPS mode, see the
instructions provided with your wireless access point/router.
Type A
Connection when the wireless LAN access point/router (1) doubles as the Registrar.
1
Type B
Connection when another device (2), such as a computer, is used as the Registrar.
1
2
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [WLAN(Wi-Fi)]. Press OK.
c. Select [WPS/PIN Code]. Press OK.
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press c.
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press d.
4. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router.
5. Using a computer connected to the network, in your browser's address bar, type the IP address of the device
you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2)
6. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
302
•
The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router.
•
The settings page may differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more
information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
If you are using a Windows 7, Windows 8.1, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, complete the
following steps:
7. Do one of the following:
•
Windows 10
Click
•
&gt; Windows System &gt; Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device.
Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings &gt;
Control Panel &gt; Hardware and Sound &gt; Devices and Printers &gt; Add a device.
•
Windows 7
Click
(Start) &gt; Devices and Printers &gt; Add a device.
•
To use a Windows 7, Windows 8.1, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, you must register it to your
network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access
point/router.
•
If you use Windows 7, Windows 8.1, or Windows 10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver
after the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the driver and software
necessary to use your machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com.
8. Select your machine and click Next.
9. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click Next.
10. (Windows 7) Select your network, and then click Next.
11. Click Close.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [Network] &gt; [WLAN(Wi-Fi)] &gt; [WPS/PIN Code].
2. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press [No].
3. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router.
4. Using a computer connected to the network, in your browser's address bar, type the IP address of the device
you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2)
5. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
•
The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router.
•
The settings page may differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more
information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
If you are using a Windows 7, Windows 8.1, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, complete the
following steps:
6. Do one of the following:
•
Windows 10
Click
•
&gt; Windows System &gt; Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device.
Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings &gt;
Control Panel &gt; Hardware and Sound &gt; Devices and Printers &gt; Add a device.
•
Windows 7
Click
(Start) &gt; Devices and Printers &gt; Add a device.
303
•
To use a Windows 7, Windows 8.1, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, you must register it to your
network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access
point/router.
•
If you use Windows 7, Windows 8.1, or Windows 10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver
after the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the driver and software
necessary to use your machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com.
7. Select your machine and click Next.
8. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click Next.
9. (Windows 7) Select your network, and then click Next.
10. Click Close.
Related Information
• Use the Wireless Network
304
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings &gt; Use the Wireless Network &gt; Configure Your Machine for a
Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not
Broadcast
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Authentication Method
Encryption Mode
Network Key (Password)
Open System
NONE
-
WEP
Shared Key
WEP
WPA/WPA2-PSK
AES
TKIP
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Authentication Method
Encryption Mode
Network Key (Password)
WPA2-PSK
AES
12345678
If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press
.
3. Press a or b to select the [Find Wi-Fi Network] option, and then press OK.
4. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press c.
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press d.
5. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to select the
[&lt;New SSID&gt;] option, and then press OK.
6. Enter the SSID name, and then press OK.
For more information about how to enter text, see Related Information.
7. Select the Authentication Method, and then press OK.
8. Do one of the following:
•
If you selected the [Open System] option, press a or b to select the Encryption type [None] or [WEP],
and then press OK.
If you selected the [WEP] option for Encryption type, enter the WEP key, and then press OK.
•
If you selected the [Shared Key] option, enter the WEP key, and then press OK.
305
•
If you selected the [WPA/WPA2-PSK] option, press a or b to select the Encryption type [TKIP+AES] or
[AES], and then press OK.
Enter the WPA key, and then press OK.
•
For more information about how to enter text, see Related Information.
•
Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
9. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the drivers and software necessary to use your
machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com.
MFC-J4535DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Authentication Method
Encryption Mode
Network Key (Password)
Open System
NONE
-
WEP
Shared Key
WEP
WPA/WPA2-PSK
AES
TKIP
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Authentication Method
Encryption Mode
Network Key (Password)
WPA2-PSK
AES
12345678
If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press
[Settings] &gt; [Network] &gt; [WLAN(Wi-Fi)] &gt; [Find Wi-Fi Network].
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine searches for your network and displays a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to display the
[&lt;New SSID&gt;] option, and then press it.
5. Press [OK].
6. Enter the SSID name, and then press [OK].
For more information about how to enter text, see Related Information.
7. Select the Authentication Method, and then press it.
8. Do one of the following:
306
•
If you selected the [Open System] option, press either [None] or [WEP].
If you selected the [WEP] option for Encryption type, enter the WEP key, and then press [OK].
•
If you selected the [Shared Key] option, enter the WEP key, and then press [OK].
•
If you selected the [WPA/WPA2-PSK] option, press either [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
Enter the WPA key, and then press [OK].
•
For more information about how to enter text, see Related Information.
•
Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
9. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the drivers and software necessary to use your
machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Use the Wireless Network
Related Topics:
• If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
• Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
307
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings &gt; Use the Wireless Network &gt; Configure Your Machine for an
Enterprise Wireless Network
Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Authentication Method
Encryption Mode
EAP-FAST/NONE
AES
User ID
Password
TKIP
EAP-FAST/MS-CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
EAP-FAST/GTC
AES
TKIP
PEAP/MS-CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
PEAP/GTC
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/CHAP
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/MS-CHAP
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/MS-CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/PAP
AES
TKIP
EAP-TLS
AES
-
TKIP
-
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Authentication Method
Encryption Mode
User ID
Password
EAP-FAST/MS-CHAPv2
AES
Brother
12345678
308
•
If you configure your machine using EAP-TLS authentication, you must install the client certificate
issued by a CA before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the client
certificate. If you have installed more than one certificate, we recommend writing down the certificate
name you want to use.
•
If you verify your machine using the common name of the server certificate, we recommend writing
down the common name before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the
common name of the server certificate.
2. Press
.
3. Press a or b to select the [Find Wi-Fi Network] option, and then press OK.
4. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press c.
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press d.
5. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to select the
[&lt;New SSID&gt;] option, and then press OK.
6. Enter the SSID name, and then press OK.
For more information about how to enter text, see Related Information.
7. Select the Authentication Method, and then press OK.
8. Do one of the following:
•
If you selected the [EAP-FAST], [PEAP] or [EAP-TTLS] option, select the Inner Authentication method
[NONE], [CHAP], [MS-CHAP], [MS-CHAPv2], [GTC] or [PAP], and then press OK.
Depending on your Authentication method, the Inner Authentication method selections differ.
Select the encryption type [TKIP+AES] or [AES], and then press OK.
Select the verification method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA + Server ID], and then press
OK.
-
If you selected the [CA + Server ID] option, enter the server ID, user ID and password (if
required), and then press OK for each option.
-
For other selections, enter the user ID and Password, and then press OK for each option.
If you have not imported a CA certificate into your machine, the machine displays [No Verification].
•
If you selected the [EAP-TLS] option, select the encryption type [TKIP+AES] or [AES], and then press
OK.
The machine will display a list of available Client Certificates, and then select the certificate.
Select the verification method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA + Server ID], and then press
OK.
-
If you selected the [CA + Server ID] option, enter the server ID and user ID, and then press OK
for each option.
-
For other selections, enter the user ID, and then press OK.
9. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the drivers and software necessary to use your
machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com.
MFC-J4535DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings.
309
Network Name (SSID)
Authentication Method
Encryption Mode
EAP-FAST/NONE
AES
User ID
Password
TKIP
EAP-FAST/MS-CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
EAP-FAST/GTC
AES
TKIP
PEAP/MS-CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
PEAP/GTC
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/CHAP
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/MS-CHAP
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/MS-CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/PAP
AES
TKIP
EAP-TLS
AES
-
TKIP
-
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Authentication Method
Encryption Mode
User ID
Password
EAP-FAST/MS-CHAPv2
AES
Brother
12345678
•
If you configure your machine using EAP-TLS authentication, you must install the client certificate
issued by a CA before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the client
certificate. If you have installed more than one certificate, we recommend writing down the certificate
name you want to use.
•
If you verify your machine using the common name of the server certificate, we recommend writing
down the common name before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the
common name of the server certificate.
2. Press
[Settings] &gt; [Network] &gt; [WLAN(Wi-Fi)] &gt; [Find Wi-Fi Network].
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine searches for your network and displays a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to display the
[&lt;New SSID&gt;] option, and then press it.
5. Press [OK].
6. Enter the SSID name, and then press [OK].
310
For more information about how to enter text, see Related Information.
7. Select the Authentication Method, and then press it.
8. Do one of the following:
•
If you selected the [EAP-FAST], [PEAP] or [EAP-TTLS] option, select the Inner Authentication method
[NONE], [CHAP], [MS-CHAP], [MS-CHAPv2], [GTC] or [PAP].
Depending on your Authentication method, the Inner Authentication method selections differ.
Select the encryption type [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
Select the verification method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA + Server ID].
-
If you selected the [CA + Server ID] option, enter the server ID, user ID and password (if
required), and then press [OK] for each option.
-
For other selections, enter the user ID and Password, and then press [OK] for each option.
If you have not imported a CA certificate into your machine, the machine displays [No Verification].
•
If you selected the [EAP-TLS] option, select the encryption type [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
The machine will display a list of available Client Certificates, and then select the certificate.
Select the verification method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA + Server ID].
-
If you selected the [CA + Server ID] option, enter the server ID and user ID, and then press [OK]
for each option.
-
For other selections, enter the user ID, and then press [OK].
9. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the drivers or your application necessary for operating
your device, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Use the Wireless Network
Related Topics:
• Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
311
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings &gt; Use Wi-Fi Direct&reg;
Use Wi-Fi Direct&reg;
• Wi-Fi Direct Overview
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the Push Button Method
• Configure a Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
• If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
312
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings &gt; Use Wi-Fi Direct&reg; &gt; Wi-Fi Direct Overview
Wi-Fi Direct Overview
Wi-Fi Direct is one of the wireless configuration methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance&reg;. It allows you to
securely connect your mobile device to your Brother machine without using a wireless router/access point.
1
2
1. Mobile device
2. Your Brother machine
•
You can use Wi-Fi Direct with either the wired or wireless network connection at the same time.
•
The Wi-Fi Direct supported device can become a Group Owner. When configuring the Wi-Fi Direct
network, the Group Owner serves as an access point.
Related Information
• Use Wi-Fi Direct&reg;
Related Topics:
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the Push Button Method
• Configure a Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
313
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings &gt; Use Wi-Fi Direct&reg; &gt; Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Using the Push Button Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the Push Button Method
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
When a machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi Direct
connection request received.] appears on the LCD. Press c to connect.
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [Wi-Fi Direct]. Press OK.
c. If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct, do the following:
i.
Select [Group Owner]. Press OK.
ii. Select [On]. Press OK.
d. Press a or b to select [Push Button]. Press OK.
3. When the [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device.] message appears, turn your mobile device's
Wi-Fi Direct function on (for more information, see your mobile device's user's guide). Press c on your
Brother machine.
4. Do one of the following:
•
If your mobile device displays a list of machines with Wi-Fi Direct enabled, select your Brother machine.
•
If your Brother machine displays a list of mobile devices with Wi-Fi Direct enabled, select your mobile
device and press OK. To search for available devices again, select [Rescan].
5. When your wireless device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected].
MFC-J4535DW
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [Network] &gt; [Wi-Fi Direct].
2. If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct, press [Group Owner] &gt; [On].
3. Press [Push Button].
4. When the [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] message appears,
turn your mobile device's Wi-Fi Direct function on (for more information, see your mobile device's user's
guide). Press [OK] on your Brother machine.
5. Do one of the following:
•
If your mobile device displays a list of machines with Wi-Fi Direct enabled, select your Brother machine.
•
If your Brother machine displays a list of mobile devices with Wi-Fi Direct enabled, select your mobile
device. To search for available devices again, press [Rescan].
When your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected].
Related Information
• Use Wi-Fi Direct&reg;
314
Related Topics:
• Wi-Fi Direct Overview
• Configure a Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
315
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings &gt; Use Wi-Fi Direct&reg; &gt; Configure a Wi-Fi Direct Network
Manually
Configure a Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
Configure the Wi-Fi Direct setting from the machine's control panel.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [Wi-Fi Direct]. Press OK.
c. Select [Manual]. Press OK.
3. The machine displays the SSID (Network Name) and Password (Network Key). Go to your mobile device's
wireless network settings screen, and enter the SSID and password.
4. When your wireless device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected].
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [Network] &gt; [Wi-Fi Direct] &gt; [Manual].
2. The machine will display the SSID (Network Name) and Password (Network Key). Go to your mobile device's
wireless network settings screen, select the SSID, and then enter the password.
When your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected].
Related Information
• Use Wi-Fi Direct&reg;
Related Topics:
• Wi-Fi Direct Overview
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the Push Button Method
316
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings &gt; Enable/Disable Wireless LAN
Enable/Disable Wireless LAN
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [WLAN(Wi-Fi)]. Press OK.
c. Select [WLAN Enable]. Press OK.
d. Do one of the following:
•
To enable Wi-Fi, select [On]. Press OK.
•
To disable Wi-Fi, select [Off]. Press OK.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [Network] &gt; [Network I/F].
2. Do one of the following:
•
To enable Wi-Fi, select [WLAN(Wi-Fi)].
•
To disable Wi-Fi, select [Wired LAN].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Wireless Network Settings
317
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings &gt; Print the WLAN Report
Print the WLAN Report
The WLAN Report shows your machine's wireless status. If the wireless connection fails, check the error code on
the printed report.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the [Print Reports] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [WLAN Report] option, and then press OK.
4. Press c.
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
If the WLAN Report does not print, check your machine for errors. If there are no visible errors, wait for one
minute and then try to print the report again.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Print Reports] &gt; [WLAN Report] &gt; [Yes].
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
If the WLAN Report does not print, check your machine for errors. If there are no visible errors, wait for one
minute and then try to print the report again.
Related Information
• Wireless Network Settings
• Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
Related Topics:
• If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
• Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web Based Management
(Web Browser)
318
Home &gt; Network &gt; Wireless Network Settings &gt; Print the WLAN Report &gt; Wireless LAN Report Error
Codes
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
If the Wireless LAN Report shows that the connection failed, check the error code on the printed report and see
the corresponding instructions in the table:
Error Code
Problem and Recommended Solutions
TS-01
The WLAN (Wi-Fi) is not enabled.
Check the following points and try to set up your wireless connection again:
TS-02
•
Enable the WLAN setting on your machine.
•
If a network cable is connected to your machine, disconnect it.
The wireless router/access point cannot be detected.
Check the following points and try to set up your wireless connection again:
TS-03
•
Make sure the wireless router/access point is on.
•
Temporarily place your machine closer to the wireless router/access point when you are
configuring the wireless settings.
•
If your wireless router/access point is using MAC address filtering, confirm that the MAC
address of the machine is allowed in the filter. You can find the MAC address by printing the
Network Configuration Report.
•
If you manually entered the Network Name (SSID) and security information (authentication
method/encryption method), the information may be incorrect. Check the Network Name and
security information again and re-enter the correct information.
•
Restart your wireless router/access point. If you cannot find the Network Name (SSID) and
security information, see the documentation provided with your wireless router/access point,
or contact the router manufacturer, your system administrator, or Internet service provider.
The wireless enterprise network and security settings you entered may be incorrect.
Check the following points and try to set up your wireless connection again:
•
Verify the following information:
-
Network Name (SSID) you selected to configure your machine.
-
Security information you selected to configure your machine (such as the authentication
method, encryption method, or User ID).
If you still cannot find the Network Name (SSID) and security information, see the
documentation provided with your wireless router/access point, or contact the router
manufacturer, your system administrator, or Internet service provider.
TS-04
Your machine does not support the authentication and encryption methods used by the selected
wireless router/access point.
For infrastructure mode (Most common)
Change the authentication and encryption methods of the wireless router/access point. Your
machine supports the following authentication and encryption methods:
•
WPA-Personal:
TKIP / AES
•
WPA2-Personal:
TKIP / AES
•
Open:
WEP / NONE (without encryption)
•
Shared key:
WEP
If your issue is not solved, the Network Name (SSID) or security settings you entered may be
incorrect. Check that all wireless network settings are correct for your network.
319
Error Code
Problem and Recommended Solutions
TS-05
The Network Name (SSID) and Network Key (Password) are incorrect.
Check the following points and try to set up your wireless connection again:
TS-06
•
Confirm the Network Name (SSID) and Network Key (Password).
•
If your Network Key contains upper-case and lower-case letters, make sure you type them
correctly.
•
If you cannot find the Network Name (SSID) and security information, see the documentation
provided with your wireless router/access point, or contact the router manufacturer, your
system administrator, or Internet service provider.
•
If your wireless router/access point uses WEP encryption with multiple WEP keys, write
down and use only the first WEP key.
The wireless security information (authentication method/encryption method/Network Key
(Password)) is incorrect.
Check the following points and try to set up your wireless connection again:
•
Confirm the Network Key. If your Network Key contains upper-case and lower-case letters,
make sure you type them correctly.
•
Confirm whether the authentication method entered and the authentication method or
encryption method supported by the wireless router/access point are the same.
•
If the network key, authentication method, and encryption method have been confirmed,
restart your wireless router/access point and the machine.
•
If your wireless router/access point's Stealth Mode is on, you may need to disable it to
connect to the wireless network.
If you cannot find the Network Name (SSID) and security information, see the documentation
provided with your wireless router/access point, or contact the router manufacturer, your system
administrator, or Internet service provider.
TS-07
The machine cannot detect a wireless router/access point that has WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup)
enabled.
Check the following points and try again:
TS-08
•
To check if your wireless router/access point supports WPS, look for the WPS symbol
displayed on the router/access point. For more information, see the documentation provided
with your wireless router/access point.
•
To set up your wireless connection using WPS, you must configure both your machine and
the wireless router/access point. For more information, see the user's guide.
•
If you do not know how to set up your wireless router/access point using WPS, see the
documentation provided with your wireless router/access point, or contact the router
manufacturer, your system administrator, or Internet service provider.
Two or more wireless routers or access points that have WPS enabled are detected.
Check the following points and try again:
•
Make sure that only one wireless router/access point within range has WPS enabled, and
then try to connect again.
•
Try to connect again after a few minutes to avoid interference from other access points/
routers.
320
How to confirm wireless security information (SSID/authentication method/encryption method/Network Key)
of your WLAN access point/router:
1. The default security settings may be provided on a label attached to the WLAN access point/router. Or
the manufacturer's name or model number of the WLAN access point/router may be used as the default
security settings.
2. See the documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router for information on how to find the
security settings.
•
If the WLAN access point/router is set to not broadcast the SSID, the SSID will not automatically be
detected. You will have to manually enter the SSID name.
•
The Network key may also be described as the Password, Security Key, or Encryption Key.
If you do not know the SSID and wireless security settings of your WLAN access point/router or how to
change the configuration, see the documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router, ask the
manufacturer of your access point/router or ask your Internet provider or network administrator.
Related Information
• Print the WLAN Report
Related Topics:
• If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
321
Home &gt; Network &gt; Network Features
Network Features
• Print the Network Configuration Report
• Configure and Operate LDAP Search
• Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
• Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default
322
Home &gt; Network &gt; Network Features &gt; Print the Network Configuration Report
Print the Network Configuration Report
The Network Configuration Report lists the network configuration, including the network print server settings.
•
Node Name: The Node Name appears on the current Network Configuration Report. The default Node
Name is &quot;BRNxxxxxxxxxxxx&quot; for a wired network or &quot;BRWxxxxxxxxxxxx&quot; for a wireless network (where
&quot;xxxxxxxxxxxx&quot; is your machine's MAC Address / Ethernet Address.)
•
If the IP Address on the Network Configuration Report shows 0.0.0.0, wait for one minute and try
printing it again.
•
You can find your machine's settings, such as the IP address, subnet mask, node name, and MAC
Address on the report, for example:
-
IP address: 192.168.0.5
-
Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
-
Node name: BRN000ca0000499
-
MAC Address: 00-0c-a0-00-04-99
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Print Reports]. Press OK.
b. Select [Network Config]. Press OK.
3. Press c.
The machine prints the current Network Configuration Report.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Print Reports] &gt; [Network Configuration] &gt;
[Yes].
The machine prints the current Network Configuration Report.
Related Information
• Network Features
Related Topics:
• If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
• Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web Based Management
(Web Browser)
• Error and Maintenance Messages
323
Home &gt; Network &gt; Network Features &gt; Configure and Operate LDAP Search
Configure and Operate LDAP Search
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
The LDAP feature allows you to search for information, such as fax numbers and email addresses, on your
server. When you use the Fax feature, you can use the LDAP search to find fax numbers or email addresses.
•
The LDAP feature does not support simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, or Korean.
•
The LDAP feature supports LDAPv3.
•
The LDAP feature does not support SSL/TLS.
•
You must use Simple Authentication to communicate with your LDAP server.
Related Information
• Network Features
• Change LDAP Configuration Using Web Based Management
• Perform an LDAP Search Using Your Machine's Control Panel
Related Topics:
• Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management
324
Home &gt; Network &gt; Network Features &gt; Configure and Operate LDAP Search &gt; Change LDAP
Configuration Using Web Based Management
Change LDAP Configuration Using Web Based Management
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Use Web Based Management to configure your LDAP settings in a web browser.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Network &gt; Protocol.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Select the LDAP check box, and then click Submit.
6. Restart your Brother machine to activate the configuration.
7. On your computer, in Web Based Management, go to the navigation menu, and then click Address Book &gt;
LDAP.
•
LDAP Search
•
LDAP Server Address
•
Port (The default port number is 389.)
•
Search Root
•
Authentication
•
Username
This selection will be available depending on the authentication method used.
•
Password
This selection will be available depending on the authentication method used.
•
-
If the LDAP server supports Kerberos authentication, we recommend selecting Kerberos for the
Authentication settings. It provides strong authentication between the LDAP server and your machine.
-
You must configure the SNTP protocol (network time server), or you must set the date, time and time
zone correctly on the control panel for Kerberos authentication.
Kerberos Server Address
This selection will be available depending on the authentication method used.
•
Timeout for LDAP
•
Attribute of Name (Search Key)
•
Attribute of E-mail
•
Attribute of Fax Number
8. When finished, click Submit. Make sure the Status field reads OK.
Related Information
• Configure and Operate LDAP Search
325
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
• Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
326
Home &gt; Network &gt; Network Features &gt; Configure and Operate LDAP Search &gt; Perform an LDAP Search
Using Your Machine's Control Panel
Perform an LDAP Search Using Your Machine's Control Panel
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
After you configure LDAP settings, you can use the LDAP search feature to find fax numbers to use for:
•
Sending a Fax
•
The LDAP feature supports LDAPv3.
•
The LDAP feature does not support SSL/TLS.
•
You may need to use Kerberos Authentication or Simple Authentication to connect to your LDAP server,
depending on the security policy set by your network administrator.
•
You must configure the SNTP protocol (network time server), or you must set the date, time and time
zone correctly on the control panel for Kerberos authentication.
1. Press
to search.
2. Enter the initial characters for your search using the LCD.
•
You can enter up to 15 characters.
•
For more information about how to enter text, see Related Information.
3. Press [OK].
The LDAP search result will be shown on the LCD; the
icon appears before the local address book
search results.
•
If there is no match on the server or the local address book, the LCD will show [Results cannot be
found.] for about 60 seconds.
4. Press a or b to display the name you want.
5. Press the name.
To view the details of the name, press [Detail].
6. If the result includes more than one fax number, the machine will prompt you to select just one. Press
[Apply], and then [Fax Start].
Related Information
• Configure and Operate LDAP Search
Related Topics:
• Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
• Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
327
Home &gt; Network &gt; Network Features &gt; Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based
Management
Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
The Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) is used to synchronize the time used by the machine for
authentication with the SNTP time server. (This is not the time displayed on the machine's LCD.) You can
automatically or manually synchronize the machine's time with the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) provided
by the SNTP time server.
• Configure Date and Time Using Web Based Management
• Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management
• Change LDAP Configuration Using Web Based Management
• Perform an LDAP Search Using Your Machine's Control Panel
328
Home &gt; Network &gt; Network Features &gt; Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based
Management &gt; Configure Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Configure Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Configure date and time to synchronize the time used by the machine with the SNTP time server.
This feature is not available in some countries.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Administrator &gt; Date&amp;Time.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Verify the Time Zone settings.
Select the time difference between your location and UTC from the Time Zone drop-down list. For
example, the time zone for Eastern Time in the USA and Canada is UTC-05:00.
6. Select the Synchronize with SNTP server check box.
7. Click Submit.
You can also configure date and time manually.
Related Information
• Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
329
Home &gt; Network &gt; Network Features &gt; Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based
Management &gt; Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management
Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management
Configure the SNTP protocol to synchronize the time the machine uses for authentication with the time kept by
the SNTP time server.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Network &gt; Protocol.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Select the SNTP check box to activate the settings.
6. Click Submit.
7. Restart your Brother machine to activate the configuration.
8. Next to the SNTP check box, click Advanced Settings.
9. Configure the settings.
Option
Description
Status
Displays whether the SNTP protocol is enabled or disabled.
Synchronization Status
Confirm the latest synchronization status.
SNTP Server Method
Select AUTO or STATIC.
•
AUTO
If you have a DHCP server in your network, the SNTP server will
obtain the address from that server automatically.
•
STATIC
Type the address you want to use.
Primary SNTP Server Address
Type the server address (up to 64 characters).
Secondary SNTP Server Address
The secondary SNTP server address is used as a backup to the
primary SNTP server address. If the primary server is unavailable,
the machine will contact the secondary SNTP server.
Primary SNTP Server Port
Type the port number (1-65535).
Secondary SNTP Server Port
The secondary SNTP server port is used as a backup to the primary
SNTP server port. If the primary port is unavailable, the machine will
contact the secondary SNTP port.
Synchronization Interval
Type the number of hours between server synchronization attempts
(1-168 hours).
10. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
330
Home &gt; Network &gt; Network Features &gt; Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default
Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default
You can use your machine's control panel to reset the print server to its default factory settings. This resets all
information, such as the password and IP address.
•
This feature restores all wired (supported models only) and wireless network settings to the factory
settings.
•
You can also reset the print server to its factory settings using Web Based Management.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [Network Reset]. Press OK.
3. Press c for two seconds to confirm.
The machine restarts.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Network] &gt; [Network Reset].
2. The reset confirmation message is displayed. Press [OK] for two seconds.
The machine will restart.
Related Information
• Network Features
Related Topics:
• Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
331
Home &gt; Network &gt; Brother Management Tools
Brother Management Tools
Use one of Brother's management tools to configure your Brother machine's network settings.
Go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com to download the tools.
Related Information
• Network
332
Home &gt; Security
Security
• Before Using Network Security Features
• Configure Certificates for Device Security
• Use SSL/TLS
• Use SNMPv3
• Use IPsec
• Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
• Use Active Directory Authentication
• Use LDAP Authentication
• Use Secure Function Lock 3.0
• Send an Email Securely
• Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel
333
Home &gt; Security &gt; Before Using Network Security Features
Before Using Network Security Features
Your machine employs some of the latest network security and encryption protocols available today. These
network features can be integrated into your overall network security plan to help protect your data and prevent
unauthorized access to the machine.
We recommend disabling the FTP and TFTP protocols. Accessing the machine using these protocols is not
secure. However, note that if you disable FTP, the Scan to FTP feature will be disabled.
Related Information
• Security
334
Home &gt; Security &gt; Configure Certificates for Device Security
Configure Certificates for Device Security
You must configure a certificate to manage your networked machine securely using SSL/TLS. You must use Web
Based Management to configure a certificate.
• Supported Security Certificate Features
• Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate
• Create a Self-signed Certificate
• Create CSR and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
• Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
• Import and Export a CA Certificate
• Manage Multiple Certificates
335
Home &gt; Security &gt; Configure Certificates for Device Security &gt; Supported Security Certificate Features
Supported Security Certificate Features
Your machine supports the use of multiple security certificates, which allows secure authentication and
communication with the machine. The following security certificate features can be used with the machine:
•
SSL/TLS communication
•
IEEE 802.1x authentication
•
IPsec
The Brother machine supports the following:
•
Pre-installed certificate
Your machine has a pre-installed self-signed certificate. This certificate enables you to use SSL/TLS
communication without creating or installing a different certificate.
The pre-installed self-signed certificate protects your communication up to a certain level. We recommend
using a certificate that is issued by a trusted organization for better security.
•
Self-signed certificate
This print server issues its own certificate. Using this certificate, you can easily use the SSL/TLS
communication without creating or installing a different certificate from a CA.
•
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
There are two methods for installing a certificate from a CA. If you already have a certificate from a CA or if
you want to use a certificate from an external trusted CA:
•
-
When using a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) from this print server.
-
When importing a certificate and a private key.
Certificate Authority (CA) Certificate
To use a CA certificate that identifies the CA and owns its private key, you must import that CA certificate
from the CA before configuring the security features of the Network.
•
If you are going to use SSL/TLS communication, we recommend contacting your system administrator
first.
•
When you reset the print server back to its default factory settings, the certificate and the private key
that are installed will be deleted. If you want to keep the same certificate and the private key after
resetting the print server, export them before resetting, and then reinstall them.
Related Information
• Configure Certificates for Device Security
Related Topics:
• Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web Based Management
(Web Browser)
336
Home &gt; Security &gt; Configure Certificates for Device Security &gt; Step by Step Guide for Creating and
Installing a Certificate
Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate
There are two options when choosing a security certificate: use a self-signed certificate or use a certificate from a
Certificate Authority (CA).
Option 1
Self-Signed Certificate
1. Create a self-signed certificate using Web Based Management.
2. Install the self-signed certificate on your computer.
Option 2
Certificate from a CA
1. Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) using Web Based Management.
2. Install the certificate issued by the CA on your Brother machine using Web Based Management.
3. Install the certificate on your computer.
Related Information
• Configure Certificates for Device Security
337
Home &gt; Security &gt; Configure Certificates for Device Security &gt; Create a Self-signed Certificate
Create a Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
•
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as &quot;SharedPrinter&quot; instead of the IP address.
-
For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
-
For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Security &gt; Certificate.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click Create Self-Signed Certificate.
6. Enter a Common Name and a Valid Date.
•
The length of the Common Name is less than 64 bytes. Enter an identifier, such as an IP address, node
name, or domain name to use when accessing this machine through SSL/TLS communication. The node
name is displayed by default.
•
A warning will appear if you use the IPPS or HTTPS protocol and enter a different name in the URL than
the Common Name that was used for the self-signed certificate.
7. Select your setting from the Public Key Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is RSA(2048bit).
8. Select your setting from the Digest Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is SHA256.
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Configure Certificates for Device Security
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
338
Home &gt; Security &gt; Configure Certificates for Device Security &gt; Create CSR and Install a Certificate from a
Certificate Authority (CA)
Create CSR and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
If you already have a certificate from an external trusted CA, you can store the certificate and private key on the
machine and manage them by importing and exporting. If you do not have a certificate from an external trusted
CA, create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR), send it to a CA for authentication, and install the returned
certificate on your machine.
• Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
• Install a Certificate on Your Machine
339
Home &gt; Security &gt; Configure Certificates for Device Security &gt; Create CSR and Install a Certificate from a
Certificate Authority (CA) &gt; Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
A Certificate Signing Request (CSR) is a request sent to a Certificate Authority (CA) to authenticate the
credentials contained within the certificate.
We recommend installing a Root Certificate from the CA on your computer before creating the CSR.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
•
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as &quot;SharedPrinter&quot; instead of the IP address.
-
For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
-
For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Security &gt; Certificate.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click Create CSR.
6. Type a Common Name (required) and add other information about your Organization (optional).
•
Your company details are required so that a CA can confirm your identity and verify it to the outside
world.
•
The length of the Common Name must be less than 64 bytes. Enter an identifier, such as an IP
address, node name, or domain name to use when accessing this printer through SSL/TLS
communication. The node name is displayed by default. The Common Name is required.
•
A warning will appear if you type a different name in the URL than the Common Name that was used for
the certificate.
•
The length of the Organization, the Organization Unit, the City/Locality and the State/Province must
be less than 64 bytes.
•
The Country/Region should be a two character ISO 3166 country code.
•
If you are configuring an X.509v3 certificate extension, select the Configure extended partition check
box, and then select Auto (Register IPv4) or Manual.
7. Select your setting from the Public Key Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is RSA(2048bit).
8. Select your setting from the Digest Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is SHA256.
9. Click Submit.
The CSR appears on your screen. Save the CSR as a file or copy and paste it into an online CSR form
offered by a Certificate Authority.
340
10. Click Save.
•
Follow your CA's policy regarding the method to send a CSR to your CA.
•
If you are using the Enterprise root CA of Windows Server 2008/2008 R2/2012/2012 R2/2016/2019, we
recommend using the Web Server for the certificate template to securely create the Client Certificate. If
you are creating a Client Certificate for an IEEE 802.1x environment with EAP-TLS authentication, we
recommend using User for the certificate template.
For more detailed information, visit support.brother.com, to see the FAQs &amp; Troubleshooting page of
your model.
Search for &quot;SSL&quot;.
Related Information
• Create CSR and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
341
Home &gt; Security &gt; Configure Certificates for Device Security &gt; Create CSR and Install a Certificate from a
Certificate Authority (CA) &gt; Install a Certificate on Your Machine
Install a Certificate on Your Machine
When you receive a certificate from a CA, follow the steps below to install it into the print server:
Only a certificate issued with your machine's CSR can be installed onto the machine. When you want to create
another CSR, make sure that the certificate is installed before creating another CSR. Create another CSR only
after installing the certificate on the machine. If you do not, the CSR you create before installing will be invalid.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
•
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as &quot;SharedPrinter&quot; instead of the IP address.
-
For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
-
For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Security &gt; Certificate.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click Install Certificate.
6. Browse to the file that contains the certificate issued by the CA, and then click Submit.
The certificate has been created successfully and saved in your machine's memory successfully.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the Root Certificate from the CA must be installed on your computer. Contact
your network administrator.
Related Information
• Create CSR and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
342
Home &gt; Security &gt; Configure Certificates for Device Security &gt; Import and Export the Certificate and
Private Key
Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
Store the certificate and private key on your machine and manage them by importing and exporting them.
• Import a Certificate and Private Key
• Export the Certificate and Private Key
343
Home &gt; Security &gt; Configure Certificates for Device Security &gt; Import and Export the Certificate and
Private Key &gt; Import a Certificate and Private Key
Import a Certificate and Private Key
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
•
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as &quot;SharedPrinter&quot; instead of the IP address.
-
For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
-
For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Security &gt; Certificate.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click Import Certificate and Private Key.
6. Browse to the file you want to import.
7. Type the password if the file is encrypted, and then click Submit.
The certificate and private key are imported to your machine.
Related Information
• Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
344
Home &gt; Security &gt; Configure Certificates for Device Security &gt; Import and Export the Certificate and
Private Key &gt; Export the Certificate and Private Key
Export the Certificate and Private Key
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
•
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as &quot;SharedPrinter&quot; instead of the IP address.
-
For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
-
For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Security &gt; Certificate.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click Export shown with Certificate List.
6. Enter the password if you want to encrypt the file.
If a blank password is used, the output is not encrypted.
7. Enter the password again for confirmation, and then click Submit.
8. Click Save.
The certificate and private key are exported to your computer.
You can also import the certificate to your computer.
Related Information
• Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
345
Home &gt; Security &gt; Configure Certificates for Device Security &gt; Import and Export a CA Certificate
Import and Export a CA Certificate
You can import, export and store CA certificates on your Brother machine.
• Import a CA Certificate
• Export a CA Certificate
346
Home &gt; Security &gt; Configure Certificates for Device Security &gt; Import and Export a CA Certificate &gt; Import
a CA Certificate
Import a CA Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
•
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as &quot;SharedPrinter&quot; instead of the IP address.
-
For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
-
For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Security &gt; CA Certificate.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click Import CA Certificate.
6. Browse to the file you want to import.
7. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Import and Export a CA Certificate
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
347
Home &gt; Security &gt; Configure Certificates for Device Security &gt; Import and Export a CA Certificate &gt; Export
a CA Certificate
Export a CA Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
•
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as &quot;SharedPrinter&quot; instead of the IP address.
-
For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
-
For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Security &gt; CA Certificate.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Select the certificate you want to export and click Export.
6. Click Submit.
7. Click b next to Save, and then specify the location where you want to save the file.
Related Information
• Import and Export a CA Certificate
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
348
Home &gt; Security &gt; Configure Certificates for Device Security &gt; Manage Multiple Certificates
Manage Multiple Certificates
The multiple certificate feature allows you to use Web Based Management to manage each certificate installed
on your machine. In Web Based Management, navigate to the Certificate or CA Certificate screen to view
certificate content, delete, or export your certificates.
Maximum Number of Certificates Stored on Brother Machine
Self-signed Certificate or
Certificate Issued by a CA
(MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW) 3
CA Certificate
(MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW) 2
(MFC-J4535DW) 5
(MFC-J4535DW) 6
We recommend storing fewer certificates than allowed, reserving an empty spot in case of certificate expiration.
When a certificate expires, import a new certificate into the reserved spot, and then delete the expired certificate.
This ensures that you avoid configuration failure.
•
When you use HTTPS/IPPS or IEEE 802.1x, you must select which certificate you are using.
•
When you use SSL for SMTP communications, you do not have to choose the certificate. The
necessary certificate will be chosen automatically.
Related Information
• Configure Certificates for Device Security
349
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use SSL/TLS
Use SSL/TLS
• Introduction to SSL/TLS
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
• Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
• Send an Email Securely Using SSL/TLS
350
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use SSL/TLS &gt; Introduction to SSL/TLS
Introduction to SSL/TLS
Secure Socket Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) is an effective method of protecting data sent over
a local or wide area network (LAN or WAN). It works by encrypting data, such as a print job, sent over a network,
so anyone trying to capture it will not be able to read it.
SSL/TLS can be configured on both wired and wireless networks and will work with other forms of security such
as WPA keys and firewalls.
Related Information
• Use SSL/TLS
• Brief History of SSL/TLS
• Benefits of Using SSL/TLS
351
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use SSL/TLS &gt; Introduction to SSL/TLS &gt; Brief History of SSL/TLS
Brief History of SSL/TLS
SSL/TLS was originally created to secure web traffic information, particularly data sent between web browsers
and servers. For example, when you use Internet Explorer for Internet Banking and you see https:// and the little
padlock icon in the web browser, you are using SSL. SSL grew to work with additional applications, such as
Telnet, printer, and FTP software, in order to become a universal solution for online security. Its original design
intentions are still being used today by many online retailers and banks to secure sensitive data, such as credit
card numbers, customer records, etc.
SSL/TLS uses extremely high levels of encryption and is trusted by banks all over the world.
Related Information
• Introduction to SSL/TLS
352
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use SSL/TLS &gt; Introduction to SSL/TLS &gt; Benefits of Using SSL/TLS
Benefits of Using SSL/TLS
The primary benefit of using SSL/TLS is to guarantee secure printing over an IP network by restricting
unauthorized users from reading data sent to the machine. SSL's key selling point is that it can be used to print
confidential data securely. For example, an HR department in a large company may be printing wage slips on a
regular basis. Without encryption, the data contained on these wages slips can be read by other network users.
However, with SSL/TLS, anyone trying to capture the data will see a confusing page of code and not the actual
wage slip.
Related Information
• Introduction to SSL/TLS
353
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use SSL/TLS &gt; Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
• Configure a Certificate for SSL/TLS and Available Protocols
• Access Web Based Management Using SSL/TLS
• Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows users with Administrator Rights
• Configure Certificates for Device Security
354
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use SSL/TLS &gt; Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS &gt; Configure a
Certificate for SSL/TLS and Available Protocols
Configure a Certificate for SSL/TLS and Available Protocols
Configure a certificate on your machine using Web Based Management before you use SSL/TLS
communication.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
•
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as &quot;SharedPrinter&quot; instead of the IP address.
-
For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
-
For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Network &gt; Protocol.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click HTTP Server Settings.
6. Select the certificate you want to configure from the Select the Certificate drop-down list.
7. Click Submit.
8. Click Yes to restart your print server.
Related Information
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
• Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
355
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use SSL/TLS &gt; Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS &gt; Access
Web Based Management Using SSL/TLS
Access Web Based Management Using SSL/TLS
To manage your network machine securely, you must use management utilities with security protocols.
•
To use HTTPS protocol, HTTPS must be enabled on your machine. The HTTPS protocol is enabled by
default.
•
You can change the HTTPS protocol settings using the Web Based Management screen.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. You can now access the machine using HTTPS.
Related Information
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
356
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use SSL/TLS &gt; Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS &gt; Install the
Self-signed Certificate for Windows users with Administrator Rights
Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows users with Administrator
Rights
The following steps are for Microsoft Internet Explorer. If you use another web browser, consult the
documentation for your web browser to get help with installing certificates.
1. Do one of the following:
•
Windows 10, Windows Server 2016, and Windows Server 2019
Click
•
&gt; Windows Accessories.
Windows 8.1
Right-click the
•
(Internet Explorer) icon on the taskbar.
Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2
Click
(Internet Explorer), and then right-click the
(Internet Explorer) icon that appears on the
taskbar.
•
Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008
Click
(Start) &gt; All Programs.
2. Right-click Internet Explorer, and then click Run as administrator.
If the More option appears, click More.
If the User Account Control screen appears, click Yes.
3. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar to access your machine (where &quot;machine's
IP address&quot; is the machine's IP address or the node name that you assigned for the certificate).
4. Click More information.
5. Click Go on to the webpage (not recommended).
6. Click Certificate error, and then click View certificates.
7. Click Install Certificate….
8. When the Certificate Import Wizard appears, click Next.
9. Select Place all certificates in the following store, and then click Browse….
10. Select Trusted Root Certification Authorities, and then click OK.
357
11. Click Next.
12. Click Finish.
13. Click Yes, if the fingerprint (thumbprint) is correct.
14. Click OK.
Related Information
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
358
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use SSL/TLS &gt; Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
• Print Documents Using SSL/TLS
• Configure Certificates for Device Security
• Configure a Certificate for SSL/TLS and Available Protocols
359
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use SSL/TLS &gt; Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS &gt; Print Documents Using
SSL/TLS
Print Documents Using SSL/TLS
To print documents securely with IPP protocol, use the IPPS protocol.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
•
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as &quot;SharedPrinter&quot; instead of the IP address.
-
For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
-
For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Network &gt; Protocol.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Make sure the IPP check box is selected.
If the IPP check box is not selected, select the IPP check box, and then click Submit.
Restart your machine to activate the configuration.
After the machine restarts, return to the machine's web page, type the password, go to the navigation
menu, and then click Network &gt; Network &gt; Protocol.
6. Click HTTP Server Settings.
7. Select the HTTPS (Port 443) check box in the IPP, and then click Submit.
8. Restart your machine to activate the configuration.
Communication using IPPS cannot prevent unauthorized access to the print server.
Related Information
• Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
360
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use SNMPv3
Use SNMPv3
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SNMPv3
361
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use SNMPv3 &gt; Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SNMPv3
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SNMPv3
The Simple Network Management Protocol version 3 (SNMPv3) provides user authentication and data
encryption to manage network devices securely. To manage your network machine securely, we recommend
using the SNMPv3 protocol when you use BRAdmin Professional 4.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Network &gt; Protocol.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Make sure the SNMP setting is enabled, and then click Advanced Settings.
6. Configure the SNMP settings. There are three options for SNMP Mode of Operation.
Option
Description
SNMP v1/v2c
read-write
access
The print server uses version 1 and version 2c of the SNMP protocol. You can use all
Brother applications in this mode. However, it is not secure since it will not authenticate
the user, and data will not be encrypted.
SNMPv3 readwrite access
and v1/v2c
read-only
access
The print server uses the read-write access of version 3 and the read-only access of
version 1 and version 2c of the SNMP protocol.
SNMPv3 readwrite access
The print server uses version 3 of the SNMP protocol. If you want to manage the print
server securely, use this mode.
When you use SNMPv3 read-write access and v1/v2c read-only access
mode, some Brother applications (such as BRAdmin Light) that access the
print server do not work correctly since they authorize the read-only access of
version 1 and version 2c. If you want to use all applications, we recommend
using the SNMP v1/v2c read-write access mode.
When you use the SNMPv3 read-write access mode, note the following:
•
You can use only BRAdmin Professional or Web Based Management to
manage the print server
•
Except for BRAdmin Professional, all applications that use SNMPv1/v2c
will be restricted. To allow the use of SNMPv1/v2c applications, use the
SNMPv3 read-write access and v1/v2c read-only access or SNMP
v1/v2c read-write access mode.
7. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Use SNMPv3
362
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
363
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use IPsec
Use IPsec
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
• Introduction to IPsec
• Configure IPsec Using Web Based Management
• Configure an IPsec Address Template Using Web Based Management
• Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management
364
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use IPsec &gt; Introduction to IPsec
Introduction to IPsec
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
IPsec (Internet Protocol Security) is a security protocol that uses an optional Internet Protocol function to prevent
data manipulation and ensure the confidentiality of data transmitted as IP packets. IPsec encrypts data carried
over the network, such as print data sent from computers to a printer. Because the data is encrypted at the
network layer, applications that employ a higher-level protocol use IPsec even if the user is not aware of its use.
IPsec supports the following functions:
•
IPsec transmissions
According to the IPsec setting conditions, the network-connected computer sends data to and receives data
from the specified device using IPsec. When the devices start communicating using IPsec, keys are
exchanged using Internet Key Exchange (IKE) first, and then the encrypted data is transmitted using the
keys.
In addition, IPsec has two operation modes: the Transport mode and Tunnel mode. The Transport mode is
used mainly for communication between devices and the Tunnel mode is used in environments such as a
Virtual Private Network (VPN).
For IPsec transmissions, the following conditions are necessary:
•
-
A computer that can communicate using IPsec is connected to the network.
-
Your machine is configured for IPsec communication.
-
The computer connected to your machine is configured for IPsec connections.
IPsec settings
The settings that are necessary for connections using IPsec. These settings can be configured using Web
Based Management.
To configure the IPsec settings, you must use the browser on a computer that is connected to the network.
Related Information
• Use IPsec
365
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use IPsec &gt; Configure IPsec Using Web Based Management
Configure IPsec Using Web Based Management
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
The IPsec connection conditions comprise two Template types: Address and IPsec. You can configure up to 10
connection conditions.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Security &gt; IPsec.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Configure the settings.
Option
Description
Status
Enable or disable IPsec.
Negotiation Mode
Select Negotiation Mode for IKE Phase 1. IKE is a protocol that is
used to exchange encryption keys in order to carry out encrypted
communication using IPsec.
In Main mode, the processing speed is slow, but the security is high.
In Aggressive mode, the processing speed is faster than Main
mode, but the security is lower.
All Non-IPsec Traffic
Select the action to be taken for non-IPsec packets.
When using Web Services, you must select Allow for All Non-IPsec
Traffic. If you select Drop, Web Services cannot be used.
Broadcast/Multicast Bypass
Select Enabled or Disabled.
Protocol Bypass
Select the check box for the option or options you want.
Rules
Select the Enabled check box to activate the template. When you
select multiple check boxes, the lower numbered check boxes have
priority if the settings for the selected check boxes conflict.
Click on the corresponding drop-down list to select the Address
Template that is used for the IPsec connection conditions. To add an
Address Template, click Add Template.
Click on the corresponding drop-down list to select the IPsec
Template that is used for the IPsec connection conditions. To add an
IPsec Template, click Add Template.
6. Click Submit.
If the machine must be restarted to register the new settings, the restart confirmation screen will appear.
If there is a blank item in the template you enabled in the Rules table, an error message appears. Confirm
your choices and click Submit again.
Related Information
• Use IPsec
366
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
• Configure Certificates for Device Security
367
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use IPsec &gt; Configure an IPsec Address Template Using Web Based Management
Configure an IPsec Address Template Using Web Based Management
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Security &gt; IPsec Address Template.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click the Delete button to delete an Address Template. When an Address Template is in use, it cannot be
deleted.
6. Click the Address Template that you want to create. The IPsec Address Template appears.
7. Configure the settings.
Option
Description
Template Name
Type a name for the template (up to 16 characters).
Local IP Address
•
IP Address
Specify the IP address. Select ALL IPv4 Address, ALL IPv6
Address, ALL Link Local IPv6, or Custom from the drop-down
list.
If you select Custom from the drop-down list, type the IP address
(IPv4 or IPv6) in the text box.
•
IP Address Range
Type the starting and ending IP addresses for the IP address
range in the text boxes. If the starting and ending IP addresses
are not standardized to IPv4 or IPv6, or the ending IP address is
smaller than the starting address, an error will occur.
•
IP Address / Prefix
Specify the IP address using CIDR notation.
For example: 192.168.1.1/24
Because the prefix is specified in the form of a 24-bit subnet mask
(255.255.255.0) for 192.168.1.1, the addresses 192.168.1.xxx are
valid.
Remote IP Address
•
Any
If you select Any, all IP addresses are enabled.
•
IP Address
Type the specified IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) in the text box.
•
IP Address Range
Type the starting and ending IP addresses for the IP address
range. If the starting and ending IP addresses are not
standardized to IPv4 or IPv6, or the ending IP address is smaller
than the starting address, an error will occur.
•
IP Address / Prefix
Specify the IP address using CIDR notation.
368
Option
Description
For example: 192.168.1.1/24
Because the prefix is specified in the form of a 24-bit subnet mask
(255.255.255.0) for 192.168.1.1, the addresses 192.168.1.xxx are
valid.
8. Click Submit.
When you change the settings for the template currently in use, restart your machine to active the
configuration.
Related Information
• Use IPsec
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
369
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use IPsec &gt; Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management
Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Security &gt; IPsec Template.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click the Delete button to delete an IPsec Template. When an IPsec Template is in use, it cannot be
deleted.
6. Click IPsec Template that you want to create. The IPsec Template screen appears. The configuration fields
differ based on the Use Prefixed Template and Internet Key Exchange (IKE) you select.
7. In the Template Name field, type a name for the template (up to 16 characters).
8. If you selected Custom in the Use Prefixed Template drop-down list, select the Internet Key Exchange
(IKE) options, and then change the settings if needed.
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Use IPsec
• IKEv1 Settings for an IPsec Template
• IKEv2 Settings for an IPsec Template
• Manual Settings for an IPsec Template
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
370
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use IPsec &gt; Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management &gt; IKEv1
Settings for an IPsec Template
IKEv1 Settings for an IPsec Template
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Option
Description
Template Name
Type a name for the template (up to 16 characters).
Use Prefixed Template
Select Custom, IKEv1 High Security or IKEv1 Medium Security. The
setting items are different depending on the selected template.
Internet Key Exchange (IKE)
IKE is a communication protocol that is used to exchange encryption
keys in order to carry out encrypted communication using IPsec. To
carry out encrypted communication for that time only, the encryption
algorithm that is necessary for IPsec is determined and the encryption
keys are shared. For IKE, the encryption keys are exchanged using the
Diffie-Hellman key exchange method, and encrypted communication
that is limited to IKE is carried out.
If you selected Custom in Use Prefixed Template, select IKEv1.
Authentication Type
•
Diffie-Hellman Group
This key exchange method allows secret keys to be securely
exchanged over an unprotected network. The Diffie-Hellman key
exchange method uses a discrete logarithm problem, not the
secret key, to send and receive open information that was
generated using a random number and the secret key.
Select Group1, Group2, Group5, or Group14.
•
Encryption
•
Hash
Select DES, 3DES, AES-CBC 128, or AES-CBC 256.
Select MD5, SHA1, SHA256, SHA384 or SHA512.
•
SA Lifetime
Specify the IKE SA lifetime.
Type the time (seconds) and number of kilobytes (KByte).
Encapsulating Security
•
Protocol
Select ESP, AH, or AH+ESP.
•
-
ESP is a protocol for carrying out encrypted communication
using IPsec. ESP encrypts the payload (communicated
contents) and adds additional information. The IP packet
comprises the header and the encrypted payload, which
follows the header. In addition to the encrypted data, the IP
packet also includes information regarding the encryption
method and encryption key, the authentication data, and so
on.
-
AH is part of the IPsec protocol that authenticates the
sender and prevents manipulation (ensures the
completeness) of the data. In the IP packet, the data is
inserted immediately after the header. In addition, the
packets include hash values, which are calculated using an
equation from the communicated contents, secret key, and
so on, in order to prevent the falsification of the sender and
manipulation of the data. Unlike ESP, the communicated
contents are not encrypted, and the data is sent and
received as plain text.
Encryption
Select DES, 3DES, AES-CBC 128, or AES-CBC 256.
371
Option
Description
•
Hash
Select None, MD5, SHA1, SHA256, SHA384 or SHA512.
•
SA Lifetime
Specify the IKE SA lifetime.
Type the time (seconds) and number of kilobytes (KByte).
•
Encapsulation Mode
•
Remote Router IP-Address
Select Transport or Tunnel.
Type the IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the remote router. Enter this
information only when the Tunnel mode is selected.
SA (Security Association) is an encrypted communication
method using IPsec or IPv6 that exchanges and shares
information, such as the encryption method and encryption key,
in order to establish a secure communication channel before
communication begins. SA may also refer to a virtual encrypted
communication channel that has been established. The SA
used for IPsec establishes the encryption method, exchanges
the keys, and carries out mutual authentication according to the
IKE (Internet Key Exchange) standard procedure. In addition,
the SA is updated periodically.
Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS)
PFS does not derive keys from previous keys that were used to encrypt
messages. In addition, if a key that is used to encrypt a message was
derived from a parent key, that parent key is not used to derive other
keys. Therefore, even if a key is compromised, the damage will be
limited only to the messages that were encrypted using that key.
Select Enabled or Disabled.
Authentication Method
Select the authentication method. Select Pre-Shared Key or
Certificates.
Pre-Shared Key
When encrypting communication, the encryption key is exchanged and
shared beforehand using another channel.
If you selected Pre-Shared Key for the Authentication Method, type
the Pre-Shared Key (up to 32 characters).
•
Local/ID Type/ID
Select the sender's ID type, and then type the ID.
Select IPv4 Address, IPv6 Address, FQDN, E-mail Address, or
Certificate for the type.
If you select Certificate, type the common name of the certificate
in the ID field.
•
Remote/ID Type/ID
Select the recipient's ID type, and then type the ID.
Select IPv4 Address, IPv6 Address, FQDN, E-mail Address, or
Certificate for the type.
If you select Certificate, type the common name of the certificate
in the ID field.
Certificate
If you selected Certificates for Authentication Method, select the
certificate.
You can select only the certificates that were created using the
Certificate page of Web Based Management's Security
configuration screen.
372
Related Information
• Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management
373
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use IPsec &gt; Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management &gt; IKEv2
Settings for an IPsec Template
IKEv2 Settings for an IPsec Template
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Option
Description
Template Name
Type a name for the template (up to 16 characters).
Use Prefixed Template
Select Custom, IKEv2 High Security, or IKEv2 Medium Security.
The setting items are different depending on the selected template.
Internet Key Exchange (IKE)
IKE is a communication protocol that is used to exchange encryption
keys in order to carry out encrypted communication using IPsec. To
carry out encrypted communication for that time only, the encryption
algorithm that is necessary for IPsec is determined and the encryption
keys are shared. For IKE, the encryption keys are exchanged using the
Diffie-Hellman key exchange method, and encrypted communication
that is limited to IKE is carried out.
If you selected Custom in Use Prefixed Template, select IKEv2.
Authentication Type
•
Diffie-Hellman Group
This key exchange method allows secret keys to be securely
exchanged over an unprotected network. The Diffie-Hellman key
exchange method uses a discrete logarithm problem, not the
secret key, to send and receive open information that was
generated using a random number and the secret key.
Select Group1, Group2, Group5, or Group14.
•
Encryption
•
Hash
Select DES, 3DES, AES-CBC 128, or AES-CBC 256.
Select MD5, SHA1, SHA256, SHA384 or SHA512.
•
SA Lifetime
Specify the IKE SA lifetime.
Type the time (seconds) and number of kilobytes (KByte).
Encapsulating Security
•
Protocol
Select ESP.
ESP is a protocol for carrying out encrypted communication
using IPsec. ESP encrypts the payload (communicated
contents) and adds additional information. The IP packet
comprises the header and the encrypted payload, which follows
the header. In addition to the encrypted data, the IP packet also
includes information regarding the encryption method and
encryption key, the authentication data, and so on.
•
Encryption
Select DES, 3DES, AES-CBC 128, or AES-CBC 256.
•
Hash
Select MD5, SHA1, SHA256, SHA384, or SHA512.
•
SA Lifetime
Specify the IKE SA lifetime.
Type the time (seconds) and number of kilobytes (KByte).
•
Encapsulation Mode
Select Transport or Tunnel.
374
Option
Description
•
Remote Router IP-Address
Type the IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the remote router. Enter this
information only when the Tunnel mode is selected.
SA (Security Association) is an encrypted communication
method using IPsec or IPv6 that exchanges and shares
information, such as the encryption method and encryption key,
in order to establish a secure communication channel before
communication begins. SA may also refer to a virtual encrypted
communication channel that has been established. The SA
used for IPsec establishes the encryption method, exchanges
the keys, and carries out mutual authentication according to the
IKE (Internet Key Exchange) standard procedure. In addition,
the SA is updated periodically.
Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS)
PFS does not derive keys from previous keys that were used to encrypt
messages. In addition, if a key that is used to encrypt a message was
derived from a parent key, that parent key is not used to derive other
keys. Therefore, even if a key is compromised, the damage will be
limited only to the messages that were encrypted using that key.
Select Enabled or Disabled.
Authentication Method
Select the authentication method. Select Pre-Shared Key,
Certificates, EAP - MD5, or EAP - MS-CHAPv2.
EAP is an authentication protocol that is an extension of PPP.
By using EAP with IEEE802.1x, a different key is used for user
authentication during each session.
The following settings are necessary only when EAP - MD5 or
EAP - MS-CHAPv2 is selected in Authentication Method:
•
Mode
Select Server-Mode or Client-Mode.
•
Certificate
Select the certificate.
•
User Name
Type the user name (up to 32 characters).
•
Password
Type the password (up to 32 characters). The password
must be entered two times for confirmation.
Pre-Shared Key
When encrypting communication, the encryption key is exchanged and
shared beforehand using another channel.
If you selected Pre-Shared Key for the Authentication Method, type
the Pre-Shared Key (up to 32 characters).
•
Local/ID Type/ID
Select the sender's ID type, and then type the ID.
Select IPv4 Address, IPv6 Address, FQDN, E-mail Address, or
Certificate for the type.
If you select Certificate, type the common name of the certificate
in the ID field.
•
Remote/ID Type/ID
Select the recipient's ID type, and then type the ID.
Select IPv4 Address, IPv6 Address, FQDN, E-mail Address, or
Certificate for the type.
If you select Certificate, type the common name of the certificate
in the ID field.
Certificate
If you selected Certificates for Authentication Method, select the
certificate.
375
Option
Description
You can select only the certificates that were created using the
Certificate page of Web Based Management's Security
configuration screen.
Related Information
• Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management
376
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use IPsec &gt; Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management &gt; Manual
Settings for an IPsec Template
Manual Settings for an IPsec Template
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Option
Description
Template Name
Type a name for the template (up to 16 characters).
Use Prefixed Template
Select Custom.
Internet Key Exchange (IKE)
IKE is a communication protocol that is used to exchange encryption
keys in order to carry out encrypted communication using IPsec. To
carry out encrypted communication for that time only, the encryption
algorithm that is necessary for IPsec is determined and the encryption
keys are shared. For IKE, the encryption keys are exchanged using the
Diffie-Hellman key exchange method, and encrypted communication
that is limited to IKE is carried out.
Select Manual.
Authentication Key (ESP, AH)
Type the In/Out values.
These settings are necessary when Custom is selected for Use
Prefixed Template, Manual is selected for Internet Key Exchange
(IKE), and a setting other than None is selected for Hash for
Encapsulating Security section.
The number of characters you can set differs depending on the
setting you chose for Hash in the Encapsulating Security
section.
If the length of the specified authentication key is different than
the selected hash algorithm, an error will occur.
•
MD5: 128 bits (16 bytes)
•
SHA1: 160 bits (20 bytes)
•
SHA256: 256 bits (32 bytes)
•
SHA384: 384 bits (48 bytes)
•
SHA512: 512 bits (64 bytes)
When you specify the key in ASCII Code, enclose the
characters in double quotation marks (&quot;).
Code key (ESP)
Type the In/Out values.
These settings are necessary when Custom is selected in Use
Prefixed Template, Manual is selected in Internet Key Exchange
(IKE), and ESP is selected in Protocol in Encapsulating Security.
The number of characters you can set differs depending on the
setting you chose for Encryption in the Encapsulating
Security section.
If the length of the specified code key is different than the
selected encryption algorithm, an error will occur.
•
DES: 64 bits (8 bytes)
•
3DES: 192 bits (24 bytes)
•
AES-CBC 128: 128 bits (16 bytes)
•
AES-CBC 256: 256 bits (32 bytes)
When you specify the key in ASCII Code, enclose the
characters in double quotation marks (&quot;).
SPI
These parameters are used to identify security information. Generally, a
host has multiple Security Associations (SAs) for several types of IPsec
communication. Therefore, it is necessary to identify the applicable SA
377
Option
Description
when an IPsec packet is received. The SPI parameter, which identifies
the SA, is included in the Authentication Header (AH) and
Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) header.
These settings are necessary when Custom is selected for Use
Prefixed Template, and Manual is selected for Internet Key
Exchange (IKE).
Enter the In/Out values. (3-10 characters)
Encapsulating Security
•
Protocol
Select ESP or AH.
-
ESP is a protocol for carrying out encrypted communication
using IPsec. ESP encrypts the payload (communicated
contents) and adds additional information. The IP packet
comprises the header and the encrypted payload, which
follows the header. In addition to the encrypted data, the IP
packet also includes information regarding the encryption
method and encryption key, the authentication data, and so
on.
-
AH is part of the IPsec protocol that authenticates the
sender and prevents manipulation of the data (ensures the
completeness of the data). In the IP packet, the data is
inserted immediately after the header. In addition, the
packets include hash values, which are calculated using an
equation from the communicated contents, secret key, and
so on, in order to prevent the falsification of the sender and
manipulation of the data. Unlike ESP, the communicated
contents are not encrypted, and the data is sent and
received as plain text.
•
Encryption
•
Hash
Select DES, 3DES, AES-CBC 128, or AES-CBC 256.
Select None, MD5, SHA1, SHA256, SHA384, or SHA512. None
can be selected only when ESP is selected in Protocol.
•
SA Lifetime
Specify the IKE SA lifetime.
Type the time (seconds) and number of kilobytes (KByte).
•
Encapsulation Mode
Select Transport or Tunnel.
•
Remote Router IP-Address
Type the IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the remote router. Enter this
information only when the Tunnel mode is selected.
SA (Security Association) is an encrypted communication
method using IPsec or IPv6 that exchanges and shares
information, such as the encryption method and encryption key,
in order to establish a secure communication channel before
communication begins. SA may also refer to a virtual encrypted
communication channel that has been established. The SA
used for IPsec establishes the encryption method, exchanges
the keys, and carries out mutual authentication according to the
IKE (Internet Key Exchange) standard procedure. In addition,
the SA is updated periodically.
Related Information
• Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management
378
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
• What Is IEEE 802.1x Authentication?
• Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web
Based Management (Web Browser)
• IEEE 802.1x Authentication Methods
379
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network &gt; What Is IEEE
802.1x Authentication?
What Is IEEE 802.1x Authentication?
IEEE 802.1x is an IEEE standard for wired and wireless networks that limits access from unauthorized network
devices. Your Brother machine (supplicant) sends an authentication request to a RADIUS server (Authentication
server) through your access point or HUB. After your request has been verified by the RADIUS server, your
machine can access the network.
Related Information
• Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
380
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network &gt; Configure IEEE
802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web Based Management (Web Browser)
Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
Using Web Based Management (Web Browser)
•
If you configure your machine using EAP-TLS authentication, you must install the client certificate issued
by a CA before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the client certificate. If
you have installed more than one certificate, we recommend writing down the certificate name you want to
use.
•
Before you verify the server certificate, you must import the CA certificate issued by the CA that signed the
server certificate. Contact your network administrator or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) to confirm
whether a CA certificate import is necessary.
You can also configure IEEE 802.1x authentication using Wireless setup wizard from the control panel
(Wireless network).
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
•
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as &quot;SharedPrinter&quot; instead of the IP address.
-
For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
-
For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Do one of the following:
•
For the wired network
Click Wired &gt; Wired 802.1x Authentication.
•
For the wireless network
Click Wireless &gt; Wireless (Enterprise).
6. Configure the IEEE 802.1x authentication settings.
381
•
To enable IEEE 802.1x authentication for wired networks, select Enabled for Wired 802.1x status on
the Wired 802.1x Authentication page.
•
If you are using EAP-TLS authentication, you must select the client certificate installed (shown with
certificate name) for verification from the Client Certificate drop-down list.
•
If you select EAP-FAST, PEAP, EAP-TTLS, or EAP-TLS authentication, select the verification method
from the Server Certificate Verification drop-down list. Verify the server certificate using the CA
certificate, imported to the machine in advance, issued by the CA that signed the server certificate.
Select one of the following verification methods from the Server Certificate Verification drop-down list:
Option
Description
No Verification
The server certificate can always be trusted. The verification is not performed.
CA Cert.
The verification method to check the CA reliability of the server certificate, using the
CA certificate issued by the CA that signed the server certificate.
CA Cert. + ServerID The verification method to check the common name 1 value of the server certificate,
in addition to the CA reliability of the server certificate.
7. When finished with configuration, click Submit.
For wired networks: After configuring, connect your machine to the IEEE 802.1x supported network. After a
few minutes, print the Network Configuration Report to check the &lt;Wired IEEE 802.1x&gt; status.
Option
Description
Success The wired IEEE 802.1x function is enabled and the authentication was successful.
Failed
The wired IEEE 802.1x function is enabled; however, the authentication failed.
Off
The wired IEEE 802.1x function is not available.
Related Information
• Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
Related Topics:
• Print the Network Configuration Report
• Print the WLAN Report
• Access Web Based Management
• Configure Certificates for Device Security
• Supported Security Certificate Features
1
The common name verification compares the common name of the server certificate to the character string configured for the Server ID.
Before you use this method, contact your system administrator about the server certificate's common name and then configure Server ID.
382
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network &gt; IEEE 802.1x
Authentication Methods
IEEE 802.1x Authentication Methods
EAP-FAST
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Flexible Authentication via Secured Tunneling (EAP-FAST) has been
developed by Cisco Systems, Inc., which uses a user ID and password for authentication, and symmetric key
algorithms to achieve a tunneled authentication process.
The Brother machine supports the following inner authentication methods:
•
EAP-FAST/NONE
•
EAP-FAST/MS-CHAPv2
•
EAP-FAST/GTC
EAP-MD5 (Wired network)
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Message Digest Algorithm 5 (EAP-MD5) uses a user ID and password for
challenge-response authentication.
PEAP
Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol (PEAP) is a version of EAP method developed by Cisco
Systems, Inc., Microsoft Corporation and RSA Security. PEAP creates an encrypted Secure Sockets Layer
(SSL)/Transport Layer Security (TLS) tunnel between a client and an authentication server, for sending a user
ID and password. PEAP provides mutual authentication between the server and the client.
The Brother machine supports the following inner authentications:
•
PEAP/MS-CHAPv2
•
PEAP/GTC
EAP-TTLS
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Tunneled Transport Layer Security (EAP-TTLS) has been developed by
Funk Software and Certicom. EAP-TTLS creates a similar encrypted SSL tunnel to PEAP, between a client
and an authentication server, for sending a user ID and password. EAP-TTLS provides mutual authentication
between the server and the client.
The Brother machine supports the following inner authentications:
•
EAP-TTLS/CHAP
•
EAP-TTLS/MS-CHAP
•
EAP-TTLS/MS-CHAPv2
•
EAP-TTLS/PAP
EAP-TLS
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Transport Layer Security (EAP-TLS) requires digital certificate
authentication both at a client and an authentication server.
Related Information
• Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
383
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use Active Directory Authentication
Use Active Directory Authentication
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
• Introduction to Active Directory Authentication
• Configure Active Directory Authentication Using Web Based Management
• Log On to Change the Machine Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel (Active
Directory Authentication)
384
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use Active Directory Authentication &gt; Introduction to Active Directory Authentication
Introduction to Active Directory Authentication
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Active Directory Authentication restricts the use of your machine. If Active Directory Authentication is enabled,
the machine's control panel will be locked. You cannot change the machine's settings until you enter a User ID
and password.
Active Directory Authentication offers the following features:
•
Stores incoming fax data
When Active Directory Authentication is enabled, your machine stores all incoming fax data. After you log on, the
machine prints the stored fax data.
You can change the Active Directory Authentication settings using Web Based Management.
Related Information
• Use Active Directory Authentication
385
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use Active Directory Authentication &gt; Configure Active Directory Authentication Using
Web Based Management
Configure Active Directory Authentication Using Web Based
Management
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Active Directory authentication supports Kerberos authentication and NTLMv2 authentication. You must
configure the SNTP protocol (network time server) and DNS server configuration for authentication.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Administrator &gt; User Restriction Function.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Select Active Directory Authentication.
6. Click Submit.
7. Select the Active Directory Authentication menu.
8. Configure the following settings:
Option
Description
Storage Fax RX Data
Select this option to store incoming fax data. You can print all incoming fax
data after you log on to the machine.
Remember User ID
Select this option to save your User ID.
Active Directory Server
Address
Type the IP address or the server name (for example: ad.example.com) of
the Active Directory Server.
Active Directory Domain
Name
Type the Active Directory domain name.
Protocol &amp; Authentication
Method
Select the protocol and authentication method.
Get User's Home Directory
Select this option to obtain your home directory as the Scan to Network
destination. (available only for LDAP + kerberos authentication method)
LDAP Server Port
Type the port number to connect the Active Directory server via LDAP
(available only for LDAP + kerberos authentication method).
LDAP Search Root
Type the LDAP search root (available only for LDAP + kerberos
authentication method).
9. Click Submit.
386
Related Information
• Use Active Directory Authentication
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
387
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use Active Directory Authentication &gt; Log On to Change the Machine Settings Using the
Machine's Control Panel (Active Directory Authentication)
Log On to Change the Machine Settings Using the Machine's Control
Panel (Active Directory Authentication)
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
When Active Directory Authentication is enabled, the machine's control panel will be locked until you enter
your User ID and password on the machine's control panel.
1. On the machine's control panel, use the touchscreen to enter your User ID and Password.
2. Press [OK].
3. When authentication is successful, the machine's control panel will be unlocked.
Related Information
• Use Active Directory Authentication
388
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use LDAP Authentication
Use LDAP Authentication
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
• Introduction to LDAP Authentication
• Configure LDAP Authentication Using Web Based Management
• Log On to Change the Machine Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel (LDAP
Authentication)
389
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use LDAP Authentication &gt; Introduction to LDAP Authentication
Introduction to LDAP Authentication
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
LDAP Authentication restricts the use of your machine. If LDAP Authentication is enabled, the machine's control
panel will be locked. You cannot change the machine's settings until you enter a User ID and password.
LDAP Authentication offers the following features:
•
Stores incoming fax data
When LDAP Authentication is enabled, your machine stores all incoming fax data. After you log on, the machine
prints the stored fax data.
You can change the LDAP Authentication settings using Web Based Management.
Related Information
• Use LDAP Authentication
390
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use LDAP Authentication &gt; Configure LDAP Authentication Using Web Based
Management
Configure LDAP Authentication Using Web Based Management
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Administrator &gt; User Restriction Function.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Select LDAP Authentication.
6. Click Submit.
7. Click the LDAP Authentication menu.
8. Configure the following settings:
Option
Description
Storage Fax RX Data
Select this option to store incoming fax data. You can print all incoming fax
data after you log on to the machine.
Remember User ID
Select this option to save your User ID.
LDAP Server Address
Type the IP address or the server name (for example: ldap.example.com) of
the LDAP server.
Get User's Home Directory
Select this option to obtain your home directory as the Scan to Network
destination.
LDAP Server Port
Type the LDAP server port number.
LDAP Search Root
Type the LDAP search root directory.
Attribute of Name (Search
Key)
Type the attribute you want to use as a search key.
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Use LDAP Authentication
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
391
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use LDAP Authentication &gt; Log On to Change the Machine Settings Using the
Machine's Control Panel (LDAP Authentication)
Log On to Change the Machine Settings Using the Machine's Control
Panel (LDAP Authentication)
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
When LDAP Authentication is enabled, the machine's control panel will be locked until you enter your User ID
and password on the machine's control panel.
1. On the machine's control panel, use the touchscreen to enter your User ID and Password.
2. Press [OK].
3. When authentication is successful, the machine's control panel will be unlocked.
Related Information
• Use LDAP Authentication
392
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use Secure Function Lock 3.0
Use Secure Function Lock 3.0
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Secure Function Lock 3.0 increases security by restricting the functions available on your machine.
• Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
• Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management
• Scan Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
• Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0
• Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features
• Register an External IC Card Reader
393
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use Secure Function Lock 3.0 &gt; Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Use Secure Function Lock to configure passwords, set specific user page limits, and grant access to some or all
of the functions listed here.
You can configure and change the following Secure Function Lock 3.0 settings using Web Based Management:
•
Print
Print includes print jobs sent via AirPrint, Brother iPrint&amp;Scan, and Brother Mobile Connect.
If you register users' logon names in advance, the users will not need to enter their passwords when they use
the print function.
•
Copy
•
Scan
Scan includes scan jobs sent via Brother iPrint&amp;Scan and Brother Mobile Connect.
•
•
Fax (supported models only)
-
Send
-
Receive
Media
-
Print from
-
Scan to
•
Web Connect (supported models only)
•
Apps (supported models only)
•
Page Limits (*)
•
Color Print
•
Page Counters
•
Card ID (NFC ID) (supported models only)
Related Information
• Use Secure Function Lock 3.0
394
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use Secure Function Lock 3.0 &gt; Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based
Management
Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Administrator &gt; Restriction Management or User Restriction
Function.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Select Secure Function Lock.
6. Click Submit.
7. Click the Restricted Functions menu.
8. In the User List / Restricted Functions field, type a group name or user name.
9. In the Print and the other columns, select a check box to allow or clear a check box to restrict the function
listed.
10. To configure the maximum page count, select the On check box in the Page Limits column, and then type
the maximum number in the Max. Pages field.
11. Click Submit.
12. Click the User List menu.
13. In the User List field, type the user name.
14. In the Password field, type a password.
The number of characters you can set differs depending on the model.
15. To register the user's Card ID, type the card number in the Card ID (NFC ID) field (available only for certain
models) .
16. Select User List / Restricted Functions from the drop-down list for each user.
17. Click Submit.
You can also change the user list lockout settings in the Secure Function Lock menu.
Related Information
• Use Secure Function Lock 3.0
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
395
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use Secure Function Lock 3.0 &gt; Scan Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Scan Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Setting Scan restrictions (for administrators)
Secure Function Lock 3.0 allows an administrator to restrict which users are allowed to scan. When the Scan
feature is set to Off for the public user setting, only users who have the Scan check box selected will be able to
scan.
Using the Scan feature (for restricted users)
•
To scan using the machine's control panel:
Restricted users must enter their passwords on the machine's control panel to access Scan mode.
•
To scan from a computer:
Restricted users must enter their passwords on the machine's control panel before scanning from their
computers. If the password is not entered on the machine's control panel, an error message will appear on
the user's computer.
Related Information
• Use Secure Function Lock 3.0
396
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use Secure Function Lock 3.0 &gt; Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0
Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Use the Secure Function Lock screen to set up Public Mode, which limits the functions available to public users.
Public users will not need to enter a password to access the features made available through Public Mode
settings.
Public Mode includes print jobs sent via Brother iPrint&amp;Scan and Brother Mobile Connect.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Administrator &gt; Restriction Management or User Restriction
Function.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Select Secure Function Lock.
6. Click Submit.
7. Click the Restricted Functions menu.
8. In the Public Mode row, select a check box to allow or clear a check box to restrict the function listed.
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Use Secure Function Lock 3.0
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
397
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use Secure Function Lock 3.0 &gt; Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features
Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Configure the following features in the Secure Function Lock screen:
All Counter Reset
Click All Counter Reset, in the Page Counters column, to reset the page counter.
Export to CSV file
Click Export to CSV file, to export the current and last page counter including User List / Restricted
Functions information as a CSV file.
Card ID (NFC ID) (supported models only)
Click the User List menu, and then type a users' Card ID in the Card ID (NFC ID) field. You can use your IC
card for authentication.
Last Counter Record
Click Last Counter Record if you want the machine to retain the page count after the counter has been reset.
Counter Auto Reset
Click Counter Auto Reset to configure the time interval you want between page counter reset. Choose a
daily, weekly, or monthly interval.
Related Information
• Use Secure Function Lock 3.0
398
Home &gt; Security &gt; Use Secure Function Lock 3.0 &gt; Register an External IC Card Reader
Register an External IC Card Reader
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
When you connect an external IC (Integrated Circuit) card reader, use Web Based Management to register the
card reader. Your machine supports HID class driver supported external IC card readers.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Administrator &gt; External Card Reader.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Enter the necessary information, and then click Submit.
6. Restart your Brother machine to activate the configuration.
7. Connect the card reader to your machine.
8. Touch the card to the card reader when using card authentication.
Related Information
• Use Secure Function Lock 3.0
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
399
Home &gt; Security &gt; Send an Email Securely
Send an Email Securely
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
• Configure Email Sending Using Web Based Management
• Send an Email with User Authentication
• Send an Email Securely Using SSL/TLS
400
Home &gt; Security &gt; Send an Email Securely &gt; Configure Email Sending Using Web Based Management
Configure Email Sending Using Web Based Management
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure secured email sending with user authentication,
or email sending using SSL/TLS.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Network &gt; Protocol.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. In the SMTP Client field, click Advanced Settings and make sure the status of SMTP Client is Enabled.
6. Configure the SMTP Client settings.
•
Confirm that the email settings are correct after configuration by sending a test email.
•
If you do not know the SMTP server settings, contact your network administrator or Internet Service
Provider (ISP).
7. When finished, click Submit.
The Test Send E-mail Configuration dialog box appears.
8. Follow the instructions in the dialog box to test the current settings.
Related Information
• Send an Email Securely
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
401
Home &gt; Security &gt; Send an Email Securely &gt; Send an Email with User Authentication
Send an Email with User Authentication
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Your machine supports the SMTP-AUTH method to send email via an email server that requires user
authentication. This method prevents unauthorized users from accessing the email server.
You can use the SMTP-AUTH method for email notification and email reports (available for certain models).
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure the SMTP authentication.
Email Server Settings
You must configure your machine's SMTP authentication method to match the method used by your email server.
For details about your email server settings, contact your network administrator or Internet Service Provider
(ISP).
To enable SMTP server authentication: in the Web Based Management SMTP Client screen, under Server
Authentication Method, you must select SMTP-AUTH.
Related Information
• Send an Email Securely
402
Home &gt; Security &gt; Send an Email Securely &gt; Send an Email Securely Using SSL/TLS
Send an Email Securely Using SSL/TLS
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Your machine supports SSL/TLS communication methods. To use an email server that is using SSL/TLS
communication, you must configure the following settings.
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure SSL/TLS.
Verify Server Certificate
Under SSL/TLS, if you choose SSL or TLS, the Verify Server Certificate check box will be selected
automatically.
•
Before you verify the server certificate, you must import the CA certificate issued by the CA that signed
the server certificate. Contact your network administrator or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) to
confirm if importing a CA certificate is necessary.
•
If you do not need to verify the server certificate, clear the Verify Server Certificate check box.
Port Number
If you select SSL, or TLS, the Port value will be changed to match the protocol. To change the port number
manually, type the port number after you select SSL/TLS settings.
You must configure your machine's communication method to match the method used by your email server. For
details about your email server settings, contact your network administrator or your ISP.
In most cases, the secured webmail services require the following settings:
SMTP
Port
25
Server Authentication Method
SMTP-AUTH
SSL/TLS
TLS
Related Information
• Send an Email Securely
Related Topics:
• Configure Certificates for Device Security
• Use SSL/TLS
403
Home &gt; Security &gt; Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Before turning on the machine's Access Lock, make a careful note of your password. If you forget the password,
you must reset all passwords stored in the machine by contacting your administrator or Brother Customer
Service.
• About Using TX Lock
404
Home &gt; Security &gt; Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; About Using TX Lock
About Using TX Lock
Related Models: MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
Block unauthorized data transmission to and from the machine.
TX Lock lets you prevent unauthorized access to the machine.
While TX Lock is On, the following operations are available:
•
Receiving faxes
•
PC-Fax Receive (If PC-Fax Receive was already On)
While the TX Lock feature is turned on, your machine will receive faxes and store them in its memory. Then,
when TX Lock is turned off, the faxes will be sent to your chosen PC.
While TX Lock is On, the following operations are NOT available:
•
Operation from the control panel
•
PC printing
•
PC scanning
Related Information
• Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel
• Set the TX Lock Password
• Change the TX Lock Password
• Turn TX Lock On/Off
405
Home &gt; Security &gt; Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; About Using TX Lock &gt; Set the TX
Lock Password
Set the TX Lock Password
Related Models: MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Miscellaneous]. Press OK.
c. Select [TX Lock]. Press OK.
3. Enter a four-digit number for the password. Press OK.
4. Re-enter the password. Press OK.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
Related Information
• About Using TX Lock
406
Home &gt; Security &gt; Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; About Using TX Lock &gt; Change the
TX Lock Password
Change the TX Lock Password
Related Models: MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Miscellaneous]. Press OK.
c. Select [TX Lock]. Press OK.
d. Select [Set Password]. Press OK.
3. Enter the four-digit number of the current password. Press OK.
4. Enter a four-digit number for the new password. Press OK.
5. Re-enter the new password. Press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
Related Information
• About Using TX Lock
407
Home &gt; Security &gt; Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; About Using TX Lock &gt; Turn TX
Lock On/Off
Turn TX Lock On/Off
Related Models: MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Fax]. Press OK.
b. Select [Miscellaneous]. Press OK.
c. Select [TX Lock]. Press OK.
d. Select [Set TX Lock]. Press OK.
3. Enter the registered four-digit password. Press OK.
The machine goes offline and the LCD displays [TX Lock Mode].
Turning off TX Lock:
a. Press Settings.
b. Enter the current four-digit password, and then press OK.
If you enter the wrong password, the LCD displays [Wrong Password] and stays offline. The
machine will stay in TX Lock Mode until the correct password is entered.
Related Information
• About Using TX Lock
408
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect
Mobile/Web Connect
• Brother Web Connect
• AirPrint
• Mopria&reg; Print Service
• Brother Mobile Connect
• Print with Near-Field Communication (NFC)
409
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect
Brother Web Connect
• Brother Web Connect Overview
• Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
• Set Up Brother Web Connect
• Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
• Upload a Document from an External Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect
• Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
• Download and Save a Document to an External Memory Device Using Brother Web
Connect
• FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
410
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect Overview
Brother Web Connect Overview
Certain websites provide services that allow users to upload and view images and files on the website. Your
Brother machine can scan images and upload them to these services, and also download from and print images
that are already uploaded to these services.
1
3
2
4
1. Printing
2. Scanning
3. Photos, images, documents and other files
4. Web Service
To use Brother Web Connect, your Brother machine must be connected to a network that has access to the
Internet, through either a wired or wireless connection.
For network setups that use a proxy server, the machine must also be configured to use a proxy server. If you
are unsure of your network configuration, check with your network administrator.
A proxy server is a computer that serves as an intermediary between computers without a direct Internet
connection, and the Internet.
Press
(Web) or
(Apps) on the touchscreen, or press
(WEB) to use Brother Web Connect.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect
• Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel
• Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
411
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect Overview &gt; Configure the
Proxy Server Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel
If your network uses a proxy server, the following proxy server information must be configured on the machine:
•
Proxy server address
•
Port number
•
User Name
•
Password
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [Web Connect Settings]. Press OK.
c. Select [Proxy Settings]. Press OK.
d. Select [Proxy Connection]. Press OK.
e. Select [On]. Press OK.
f.
Select the option that you want to set. Press OK.
g. Enter the proxy server information. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Network] &gt; [Web Connect Settings] &gt; [Proxy
Settings] &gt; [Proxy Connection].
2. Press [On].
3. Press the option that you want to set, and then enter the proxy server information.
Press [OK].
4. Press
.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect Overview
412
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect Overview &gt; Configure the
Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
If your network uses a proxy server, the following proxy server information must be configured using Web
Based Management:
•
Proxy server address
•
Port number
•
User Name
•
Password
We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows, Safari 10/11 for Mac, Google
Chrome™ for Android (4.x or later), and Google Chrome™/Safari for iOS (10.x or later). Make sure that
JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network &gt; Network &gt; Protocol.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Make sure the Proxy check box is selected, and then click Submit.
6. In the Proxy field, click Advanced Settings.
7. Enter the proxy server information.
8. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect Overview
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
413
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Use Brother Web Connect to access online services from your Brother machine. Some of these web services
offer business versions.
To use Brother Web Connect, you must have an account with the online service you want to use. If you do not
already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
You do not need to create an account to use Brother Creative Center. (Brother CreativeCenter is available only
for some models.)
Google Drive™
An online document storage, editing, sharing and file synchronization service.
URL: drive.google.com
Evernote&reg;
An online file storage and management service.
URL: www.evernote.com
Dropbox
An online file storage, sharing and synchronization service.
URL: www.dropbox.com
OneDrive
An online file storage, sharing and management service.
URL: https://onedrive.live.com
Box
An online document editing and sharing service.
URL: www.box.com
OneNote
An online document editing and sharing service.
URL: www.onenote.com
Brother Creative Center
A website that offers various templates, such as greeting cards, brochures and calendars that you can print on
your Brother machine. (available only for certain countries and models)
www.brother.com/creativecenter
For more information about any of these services, refer to the respective service's website.
The following table describes which file types can be used with each Brother Web Connect feature:
Google Drive™
Evernote&reg;
Accessible Services
Dropbox
OneNote
Brother Creative Center
OneDrive
Box
JPEG
PDF
Download and print images
or save them to media
DOC
DOCX
XLS
XLSX
PPT
JPEG
PDF
DOC
DOCX
XLS
(Print only)
XLSX
PPT
PPTX
414
Google Drive™
Evernote&reg;
Accessible Services
Dropbox
OneNote
Brother Creative Center
OneDrive
Box
PPTX
JPEG
JPEG
PDF
PDF
DOCX
DOCX
XLSX
XLSX
PPTX
PPTX
TIFF
TIFF
JPEG
-
FaxForward to the online
services
JPEG
JPEG
PDF
PDF
(MFC-J4535DW)
TIFF
TIFF
Upload scanned images
Upload images saved on
media
-
-
(MFC-J4535DW)
•
Not all services are available in all countries.
•
For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea:
-
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will
not be downloaded.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect
415
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; Set Up Brother Web Connect
Set Up Brother Web Connect
• Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
• Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
• Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
• Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
• Set Up Brother Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
416
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; Set Up Brother Web Connect &gt; Brother Web
Connect Setup Overview
Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
Configure the Brother Web Connect settings using the following procedure (when using Brother CreativeCenter,
this procedure is not necessary):
Step 1: Create an account with the service you want to use.
Access the service's website using a computer and create an account. (If you already have an account, there
is no need to create an additional account.)
1
3
2
1. User registration
2. Web Service
3. Obtain account
Step 2: Apply for Brother Web Connect access.
Start Brother Web Connect access using a computer and obtain a temporary ID.
1
3
2
1. Enter account information
2. Brother Web Connect application page
3. Obtain temporary ID
Step 3: Register your account information on your machine so you can access the service you want to
use.
Enter the temporary ID to enable the service on your machine. Specify the account name as you would like it
to be displayed on the machine, and enter a PIN if you would like to use one.
1
2
1. Enter temporary ID
2. Web Service
Your Brother machine can now use the service.
417
Related Information
• Set Up Brother Web Connect
418
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; Set Up Brother Web Connect &gt; Create an Account
for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web
Connect
To use Brother Web Connect to access an online service, you must have an account with that online service. If
you do not already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
After creating an account, log on and use the account once with a computer before using the Brother Web
Connect feature. Otherwise, you may not be able to access the service using Brother Web Connect.
If you already have an account, there is no need to create an additional account.
After you finish creating an account with the online service you want to use, apply for Brother Web Connect
access.
Related Information
• Set Up Brother Web Connect
419
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; Set Up Brother Web Connect &gt; Apply for Brother
Web Connect Access
Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
To use Brother Web Connect to access online services, you must first apply for Brother Web Connect access
using a computer that has the Brother Software installed.
1. Access the Brother Web Connect application website:
Option
Description
Windows Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name
(if not already selected).
Click Do More in the left navigation bar, and then click Brother Web Connect.
You can also access the website directly:
Type bwc.brother.com into your web browser's address bar.
Mac
Type bwc.brother.com into your web browser's address bar.
The Brother Web Connect page launches.
2. Select the service you want to use.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions and apply for access.
When finished, your temporary ID will appear.
4. Make a note of your temporary ID, as you will need it to register accounts to the machine. The temporary ID
is valid for 24 hours.
5. Close the web browser.
Now that you have a Brother Web Connect access ID, you must register this ID on your machine, and then use
your machine to access the web service you want to use.
Related Information
• Set Up Brother Web Connect
420
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; Set Up Brother Web Connect &gt; Register an
Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
You must enter your Brother Web Connect account information and configure your machine so that it can use
Brother Web Connect to access the service you want.
•
You must apply for Brother Web Connect access to register an account on your machine.
•
Before you register an account, confirm that the correct date and time are set on the machine's control
panel.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press WEB.
•
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press c.
•
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press c.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select the service with which you want to register. Press OK.
b. Select [Register/Delete]. Press OK.
c. Select [Register Account]. Press OK.
3. The machine will prompt you to enter the temporary ID you received when you applied for Brother Web
Connect access. Press c.
4. Enter the temporary ID using the dial pad. Press OK.
An error message will appear on the LCD if the information you entered does not match the temporary ID
you received when you applied for access, or if the temporary ID has expired. Either enter the temporary ID
correctly, or apply for access again to receive a new temporary ID.
5. The machine will prompt you to enter the account name that you want to be displayed on the LCD. Press c.
6. Enter the name, and then press OK.
7. Do one of the following:
•
To set a PIN for the account, press c. (A PIN prevents unauthorized access to the account.) Enter a fourdigit number, and then press OK.
•
If you do not want to set a PIN, press d.
When the account information you entered appears, confirm that it is correct.
8. Press c to register your information as entered.
9. Press c.
Account registration is complete and your machine can now access the service.
10. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press d or c to display [Web].
Press [Web].
421
•
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
•
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display the service with which you want to register.
Press the service name.
3. If information regarding Brother Web Connect appears, press [OK].
4. Press [Register/Delete] &gt; [Register Account].
5. The machine will prompt you to enter the temporary ID you received when you applied for Brother Web
Connect access.
Press [OK].
6. Enter the temporary ID using the LCD, and then press [OK].
An error message will appear on the LCD if the information you entered does not match the temporary ID
you received when you applied for access, or if the temporary ID has expired. Either enter the temporary ID
correctly, or apply for access again and receive a new temporary ID.
7. The machine will prompt you to enter the account name that you want to be displayed on the LCD.
Press [OK].
8. Enter the name using the LCD, and then press [OK].
9. Do one of the following:
•
To set a PIN for the account, press [Yes]. (A PIN prevents unauthorized access to the account.) Enter a
four-digit number, and then press [OK].
•
If you do not want to set a PIN, press [No].
When the account information you entered appears, confirm that it is correct.
10. Press [Yes] to register your information as entered.
11. Press [OK].
Account registration is complete and your machine can now access the service.
12. Press
.
Related Information
• Set Up Brother Web Connect
422
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; Set Up Brother Web Connect &gt; Set Up Brother
Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
Set Up Brother Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Brother Web Connect is set up to work with Brother CreativeCenter automatically. No configuration is needed to
create the calendars, business cards, posters and greeting cards available at www.brother.com/creativecenter.
Brother CreativeCenter is not available in all countries.
Related Information
• Set Up Brother Web Connect
423
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web
Connect
Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Upload your scanned photos and documents directly to a web service without using a computer.
•
When scanning and uploading JPEG files or searchable PDF, black and white scanning is not available.
•
When scanning and uploading Microsoft Office files, black and white scanning and gray scanning are not
available.
•
When scanning and uploading JPEG files, each page is uploaded as a separate file.
•
Uploaded documents are saved in an album named From_BrotherDevice.
For information regarding restrictions, such as the size or number of documents that can be uploaded, refer to
the respective service's website.
If you are a restricted Web Connect user due to the Secure Function Lock feature (available for certain models),
you cannot upload the scanned data.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press WEB.
•
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press c.
•
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press c.
3. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload. Press OK.
b. Select your account name. Press OK.
4. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN, and then press OK.
5. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press d or c to display [Web].
Press [Web].
•
You can also press [Scan] &gt; [to Web].
•
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
•
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Press a or b to display the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload.
Press the service name.
4. Press a or b to display your account name, and then press it.
5. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
6. Press a or b to display [Upload: Scanner].
Press [Upload: Scanner].
424
•
If you pressed [Scan] &gt; [to Web], this option does not appear.
•
This option may not appear depending on the service.
7. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect
425
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; Upload a Document from an External Memory
Device Using Brother Web Connect
Upload a Document from an External Memory Device Using Brother
Web Connect
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Documents saved on media (such as a USB flash drive) connected to the machine can be uploaded directly to a
web service.
•
Uploaded documents are saved in an album named From_BrotherDevice.
For information regarding restrictions, such as the size or number of documents that can be uploaded, refer to
the respective service's website.
If you are a restricted Web Connect user due to the Secure Function Lock feature (available for certain models),
you cannot upload documents saved on media.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the USB flash drive while the message appears on the LCD. Otherwise, the USB flash
drive, or data stored on the USB flash drive could be damaged.
(For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea)
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not
be uploaded.
1. Insert a USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD automatically changes.
2. Press [Web].
•
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
•
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Press a or b to display the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload.
Press the service name.
4. Press a or b to display your account name, and then press it.
5. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
6. Press a or b to display [Upload: Media].
Press [Upload: Media].
7. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect
426
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Documents that have been uploaded to your account can be downloaded directly to your machine and printed.
Documents that other users have uploaded to their own accounts for sharing can also be downloaded to your
machine and printed, as long as you have viewing privileges for those documents.
To download other users’ documents, you must have access privileges to view the corresponding albums or
documents.
If you are a restricted user for Web Connect due to the Secure Function Lock feature (available for certain
models), you cannot download the data.
The Secure Function Lock Page Limit feature applies to the print job using Web Connect.
For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea:
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not
be downloaded.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect
• Download and Print Using Web Services
• Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
427
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect &gt; Download and Print Using Web Services
Download and Print Using Web Services
For information on Brother CreativeCenter Templates, see Related Information.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press WEB.
•
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press c.
•
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press c.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select the service that hosts the document you want to download and print. Press OK.
b. Select your account name. Press OK.
3. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [Download: Print] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the album you want, and then press OK.
•
An album is a collection of documents. However, the actual term may differ depending on the service
you use. When using Evernote&reg;, you must select the notebook, and then select the note.
•
Some services do not require documents to be saved in albums. For documents not saved in albums,
select [See Unsorted Files] to select documents.
6. Press a or b to select the file name you want to print, and then press OK. Select additional documents to print
(you can select up to 10 documents).
7. When finished, press OK.
8. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press d or c to display [Web].
Press [Web].
•
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
•
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display the service that hosts the document you want to download and print.
Press the service name.
3. Press a or b to display your account name, and then press it. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the fourdigit PIN and press [OK].
4. Press a or b to display [Download: Print].
Press [Download: Print].
5. Press a or b to display the album you want, and then press it.
428
•
An album is a collection of documents. However, the actual term may differ depending on the service
you use. When using Evernote&reg;, you must select the notebook, and then select the note.
•
Some services do not require documents to be saved in albums. For documents not saved in albums,
select [See Unsorted Files] to select documents.
6. Press the file name you want to print. Confirm the document on the LCD and press [OK]. Select additional
documents to print (you can select up to 10 documents).
7. When finished, press [OK].
8. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
• Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Related Topics:
• Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
429
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect &gt; Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Brother CreativeCenter is not available in all countries.
1. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
•
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
•
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display [Print &quot;CreativeCenter&quot; Templates].
Press [Print &quot;CreativeCenter&quot; Templates].
3. Press a or b to display the desired category, and then press it.
4. Select the desired file. Enter the number of copies you want to print and then press [OK]. Repeat this step
until you have selected all the files that you want to print.
5. When finished, press [OK].
If information regarding the recommended print settings appears on the machine’s LCD, read the
information and press [OK].
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
• Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Related Topics:
• Download and Print Using Web Services
430
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; Download and Save a Document to an External
Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect
Download and Save a Document to an External Memory Device Using
Brother Web Connect
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
JPEG, PDF and Microsoft Office files can be downloaded from a service and saved directly on media connected
to the machine. Documents that other users have uploaded to their own accounts for sharing can also be
downloaded to your machine as long as you have viewing privileges for those documents.
•
Make sure there is enough available space on your USB flash drive.
•
To download other users’ documents, you must have access privileges to view the corresponding albums or
documents.
•
Downloaded files are renamed based on the current date. For example, the first image saved on July 1,
would be named 07010001.jpg. Note that the region setting also determines the date format of the file name.
•
Images are saved in the “BROTHER” folder, which can be found on the root level of the media.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the USB flash drive while the message appears on the LCD. Otherwise, the USB flash
drive, or data stored on the USB flash drive could be damaged.
1. Insert a USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD automatically changes.
2. Press [Web].
•
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
•
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Press a or b to display the service that hosts the document you want to download.
Press the service name.
4. Press a or b to display your account name, and then press it. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the fourdigit PIN and press [OK].
5. Press a or b to display [Download: Media].
Press [Download: Media].
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
•
An album is a collection of documents. However, the actual term may differ depending on the service
you use. When using Evernote&reg;, you must select the notebook, and then select the note.
•
Some services do not require documents to be saved in albums. For documents not saved in albums,
select [See Unsorted Files] to select documents.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect
431
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
•
Use the FaxForward to Cloud feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to your accounts with the
available online services.
1
1. Web Service
•
Use the FaxForward to E-mail feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to an inbox as email
attachments.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect
• Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
• Turn Off FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
432
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail &gt; Turn On
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Turn on the FaxForward feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to either an online service or an inbox
as email attachments.
•
This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
•
If you turn on this feature, you cannot use the following features:
-
Memory Receive ([Fax Forward], [Fax Storage])
-
[PC Fax Receive]
1. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
•
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
•
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
Press [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
If information regarding [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
3. Press [On].
4. Press [Forward to Cloud] or [Forward to E-mail].
•
If you selected [Forward to Cloud], choose the online service you want to receive the faxes, and
then specify your account name.
•
If you selected [Forward to E-mail], select the email address you want to receive the faxes as email
attachments.
5. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
• FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Related Topics:
• Memory Receive Options
433
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Web Connect &gt; FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail &gt; Turn Off
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Turn Off FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Turn off FaxForward when you want to stop incoming faxes from automatically going to either an online service
or an inbox as email attachments.
If there are received faxes still in your machine's memory, you cannot turn off FaxForward.
1. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
•
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
•
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
Press [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
If information regarding [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
3. Press [Off].
4. Press [OK].
Related Information
• FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
434
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; AirPrint
AirPrint
• AirPrint Overview
• Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
• Print Using AirPrint
• Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
• Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
435
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; AirPrint &gt; AirPrint Overview
AirPrint Overview
AirPrint is a printing solution for Apple operating systems that allows you
to wirelessly print photos, email, web pages and documents from your
iPad, iPhone, iPod touch and Mac computer without the need to install a
driver.
AirPrint also lets you send faxes directly from your Mac computer without
printing them and lets you scan documents to your Mac computer.
For more information, visit Apple’s website.
Use of the &quot;Works with Apple badge&quot; means that an accessory has been
designed to work specifically with the technology identified in the badge
and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance
standards.
Related Information
• AirPrint
436
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; AirPrint &gt; Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before printing using macOS, add your machine to the printer list on your Mac computer.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu.
2. Click Printers &amp; Scanners.
3. Click the + icon below the Printers pane on the left.
The Add screen appears.
4. Select your machine, and then select AirPrint from the Use pop-up menu.
5. Click Add.
Related Information
• AirPrint
437
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; AirPrint &gt; Print Using AirPrint
Print Using AirPrint
• Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch
• Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
438
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; AirPrint &gt; Print Using AirPrint &gt; Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch
Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below.
1. Make sure your machine is turned on.
Make sure you have loaded the correct paper in the paper tray and change the paper settings for the paper
tray on your machine.
2. Use Safari to open the page that you want to print.
3. Tap
or
.
4. Tap Print.
5. Make sure your machine is selected.
6. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, tap Printer.
A list of available machines appears.
7. Tap your machine's name in the list.
8. Select the options you want, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your
machine).
9. Tap Print.
Related Information
• Print Using AirPrint
439
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; AirPrint &gt; Print Using AirPrint &gt; Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below. Before printing,
make sure your machine is in the printer list on your Mac computer.
1. Make sure your machine is turned on.
Make sure you have loaded the correct paper in the paper tray and change the paper settings for the paper
tray on your machine.
2. On your Mac computer, use Safari to open the page that you want to print.
3. Click the File menu, and then select Print.
4. Make sure your machine is selected. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, click the Printer pop-up
menu, and then select your machine.
5. Select the desired options, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your
machine).
6. Click Print.
Related Information
• Print Using AirPrint
Related Topics:
• Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
440
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; AirPrint &gt; Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before scanning, make sure your machine is in the scanner list on your Mac computer.
1. Load your document.
2. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu.
3. Click Printers &amp; Scanners.
4. Select your machine from the scanner list.
5. Click the Scan tab, and then click the Open Scanner… button.
The Scanner screen appears.
6. If you place the document in the ADF, select Use Document Feeder check box, and then select the size of
your document from the scan size setting pop-up menu.
7. Select the destination folder or destination application from the destination setting pop-up menu.
8. Click Show Details to change the scanning settings if needed.
You can crop the image manually by dragging the mouse pointer over the portion you want to scan when
scanning from the scanner glass.
9. Click Scan.
Related Information
• AirPrint
Related Topics:
• Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
441
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; AirPrint &gt; Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
Make sure your machine is in the printer list on your Mac computer. Apple TextEdit is used in the example
below.
•
AirPrint supports only black and white fax documents.
•
(MFC-J4535DW) Your machine supports the Secure Function Lock feature. Sending faxes via AirPrint
is not available if Fax Tx for each user is restricted.
1. Make sure your machine is turned on.
2. On your Mac computer, open the file that you want to send as a fax.
3. Click the File menu, and then select Print.
4. Click the Printer pop-up menu, and then select Brother XXX-XXXX - Fax (where XXX-XXXX is the name of
your model).
5. Type the fax recipient information.
6. Click Fax.
Related Information
• AirPrint
Related Topics:
• Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
442
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Mopria&reg; Print Service
Mopria&reg; Print Service
Mopria&reg; Print Service is a print feature on Android™ mobile devices developed by
the Mopria&reg; Alliance. With this service, you can connect to the same network as
your machine and print without additional setup.
2
1
3
1. Android™ Mobile Device
2. Wi-Fi&reg; Connection
3. Your Machine
You must download the Mopria&reg; Print Service from the Google Play™ Store and install it on your Android™
device. Before using this service, you must turn it on.
Related Information
• Mobile/Web Connect
443
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Brother Mobile Connect
Brother Mobile Connect
Use Brother Mobile Connect to print and scan from your mobile device.
•
For Android™ devices
Brother Mobile Connect allows you to use your Brother machine's features directly from your Android™
device.
Download and install Brother Mobile Connect from Google Play™.
•
For all iOS or iPadOS supported devices including iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch
Brother Mobile Connect allows you to use your Brother machine's features directly from your iOS or iPadOS
device.
Download and install Brother Mobile Connect from the App Store.
Related Information
• Mobile/Web Connect
444
Home &gt; Mobile/Web Connect &gt; Print with Near-Field Communication (NFC)
Print with Near-Field Communication (NFC)
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
Near-Field Communication (NFC) allows for simple transactions, data exchange, and wireless connections
between two devices that are close to each other.
If your Android™ device is NFC-enabled, you can print data (photos, PDF files, text files, web pages and email
messages) from the device by touching it to the NFC symbol on the machine's control panel.
You must download and install Brother Mobile Connect to your Android™ device to use this feature.
Related Information
• Mobile/Web Connect
Related Topics:
• Control Panel Overview
445
Home &gt; Brother iPrint&amp;Scan for Windows and Mac
Brother iPrint&amp;Scan for Windows and Mac
• Brother iPrint&amp;Scan Overview for Windows and Mac
446
Home &gt; Brother iPrint&amp;Scan for Windows and Mac &gt; Brother iPrint&amp;Scan Overview for Windows and Mac
Brother iPrint&amp;Scan Overview for Windows and Mac
Use Brother iPrint&amp;Scan for Windows and Mac to print and scan from your computer.
The following screen shows an example of Brother iPrint&amp;Scan for Windows. The actual screen may differ
depending on the version of the application.
•
For Windows
Go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com to download the latest application.
•
For Mac
Download and install Brother iPrint&amp;Scan from the App Store.
If prompted, install the driver and software necessary to use your machine. Download the installer from
your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Brother iPrint&amp;Scan for Windows and Mac
Related Topics:
• Print Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
• Scan Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
• Change Scan Settings Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan
• Monitor Machine Status Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
447
Home &gt; Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
If you think there is a problem with your machine, first check each of the items below, then try to identify the
problem, and follow our troubleshooting tips.
You can correct most problems yourself. If you need additional help, visit support.brother.com for the latest FAQs
and troubleshooting tips:
1. Visit support.brother.com.
2. Click FAQs &amp; Troubleshooting and search for your model name.
First, check the following:
•
The machine's power cord is connected correctly and the machine's power is on.
•
All of the machine's protective parts have been removed.
•
The ink cartridges are installed correctly.
•
The Scanner Cover and the Jam Clear Cover are fully closed.
•
Paper is inserted correctly in the paper tray.
•
The interface cables are securely connected to the machine and the computer, or the wireless connection is
set up on both the machine and your computer.
•
(For network models) The access point (for wireless), router, or hub is turned on and its link indicator is
blinking.
•
The machine's LCD is displaying messages.
If you did not solve the problem with the checks, identify the problem and then see Related Information.
Related Information
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Document Jams
• Printer Jam or Paper Jam
• If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
• Check the Machine Information
• Reset Your Machine
Related Topics:
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
• Telephone and Fax Problems
• Other Problems
• Network Problems
• AirPrint Problems
448
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Error and Maintenance Messages
Error and Maintenance Messages
As with any sophisticated office product, errors may occur and supply items may have to be replaced. If this
happens, your machine identifies the error or required routine maintenance and shows the appropriate message.
The most common error and maintenance messages are shown in the table.
You can correct most errors and perform routine maintenance yourself. If you need more tips, go to your model's
FAQs &amp; Troubleshooting page at support.brother.com.
•
(MFC-J4535DW)
If the touchscreen displays errors and your Android™ device supports the NFC feature, touch your
device to the NFC symbol on the control panel and browse the latest FAQs from your device. (Your
mobile telephone provider's message and data rates may apply.)
Make sure the NFC settings of both your Brother machine and your Android™ device are set to On.
•
Related Information references are at the bottom of this page.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
Error Message
Cause
Action
Absorber NearFull
The ink absorber box is nearly full.
The ink absorber box must be replaced
soon. Call Brother Customer Service or a
Brother Authorized Service Center to
have your machine serviced.
•
B&amp;W Print Only
One or more of the color ink cartridges
have reached the end of their lives.
You can use the machine in black and
white mode for approximately four weeks
depending on the number of pages you
print.
The ink absorber box absorbs the
small amount of ink emitted during
print head cleaning.
Replace the ink cartridges.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
Although the Cause column lists options
for using the machine after this error
appears, you will not be able to use the
While this message appears on the LCD, machine until you replace one or more of
each operation works in the following way: the ink cartridges under the following
condition:
• Printing
If the media type is set to Plain Paper •
and you selected Grayscale in the
printer driver, you can use the machine
as a black &amp; white printer.
•
If you unplug the machine or remove
the ink cartridge.
Copying
If the paper type is set to Plain
Paper, you can make copies in black
and white.
•
Faxing
If the paper type is set to Plain
Paper, the machine will receive and
print the faxes in black and white.
Cannot Clean XX
The machine has a mechanical problem.
Cannot Start XX
-OR-
Cannot Print XX
A foreign object, such as a paper clip or a
piece of ripped paper, is in the machine.
Open the scanner cover and remove any
foreign objects and paper scraps from
inside the machine. If the error message
continues, disconnect the machine from
the power for several minutes, and then
reconnect it.
449
Error Message
Cause
Action
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam Inside/Front).
If you cannot print documents and
received faxes, transfer them to another
fax machine or to your computer before
disconnecting the machine so you will not
lose any important messages. Then,
disconnect the machine from the power
for several minutes and reconnect it.
See Related Information: Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report.
Cannot Detect
An ink cartridge is not installed correctly.
Take out the new ink cartridge and
reinstall it slowly and firmly until it locks
into place.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
If you are not using Genuine Brother ink,
the machine may not detect the ink
cartridge.
Use a new Genuine Brother Ink Cartridge.
If the error is not cleared, call Brother
Customer Service.
The wrong Brother model ink cartridge
was installed.
Check the model numbers of the ink
cartridges and install the correct ink
cartridges.
Cannot Detect Ink
If you are not using Genuine Brother ink,
the machine may not detect the ink
volume.
Use a new Genuine Brother Ink Cartridge.
If the error is not cleared, call Brother
Customer Service.
Cannot Scan XX
The machine has a mechanical problem.
Disconnect the machine from the power
for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
If you cannot print documents and
received faxes, transfer them to another
fax machine or to your computer before
disconnecting the machine so you will not
lose any important messages. Then,
disconnect the machine from the power
for several minutes and reconnect it.
See Related Information: Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report.
Comm. Error
Poor telephone line quality caused a
communication error.
Send the fax again or connect the
machine to another telephone line. If the
problem continues, call the telephone
company and ask them to check your
telephone line.
Connection Error
Other devices are trying to connect to the
Wi-Fi Direct network at the same time.
Make sure there are no other devices
trying to connect to the Wi-Fi Direct
network, and then try to configure the WiFi Direct settings again.
Connection Failed
The Brother machine and your mobile
device cannot communicate during the
Wi-Fi Direct network configuration.
•
Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
•
Move your Brother machine and the
mobile device to an obstruction-free
area.
•
If you are using the PIN Method of
WPS, make sure you have entered the
correct PIN.
Cover is Open.
The scanner cover is not locked in the
closed position.
Lift the scanner cover and then close it
again.
450
Error Message
Cause
Action
Cover is Open.
The scanner cover is not locked in the
closed position.
Make sure the interface cable (if used)
has been guided correctly through the
cable channel and out the back of the
machine.
The ink cartridge cover is not locked in the Firmly close the ink cartridge cover until it
closed position.
locks into place.
Data Remaining
Print data is left in the machine's memory. Press Stop/Exit. The machine will cancel
the job and clear it from the memory. Try
to print again.
Disconnected
The other person or other person's fax
machine stopped the call.
Try to send or receive again.
If calls are stopped repeatedly and you
are using a VoIP (Voice over IP) system,
try changing the Compatibility to Basic (for
VoIP).
See Related Information: Telephone Line
Interference/VoIP.
Document Jam
The document was not inserted or fed
correctly, or the document scanned from
the ADF was too long.
Remove the jammed document, and then
press Stop/Exit. Set the document in the
ADF correctly.
See Related Information: Load
Documents in the Automatic Document
Feeder (ADF).
See Related Information: Document
Jams.
DR Mode in Use
The machine is in Distinctive Ring mode.
You cannot change the Receive Mode
from Manual to another mode.
Set Distinctive Ring to Off.
High Temperature
The room temperature is too high.
After cooling the room, allow the machine
to cool down to room temperature. Try
again when the machine has cooled
down.
Ink Absorber Full
The ink absorber box is full. These
components are periodic maintenance
items that may require replacement after
a period of time to ensure optimum
performance from your Brother machine.
Because these components are periodic
maintenance items, the replacement is
not covered under the warranty. The need
to replace these items and the time period
before replacement is dependent on the
number of purges and flushes required to
clean the ink system. These boxes
acquire amounts of ink during the different
purging and flushing operations. The
number of times a machine purges and
flushes for cleaning varies depending on
different situations. For example,
frequently powering the machine on and
off will cause numerous cleaning cycles
since the machine automatically cleans
upon power up. The use of non-Brother
ink may cause frequent cleanings
because non-Brother ink could cause
poor print quality which is resolved by
cleaning. The more cleaning the machine
requires, the faster these boxes will fill up.
The ink absorber box must be replaced.
Call Brother Customer Service or a
Brother Authorized Service Center to
have your machine serviced.
See Related Information: Turn off
Distinctive Ring.
451
Error Message
Cause
Action
Repairs resulting from the use of nonBrother supplies may not be covered
under the stated product warranty.
Ink Low
The ink level is low. If the sending
machine has the ability to convert it, the
color fax will be printed at your machine
as a black &amp; white fax.
Prepare a new ink cartridge. You can
continue printing until the LCD displays
Replace Ink.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
•
Jam Front
The paper is jammed in the machine.
Repeat Jam Front
You can still scan even if the ink is
low or needs to be replaced.
Gently remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam
Front).
Make sure the paper guides are set to the
correct paper size.
DO NOT extend the paper tray when you
load A5 or smaller size paper.
Jam Inside/Front
The paper is jammed in the machine.
Repeat Jam
Gently remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam Inside/Front).
Make sure the paper guides are set to the
correct paper size.
DO NOT extend the paper tray when you
load A5 or smaller size paper.
More than one sheet of paper was placed
in the manual feed slot.
-ORAnother sheet of paper was placed in the
manual feed slot before the LCD
displayed Insert one sheet at a
time..
Do not put more than one sheet of paper
in the manual feed slot at any one time.
Wait until the LCD displays Insert one
sheet at a time. before you feed the
next sheet of paper in the manual feed
slot.
Gently remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam Inside/Front).
Jam Rear
The paper is jammed in the machine.
Gently remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam
Rear / Jam Tray2).
Make sure the paper guides are set to the
correct paper size.
DO NOT extend the paper tray when you
load A5 or smaller size paper.
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
Low Temperature
The room temperature is too low.
After warming the room, allow the
machine to warm up to room temperature.
Try again when the machine has warmed
up.
No Caller ID
There is no incoming call history. You did
not receive calls or you have not
subscribed to the Caller ID service from
your telephone company.
To use the Caller ID feature, call your
telephone company.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #1.
See Related Information: Caller ID.
452
Error Message
Cause
Action
No Device
When configuring the Wi-Fi Direct
network, the Brother machine cannot find
your mobile device.
•
Make sure your machine and mobile
device are in the Wi-Fi Direct mode.
•
Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
•
Move your Brother machine and the
mobile device to an obstruction-free
area.
•
If you are manually configuring the WiFi Direct network, make sure you have
entered the correct password.
•
If your mobile device has a
configuration page for how to obtain
an IP address, make sure the IP
address of your mobile device has
been configured via DHCP.
No Ink Cartridge
An ink cartridge is not installed correctly.
Remove the ink cartridge and re-install it
slowly and firmly until it locks into place.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
No Paper Fed
The machine is out of paper or paper is
not correctly loaded in the paper tray.
Do one of the following:
•
Refill the paper tray, and then press c.
•
Remove and reload the paper, and
then press c.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
The paper was not inserted in the center
position of the manual feed slot.
Remove the paper and reinsert it in the
center of the manual feed slot, and then
follow the LCD instructions.
See Related Information: Load Paper in
the Manual Feed Slot.
The Jam Clear Cover is not closed
correctly.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed
evenly at both ends.
See Related Information: Printer Jam or
Paper Jam.
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
No Response/Busy
The number you dialed does not answer
or is busy.
Verify the number and try again.
Not Registered
You tried to access a Speed Dial number
that has not been stored in the machine.
Set up the Speed Dial number.
Out of Fax Memory
The fax memory is full.
Print the faxes that are in the memory.
No Paper Fed Again
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #1.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #1.
See Related Information: Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory.
Out of Memory
The machine's memory is full.
If a fax-sending or copy operation is in
progress:
•
Press Stop/Exit and wait until the
other operations that are in progress
finish, and then try again.
•
Press c to select Partial Print to
copy the pages scanned so far.
•
Print the faxes that are in the memory.
453
Error Message
Cause
Action
See Related Information: Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory.
Paper Size Mismatch
The paper size setting does not match the 1. Check that the paper size you chose
size of paper in the tray.
on the machine's display matches the
size of the paper in the tray.
-ORYou did not set the paper guides in the
tray to the indicators for the paper size
you are using.
See Related Information: Change the
Paper Size and Paper Type.
2. Make sure you loaded the paper in a
Portrait position, by setting the paper
guides at the indicators for your paper
size.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
3. After you have checked the paper size
and the paper position, press c.
If you are printing from your computer,
make sure the paper size you selected in
the printer driver or in the application you
use to print matches the size of paper in
the tray.
See Related Information: Print Settings
(Windows).
Replace Ink
The maximum number of
devices are already
connected using Wi-Fi
Direct.
One or more of the ink cartridges have
reached the end of their lives. The
machine will stop all print operations.
While memory is available, black and
white faxes will be stored in the memory.
If the sending machine has the ability to
convert it, the color fax will be stored in
the memory as a black and white fax.
Replace the ink cartridges.
The maximum number of mobile devices
are already connected to the Wi-Fi Direct
network when the Brother machine is the
Group Owner.
After the current connection between your
Brother machine and another mobile
device has shut down, try to configure the
Wi-Fi Direct settings again. You can
confirm the connection status by printing
the Network Configuration Report.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
•
You can still scan even if the ink is low
or needs to be replaced.
See Related Information: Print the
Network Configuration Report.
Tray 1 not detected
The paper tray is not completely inserted.
Slowly push the paper tray completely into
the machine.
Paper or a foreign object has prevented
the paper tray from being inserted
correctly.
Pull the paper tray out of the machine,
and remove the jammed paper or foreign
object. If you cannot find or remove the
jammed paper, see Related Information:
Printer Jam or Paper Jam.
This message is displayed when the
setting to confirm the paper type and size
is enabled.
To not display this confirmation message,
change the setting to Off.
Wrong Ink Cartridge
The ink cartridge model number is not
compatible with your machine.
Verify whether the cartridge model
number will work with your machine.
Wrong Ink Color
An ink cartridge has been installed in the
wrong position.
Check which ink cartridges are not
matched by color to their ink cartridge
positions and move them to their correct
positions.
Tray Settings
See Related Information: Change the
Check Paper Setting.
454
MFC-J4535DW
Error Message
Cause
Action
B&amp;W Print Only
One or more of the color ink cartridges
have reached the end of their lives.
Replace the ink cartridges.
You can use the machine in black &amp; white
mode for approximately four weeks
depending on the number of pages you
print.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
Although the Cause column lists options
for using the machine after this error
appears, you may not be able to use the
While this message appears on the LCD, machine until you replace one or more of
each operation works in the following way: the ink cartridges under the following
condition:
• Printing
If the media type is set to Plain Paper •
and you selected Grayscale in the
printer driver, you can use the machine
as a black &amp; white printer.
•
If you unplug the machine or remove
the ink cartridge.
Copying
If the paper type is set to Plain
Paper, you can make copies in black
&amp; white.
•
Faxing
If the paper type is set to Plain
Paper, the machine will receive and
print the faxes in black &amp; white.
Cannot Clean XX
The machine has a mechanical problem.
Cannot Initialize XX
-OR-
Cannot Print XX
A foreign object, such as a paper clip or a
piece of ripped paper, is in the machine.
Open the scanner cover and remove any
foreign objects and paper scraps from
inside the machine. If the error message
continues, disconnect the machine from
the power for several minutes, and then
reconnect it.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam Inside/Front).
If you cannot print documents and
received faxes, transfer them to another
fax machine or to your computer.
See Related Information: Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report.
Cannot Detect
An ink cartridge is not installed correctly.
Take out the new ink cartridge and
reinstall it slowly and firmly until it locks
into place.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
If you are not using Genuine Brother ink,
the machine may not detect the ink
cartridge.
Use a new Genuine Brother Ink Cartridge.
If the error is not cleared, call Brother
Customer Service.
The wrong Brother model ink cartridge
was installed.
Check the model numbers of the ink
cartridges and install the correct ink
cartridges.
Cannot Detect Ink
Volume
If you are not using Genuine Brother ink,
the machine may not detect the ink
volume.
Use a new Genuine Brother Ink Cartridge.
If the error is not cleared, call Brother
Customer Service.
Cannot Scan XX
The machine has a mechanical problem.
Disconnect the machine from the power
for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
If you cannot print documents and
received faxes, transfer them to another
fax machine or to your computer.
455
Error Message
Cause
Action
See Related Information: Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report.
Comm.Error
Poor telephone line quality caused a
communication error.
Send the fax again or connect the
machine to another telephone line. If the
problem continues, call the telephone
company and ask them to check your
telephone line.
Connection Error
Other devices are trying to connect to the
Wi-Fi Direct network at the same time.
Make sure there are no other devices
trying to connect to the Wi-Fi Direct
network, and then try to configure the WiFi Direct settings again.
Connection Failed
The Brother machine and your mobile
device cannot communicate during the
Wi-Fi Direct network configuration.
•
Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
•
Move your Brother machine and the
mobile device to an obstruction-free
area.
•
If you are using the PIN Method of
WPS, make sure you have entered the
correct PIN.
Cover is Open.
The scanner cover is not locked in the
closed position.
Lift the scanner cover and then close it
again.
Make sure the interface cable (if used)
has been guided correctly through the
cable channel and out the back of the
machine.
The ink cartridge cover is not locked in the Firmly close the ink cartridge cover until it
closed position.
locks into place.
Data Remaining in
Memory
Print data is left in the machine's memory. Press
Disconnected
The other person or other person's fax
machine stopped the call.
. The machine will cancel the
job and clear it from the memory. Try to
print again.
Try to send or receive again.
If calls are stopped repeatedly and you
are using a VoIP (Voice over IP) system,
try changing the Compatibility to Basic (for
VoIP).
See Related Information: Telephone Line
Interference/VoIP.
Document Jam/too Long
The document was not inserted or fed
correctly, or the document scanned from
the ADF was too long.
Remove the jammed document, and then
press
. Set the document in the ADF
correctly.
See Related Information: Load
Documents in the Automatic Document
Feeder (ADF).
See Related Information: Document
Jams.
DR Mode in Use
High Temperature
The machine is in Distinctive Ring mode.
You cannot change the Receive Mode
from Manual to another mode.
Set Distinctive Ring to Off.
The room temperature is too high.
After cooling the room, allow the machine
to cool down to room temperature. Try
again when the machine has cooled
down.
See Related Information: Turn off
Distinctive Ring.
456
Error Message
Cause
Action
Hub is Unusable.
A hub or USB flash drive with hub has
been connected to the USB direct
interface.
Hubs, including a USB flash drive with a
built-in hub, are not supported. Unplug the
device from the USB direct interface.
Ink Absorber NearFull
The ink absorber box is nearly full.
The ink absorber box must be replaced
soon. Call Brother Customer Service or a
Brother Authorized Service Center to
have your machine serviced.
•
Ink Absorber Pad Full
The ink absorber box is full. These
components are periodic maintenance
items that may require replacement after
a period of time to ensure optimum
performance from your Brother machine.
Because these components are periodic
maintenance items, the replacement is
not covered under the warranty. The need
to replace these items and the time period
before replacement is dependent on the
number of purges and flushes required to
clean the ink system. These boxes
acquire amounts of ink during the different
purging and flushing operations. The
number of times a machine purges and
flushes for cleaning varies depending on
different situations. For example,
frequently powering the machine on and
off will cause numerous cleaning cycles
since the machine automatically cleans
upon power up. The use of non-Brother
ink may cause frequent cleanings
because non-Brother ink could cause
poor print quality which is resolved by
cleaning. The more cleaning the machine
requires, the faster these boxes will fill up.
The ink absorber box absorbs the
small amount of ink emitted during
print head cleaning.
The ink absorber box must be replaced.
Call Brother Customer Service or a
Brother Authorized Service Center to
have your machine serviced.
Repairs resulting from the use of nonBrother supplies may not be covered
under the stated product warranty.
Ink Low
The ink level is low. If the sending
machine has the ability to convert it, the
color fax will be printed at your machine
as a black &amp; white fax.
Prepare a new ink cartridge. You can
continue printing until the touchscreen
displays Replace Ink.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
•
Jam Front
The paper is jammed in the machine.
Repeat Jam Front
You can still scan even if the ink is
low or needs to be replaced.
Gently remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam
Front).
Make sure the paper guides are set to the
correct paper size.
DO NOT extend the paper tray when you
load A5 or smaller size paper.
Jam Inside/Front
Repeat Jam Inside/
Front
The paper is jammed in the machine.
Gently remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam Inside/Front).
457
Error Message
Cause
Jam Inside/Front
Action
Make sure the paper guides are set to the
correct paper size.
Repeat Jam Inside/
Front
DO NOT extend the paper tray when you
load A5 or smaller size paper.
More than one sheet of paper was placed
in the manual feed slot.
-ORAnother sheet of paper was placed in the
manual feed slot before the touchscreen
displayed Where to Place the
Paper.
Do not put more than one sheet of paper
in the manual feed slot at any one time.
Wait until the touchscreen displays Where
to Place the Paper before you feed
the next sheet of paper in the manual feed
slot.
Gently remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam Inside/Front).
Jam Rear
The paper is jammed in the machine.
Jam Tray2
Gently remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam
Rear / Jam Tray2).
Make sure the paper guides are set to the
correct paper size.
DO NOT extend the paper tray when you
load A5 or smaller size paper.
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
Low Temperature
The room temperature is too low.
After warming the room, allow the
machine to warm up to room temperature.
Try again when the machine has warmed
up.
Media is Full.
The USB flash drive you are using does
not have enough free space to scan the
document.
Delete unused files from your USB flash
drive to free some space, and then try
again.
No Caller ID
There is no incoming call history. You did
not receive calls or you have not
subscribed to the Caller ID service from
your telephone company.
To use the Caller ID feature, call your
telephone company.
When configuring the Wi-Fi Direct
network, the Brother machine cannot find
your mobile device.
•
Make sure your machine and mobile
device are in the Wi-Fi Direct mode.
•
Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
•
Move your Brother machine and the
mobile device to an obstruction-free
area.
•
If you are manually configuring the WiFi Direct network, make sure you have
entered the correct password.
•
If your mobile device has a
configuration page for how to obtain
an IP address, make sure the IP
address of your mobile device has
been configured via DHCP.
No Device
No device found.
No File
The USB flash drive in the media drive
does not contain a .JPG file.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #1 or
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper
Tray #2.
See Related Information: Caller ID.
Reinsert the correct USB flash drive in the
slot.
458
Error Message
Cause
Action
No Ink Cartridge
An ink cartridge is not installed correctly.
Remove the ink cartridge and re-install it
slowly and firmly until it locks into place.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
No Paper Fed
No Paper Fed [Tray 1]
The machine is out of paper or paper is
not correctly loaded in the paper tray.
Do one of the following:
•
Refill the paper tray, and then follow
the LCD instructions.
•
Remove and reload the paper, and
then follow the LCD instructions.
No Paper Fed [Tray 2]
See Related Information: Load Paper.
The paper was not inserted in the center
position of the manual feed slot.
Remove the paper and reinsert it in the
center of the manual feed slot, and then
follow the LCD instructions.
See Related Information: Load Paper in
the Manual Feed Slot.
The Jam Clear Cover is not closed
correctly.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed
evenly at both ends.
See Related Information: Printer Jam or
Paper Jam.
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
The connected USB device is
unresponsive.
Unplug the device from the USB direct
interface.
No Response/Busy
The number you dialed does not answer
or is busy.
Verify the number and try again.
Out of Fax Memory
The fax memory is full.
Do one of the following:
No Response
Please disconnect USB
device.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #1 or
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper
Tray #2.
•
Clear the data from the memory. To
gain extra memory, you can turn off
Memory Receive.
See Related Information: Turn Off
Memory Receive.
•
Print the faxes that are in the memory.
See Related Information: Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory.
Out of Memory
The machine's memory is full.
If a fax-sending or copy operation is in
progress:
•
Press
or Quit and wait until the
other operations that are in progress
finish, and then try again.
•
Press Partial Print to copy the
pages scanned so far.
•
Clear the data stored in the memory.
To gain extra memory, you can turn off
Memory Receive.
See Related Information: Turn Off
Memory Receive.
•
Print the faxes stored in the memory.
See Related Information: Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory.
459
Error Message
Cause
Paper Size Mismatch
The paper size setting does not match the 1. Check that the paper size you selected
size of paper in the tray.
on the machine's display matches the
size of the paper in the tray.
-OR-
Paper Size Mismatch
[Tray 1]
Paper Size Mismatch
[Tray 2]
You did not set the paper guides in the
tray to the indicators for the paper size
you are using.
Action
See Related Information: Change the
Paper Size and Paper Type.
2. Make sure you loaded the paper in the
correct orientation and set the paper
guides at the indicators for your paper
size.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
3. After you have checked the paper size
and the paper orientation, follow the
LCD instructions.
If you are printing from your computer,
make sure the paper size you selected in
the printer driver or in the application you
use to print matches the size of paper in
the tray.
See Related Information: Print Settings
(Windows).
Paper Tray not
detected
The paper tray is not completely inserted.
Slowly push the paper tray completely into
the machine.
Paper Tray 1 not
detected
Paper or a foreign object has prevented
the paper tray from being inserted
correctly.
Pull the paper tray out of the machine,
and remove the jammed paper or foreign
object. If you cannot find or remove the
jammed paper, see Related Information:
Printer Jam or Paper Jam.
Repetitive No Paper
Fed
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
Replace Ink
One or more of the ink cartridges have
reached the end of their lives. The
machine will stop all print operations.
While memory is available, black and
white faxes will be stored in the memory.
If the sending machine has the ability to
convert it, the color fax will be stored in
the memory as a black and white fax.
Replace the ink cartridges.
The maximum number of mobile devices
are already connected to the Wi-Fi Direct
network when the Brother machine is the
Group Owner.
After the current connection between your
Brother machine and another mobile
device has shut down, try to configure the
Wi-Fi Direct settings again. You can
confirm the connection status by printing
the Network Configuration Report.
Paper Tray 2 not
detected
The maximum number of
devices are already
connected using Wi-Fi
Direct.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #1 or
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper
Tray #2.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
•
You can still scan even if the ink is low
or needs to be replaced.
See Related Information: Print the
Network Configuration Report.
Touchscreen Init.
Failed
The touchscreen was pressed before the
power on initialization was completed.
Make sure nothing is touching or resting
on the touchscreen, especially when
plugging the machine in.
Debris may be stuck between the lower
part of the touchscreen and its frame.
Insert a piece of stiff paper between the
lower part of the touchscreen and its
frame and slide it back and forth to push
out the debris.
460
Error Message
Cause
Action
Tray Settings
This message is displayed when the
setting to confirm the paper type and size
is enabled.
To not display this confirmation message,
change the setting to Off.
Tray 1 Settings
Tray 2 Settings
Unusable Device
See Related Information: Change the
Check Paper Setting.
A broken device is connected to the USB
Disconnect device from direct interface.
front connector &amp; turn
machine off &amp; then on
Unplug the device from the USB direct
interface. Turn the machine off and then
on again.
Unusable Device
A USB device or USB flash drive that is
not supported has been connected to the
USB direct interface.
Unplug the device from the USB direct
interface.
Wrong Ink Cartridge
The ink cartridge model number is not
compatible with your machine.
Verify whether the cartridge model
number will work with your machine.
Wrong Ink Color
An ink cartridge has been installed in the
wrong position.
Check which ink cartridges are not
matched by color to their ink cartridge
positions and move them to their correct
positions.
Wrong Tray Settings
The machine's Paper Size or Paper Type Follow the instructions on the touchscreen
Settings and Tray Use settings do not
and try to print again.
match the size of paper or type of paper in
Configure the paper size setting or paper
the tray you are using.
type setting for the tray according to the
LCD instructions.
Please disconnect USB
device.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
• Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
• Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
Related Topics:
• Touchscreen LCD Overview
• Print the Network Configuration Report
• Replace the Ink Cartridges
• Change the Check Paper Setting
• Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
• Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
• Document Jams
• Turn off Distinctive Ring
• Caller ID
• Load Paper
• Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
• Printer Jam or Paper Jam
• Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #1
• Turn Off Memory Receive
• Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
• Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
• Print Settings (Windows)
• Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the Machine (Jam Inside/Front)
• Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam Front)
• Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam Rear / Jam Tray2)
461
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
• Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #2
462
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Error and Maintenance Messages &gt; Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
If the LCD shows:
•
[Cannot Clean XX]
•
[Cannot Initialize XX]
•
[Cannot Start XX]
•
[Cannot Print XX]
•
[Cannot Scan XX]
We recommend transferring your faxes to another fax machine or to your computer.
See Related Information: Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine.
See Related Information: Transfer Faxes to Your Computer.
You can also transfer the Fax Journal report to see if there are any faxes you must transfer.
See Related Information: Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine.
Related Information
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
• Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
• Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
Related Topics:
• Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
• Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default
• Reset Your Machine
• Reset Functions Overview
463
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Error and Maintenance Messages &gt; Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
Report &gt; Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
If you have not set up your Station ID, you cannot enter Fax Transfer mode.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Stop/Exit to clear the error temporarily.
2. Press Settings.
3. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Service]. Press OK.
b. Select [Data Transfer]. Press OK.
c. Select [Fax Transfer]. Press OK.
4. Do one of the following:
•
If the LCD displays [No Data], there are no faxes left in the machine's memory.
Press c, and then press Stop/Exit.
•
Enter the fax number where faxes will be forwarded.
5. Press Black Start.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
2. Press
to clear the error temporarily.
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Service] &gt; [Data Transfer] &gt; [Fax Transfer].
3. Do one of the following:
•
If the touchscreen displays [No Data], there are no faxes left in the machine’s memory.
Press [Close], and then press
•
.
Enter the fax number where faxes will be forwarded.
4. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
• Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Related Topics:
• Set Your Station ID
464
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Error and Maintenance Messages &gt; Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
Report &gt; Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
You can transfer the faxes from your machine's memory to your computer.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Stop/Exit to clear the error temporarily.
2. Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers on your computer, and then turn on PC-FAX
Receive on the computer.
3. Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already
selected).
4. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.
5. Read and confirm the instructions on your computer.
Faxes in the machine's memory will be sent to your computer automatically.
When faxes in the machine's memory are not sent to your computer:
Make sure you have set [PC Fax Receive] on the machine.
Press a or b to select [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off]. Press OK.
If faxes are in the machine's memory when you set up PC-Fax Receive, an LCD message prompts you to
transfer the faxes to your computer.
Press c to transfer all faxes in the memory to your computer.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
to clear the error temporarily.
2. Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers on your computer, and then turn on PC-FAX
Receive on the computer.
3. Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already
selected).
4. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.
5. Read and confirm the instructions on your computer.
Faxes in the machine's memory will be sent to your computer automatically.
When faxes in the machine's memory are not sent to your computer:
Make sure you have set [PC Fax Receive] on the machine.
If faxes are in the machine's memory when you set up PC-Fax Receive, the touchscreen prompts you to
transfer the faxes to your computer.
If Fax Preview is set to Off, you will be asked if you want to print backup copies.
Press [Yes] to transfer all faxes in the memory to your computer.
Related Information
• Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Related Topics:
• Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
465
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Error and Maintenance Messages &gt; Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
Report &gt; Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
If you have not set up your Station ID, you cannot enter fax transfer mode.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Stop/Exit to clear the error temporarily.
2. Press Settings.
3. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Service]. Press OK.
b. Select [Data Transfer]. Press OK.
c. Select [Report Transfer]. Press OK.
4. Enter the fax number where Fax Journal report will be forwarded.
5. Press Black Start.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
2. Press
to clear the error temporarily.
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Service] &gt; [Data Transfer] &gt; [Report
Transfer].
3. Enter the fax number where the Fax Journal report will be forwarded.
4. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
• Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Related Topics:
• Set Your Station ID
466
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Error and Maintenance Messages &gt; Error Messages When Using the Brother
Web Connect Feature
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
Your Brother machine displays an error message if an error occurs. The most common error messages are
shown in the chart.
You can correct most errors yourself. If you need more tips, go to your model's FAQs &amp; Troubleshooting page
at support.brother.com.
Connection Error
Error Messages
Cause
Action
(MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW)
Connection Error 02
The machine is not connected to a
network.
(MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW)
(MFC-J4535DW)
Connection Error 02
•
Verify that the network connection
is good.
•
If WEB was pressed soon after
the machine was turned on, the
network connection may not have
been established yet. Wait and try
again.
(MFC-J4535DW)
(MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW)
Connection Error 03
•
Network or server settings are
incorrect.
(MFC-J4535DW)
Connection Error 03
•
There is a problem with the
network or server.
•
Verify that the network connection
is good.
•
If the Web or Apps option was
pressed soon after the machine
was turned on, the network
connection may not have been
established yet. Wait and try
again.
(MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW)
•
Confirm that network settings are
correct, or wait and try again later.
•
If WEB was pressed soon after
the machine was turned on, the
network connection may not have
been established yet. Wait and try
again.
(MFC-J4535DW)
(MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW)
Connection Error 07
(MFC-J4535DW)
Connection Error 07
Date and time settings are incorrect.
•
Confirm that network settings are
correct, or wait and try again later.
•
If the Web or Apps option was
pressed soon after the machine
was turned on, the network
connection may not have been
established yet. Wait and try
again.
Set the date and time correctly. Note
that if the machine's power cord is
disconnected, the date and time
settings may have reset to factory
settings.
467
Authentication Error
Error Messages
Cause
Action
Authentication Error 01
The PIN you entered to access the
account is incorrect. The PIN is the
four-digit number that was entered
when registering the account to the
machine.
Enter the correct PIN.
Authentication Error 02
The temporary ID that was entered is
incorrect.
Enter the correct temporary ID.
The temporary ID that was entered
has expired. A temporary ID is valid
for 24 hours.
Apply for Brother Web Connect
access again and receive a new
temporary ID, and then use the new
ID to register the account to the
machine.
The name you entered as the display
name has already been registered to
another service user.
Enter a different display name.
Error Messages
Cause
Action
Server Error 01
The machine's authentication
information (needed to access the
service) has expired or is invalid.
Apply for Brother Web Connect
access again to receive a new
temporary ID, and then use the new
ID to register the account to the
machine.
Server Error 03
The file you are trying to upload may
have one of the following problems:
The file cannot be used:
Authentication Error 03
Server Error
•
•
The file exceeds the service's limit
on number of pixels, file size, etc. •
The file type is not supported.
•
•
The file is corrupted.
•
Server Error 13
Check the service's size or format
restrictions.
Save the file as a different type.
If possible, get a new, uncorrupted
version of the file.
There is a problem with the service
and it cannot be used now.
Wait and try again. If you get the
message again, access the service
from a computer to confirm if it is
unavailable.
Error Messages
Cause
Action
Shortcut Error 02
The shortcut cannot be used because Delete the shortcut, and then register
the account was deleted after the
the account and shortcut again.
shortcut was registered.
Shortcut Error
Related Information
• Error and Maintenance Messages
468
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Document Jams
Document Jams
• Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
• Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit
• Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF
• Error and Maintenance Messages
469
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Document Jams &gt; Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
1. Remove any paper from the ADF that is not jammed.
2. Open the ADF cover.
3. Remove the jammed document by pulling it upward.
4. Close the ADF cover.
5. Press Stop/Exit or
.
IMPORTANT
To avoid future document jams, close the ADF cover correctly by pressing it down in the center.
Related Information
• Document Jams
470
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Document Jams &gt; Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit
Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit
1. Remove any paper from the ADF that is not jammed.
2. Lift the document cover.
3. Pull the jammed document out to the left.
4. Close the document cover.
5. Press Stop/Exit or
.
Related Information
• Document Jams
471
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Document Jams &gt; Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF
Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF
1. Lift the document cover.
2. Insert a piece of stiff paper, such as cardstock, into the ADF to push any small paper scraps through.
3. Close the document cover.
4. Press Stop/Exit or
.
Related Information
• Document Jams
472
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Printer Jam or Paper Jam
Printer Jam or Paper Jam
Locate and remove the jammed paper.
• Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the Machine (Jam Inside/Front)
• Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam Front)
• Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam Rear / Jam Tray2)
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
473
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Printer Jam or Paper Jam &gt; Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam Inside/Front)
Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the Machine (Jam Inside/
Front)
If the LCD displays [Jam Inside/Front], [Repeat Jam Inside/Front] or [Repeat Jam], follow these
steps:
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet.
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW)
Before you unplug the machine from the power source, you can transfer your faxes that are stored in the
machine's memory to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important
messages.
2. Pull Tray #1 (1) completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
3. Lift the paper support (1), and then pull it at an angle completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
4. Slowly pull the jammed paper (1) out of the machine.
1
5. Place both hands under the plastic tabs on both sides of the machine to lift the scanner cover (1) into the
open position.
474
1
6. Slowly pull the jammed paper (1) out of the machine.
1
IMPORTANT
•
DO NOT touch the encoder strip, a thin strip of plastic that stretches across the width of the machine
(1). Doing this may cause damage to the machine.
1
•
If the print head is in the right corner as shown in the illustration (2), you cannot move it. Follow these
steps:
a. Close the scanner cover, and then reconnect the power cord.
b. Open the scanner cover again, and then press and hold Stop/Exit or
until the print head
moves to the center.
c. Unplug the machine from the power source and gently remove the jammed paper.
475
3
2
•
If the paper is jammed under the print head, unplug the machine from the power source, and then
move the print head to remove the paper.
Hold the concave areas with the triangle marks as shown in the illustration (3) to move the print head.
•
If ink gets on your skin or clothing, immediately wash it off with soap or detergent.
If your LCD error message was [Repeat Jam Inside/Front] or [Repeat Jam], move the print head
(if needed) to remove any paper remaining in this area. Make sure scraps of paper are not left in the
corners of the machine (1) and (2).
1
2
7. Gently close the scanner cover using both hands.
476
If your LCD error message was [Repeat Jam Inside/Front] or [Repeat Jam], do the following:
a. Make sure you look carefully inside (1) for any scraps of paper.
1
b. (MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW) Squeeze both levers (1), and then open the Jam Clear Cover at the
back of the machine.
1
(MFC-J4535DW) Open the Jam Clear Cover (1) on the back of the machine.
1
c. Slowly pull the jammed paper out of the machine.
d. Close the Jam Clear Cover. Make sure the cover is closed completely.
8. Put the paper support firmly back in the machine. Make sure you fit the paper support into the channels.
477
9. Slowly push Tray #1 completely into the machine.
10. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
11. Reconnect the power cord.
478
Additional paper jam clear operations
If the LCD error message continues to appear and you repeatedly experience paper jams, do the following:
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet and open the manual feed slot cover.
2. Load one sheet of thick A4 or Letter sized paper, such as glossy paper, in the manual feed slot. Insert
the paper deep into the manual feed slot.
3. Re-connect the power cord.
The paper you placed in the manual feed slot will be fed through the machine and ejected. If the thick
paper is pushing any jammed paper out, remove the jammed paper.
Related Information
• Printer Jam or Paper Jam
Related Topics:
• Error and Maintenance Messages
479
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Printer Jam or Paper Jam &gt; Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam
Front)
Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam Front)
If the LCD displays [Jam Front] or [Repeat Jam Front], follow these steps:
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet.
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW)
Before you unplug the machine from the power source, you can transfer your faxes that are stored in the
machine's memory to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important
messages.
2. Pull Tray #1 (1) completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
3. Lift the paper support (1), and then pull it at an angle completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
4. Slowly pull out the jammed paper (1).
1
480
If your LCD error message was [Repeat Jam Front], do the following:
a. Make sure you look carefully inside (1) for any scraps of paper.
1
b. (MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW) Squeeze both levers (1), and then open the Jam Clear Cover at the
back of the machine.
1
(MFC-J4535DW) Open the Jam Clear Cover (1) on the back of the machine.
1
c. Slowly pull the jammed paper out of the machine.
d. Close the Jam Clear Cover. Make sure the cover is closed completely.
5. Put the paper support firmly back in the machine. Make sure you fit the paper support into the channels.
481
6. Slowly push Tray #1 completely into the machine.
7. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
8. Reconnect the power cord.
482
Additional paper jam clear operations
If the LCD error message continues to appear and you repeatedly experience paper jams, do the following:
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet and open the manual feed slot cover.
2. Load one sheet of thick A4 or Letter sized paper, such as glossy paper, in the manual feed slot. Insert
the paper deep into the manual feed slot.
3. Re-connect the power cord.
The paper you placed in the manual feed slot will be fed through the machine and ejected. If the thick
paper is pushing any jammed paper out, remove the jammed paper.
Related Information
• Printer Jam or Paper Jam
Related Topics:
• Error and Maintenance Messages
483
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Printer Jam or Paper Jam &gt; Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam
Rear / Jam Tray2)
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam Rear / Jam Tray2)
If the LCD displays [Jam Rear] or [Jam Tray2], follow these steps:
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet.
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW)
Before you unplug the machine from the power source, you can transfer your faxes that are stored in the
machine's memory to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important
messages.
2. Pull Tray #1 (1) completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
(MFC-J4535DW) If your LCD error message was [Jam Tray2], also pull Tray #2 (2) completely out of the
machine as shown by the arrow.
2
3. If your LCD error message was [Jam Rear], lift the paper support (1), and then pull it at an angle
completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
Depending on the paper size, it is easier to remove the jammed paper from the front of the machine rather
than from the back of the machine.
4. (MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW) Squeeze both levers (1), and then open the Jam Clear Cover at the back of
the machine.
484
1
(MFC-J4535DW) Open the Jam Clear Cover (1) on the back of the machine.
1
5. Slowly pull the jammed paper out of the machine.
6. Close the Jam Clear Cover. Make sure the cover is closed completely.
7. If your LCD error message was [Jam Rear], put the paper support firmly back in the machine. Make sure
you fit the paper support into the channels.
8. Slowly push Tray #1 completely into the machine.
485
(MFC-J4535DW) If your LCD error message was [Jam Tray2], also slowly push Tray #2 completely into
the machine.
9. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
10. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
• Printer Jam or Paper Jam
Related Topics:
• Error and Maintenance Messages
486
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
For technical help, you must call the country where you bought the machine. Calls must be made from
within that country.
If you think there is a problem with your machine, check the following topics. You can correct most problems
yourself.
If you need additional help, go to your model's FAQs &amp; Troubleshooting page at support.brother.com.
Using non-Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
• Telephone and Fax Problems
• Other Problems
• Network Problems
• AirPrint Problems
487
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine &gt; Paper Handling and Printing
Problems
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
If, after reading this table, you still need help, see the latest FAQs &amp; Troubleshooting tips at
support.brother.com.
&gt;&gt; Printing Difficulties
&gt;&gt; Print Quality Difficulties
&gt;&gt; Paper Handling Difficulties
&gt;&gt; Printing Received Faxes
Printing Difficulties
Difficulties
Suggestions
No printout
(Windows)
Check that the correct printer driver has been installed and selected.
Check to see if the machine's display is showing an error message.
See Related Information: Error and Maintenance Messages.
Check that the machine is online:
•
Windows 10, Windows Server 2016, and Windows Server 2019
Click
&gt; Windows System &gt; Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound
group, click View devices and printers. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX
Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model). Click See what’s
printing. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click
Printer in the menu bar and make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
•
Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu
bar appears, click Settings &gt; Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound
group, click View devices and printers. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX
Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model). Click See what's
printing. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click
Printer in the menu bar and make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
•
Windows Server 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View
devices and printers. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where
XXX-XXXX is the name of your model). Click See what’s printing. If printer
driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the menu bar
and make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
•
Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu
bar appears, click Settings &gt; Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click
View devices and printers. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX Printer
(where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model). Click See what's printing. If
printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the
menu bar and make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
•
Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click
(Start) &gt; Devices and Printers. Right-click Brother XXX-XXXX
Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model) and click See what's
printing. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click
Printer in the menu bar. Make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
•
Windows Server 2008
Click
(Start) &gt; Control Panel &gt; Hardware and Sound &gt; Printers. Right-
click Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your
model). Make sure Use Printer Online is not listed. If it is listed, click this
option to set the driver Online.
488
Difficulties
Suggestions
One or more ink cartridges have reached the end of their life.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink Cartridges.
If old, unprinted data remains in the printer driver spooler, it will prevent new print
jobs from printing. Open the printer icon and delete all data as follows:
•
Windows 10, Windows Server 2016, and Windows Server 2019
Click
&gt; Windows System &gt; Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound
group, click View devices and printers &gt; Printers.
•
Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu
bar appears, click Settings &gt; Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound
group, click View devices and printers &gt; Printers.
•
Windows Server 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View
devices and printers &gt; Printers.
•
Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu
bar appears, click Settings &gt; Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click
View devices and printers &gt; Printers.
•
Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click
•
/Start &gt; Devices and Printers &gt; Printers and Faxes.
Windows Server 2008
Click
•
(Start) &gt; Control Panel &gt; Hardware and Sound &gt; Printers.
Mac
Click the System Preferences &gt; Printers &amp; Scanners.
The headers or footers appear
when the document is displayed
on the screen but do not appear
when the document is printed.
There is an unprintable area on the top and bottom of the page. Adjust the top
and bottom margins in your document to allow for this.
Cannot perform ‘Page Layout’
printing.
(Windows )
Print speed is too slow.
(Windows)
See Related Information: Unprintable Area.
Check that the paper size setting in the application and in the printer driver are
the same.
Try changing the printer driver setting. The highest resolution needs longer data
processing, sending, and printing time. Try the other quality settings in the printer
driver as follows:
In the printer driver, clear the Color Enhancement (True2Life) check box on the
Advanced tab.
Turn the Borderless feature off. Borderless printing is slower than normal printing.
See Related Information: Print Settings (Windows).
Turn off the Quiet Mode setting. Print speed is slower in Quiet Mode. See
Related Information: Reduce Printing Noise.
Make sure the Media Type setting in the printer drivers, your application, or the
Paper Type setting on the machine matches the type of paper you are using.
See Related Information: Change the Paper Size and Paper Type.
See Related Information: Print Settings (Windows).
Print Quality Difficulties
Difficulties
Suggestions
Poor print quality
Check the print quality.
489
Difficulties
Suggestions
See Related Information: Check the Print Quality.
Make sure the Media Type setting in the printer drivers, your application, or the
Paper Type setting on the machine matches the type of paper you are using.
See Related Information: Change the Paper Size and Paper Type.
See Related Information: Print Settings (Windows).
Make sure your ink cartridges are fresh. The following may cause ink to clog:
•
The expiration date written on the cartridge package has passed.
•
The ink cartridge may not have been stored correctly before use.
Make sure you are using Genuine Brother Ink. Using non-Brother supplies may
affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.
Make sure you are using one of the recommended types of paper.
See Related Information: Acceptable Print Media.
The recommended environment for your machine is between 68 &deg;F to 91.4 &deg;F
(20&deg;C to 33&deg;C).
White lines appear in text or
graphics.
Clean the print head.
See Related Information: Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine.
See Related Information: Clean the Print Head Using Web Based Management.
See Related Information: Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows).
Check and adjust the paper feed. See Related Information: Correct the Paper
Feed to Clear Vertical Lines.
Make sure you are using Genuine Brother Ink.
Try using the recommended types of paper.
See Related Information: Acceptable Print Media.
To prolong print head life, provide the best ink cartridge economy and maintain
print quality, we do not recommend frequently unplugging the machine and/or
leaving the machine unplugged for extended periods of time. We recommend
using
to power down the machine. Using
allows minimal power to the
machine, resulting in periodic, but less frequent, cleaning of the print head.
Dark lines appear at regular
intervals.
Check and adjust the paper feed.
The machine prints blank pages.
Check the print quality.
See Related Information: Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines.
See Related Information: Check the Print Quality.
Make sure you are using Genuine Brother Ink.
To prolong print head life, provide the best ink cartridge economy and maintain
print quality, we do not recommend frequently unplugging the machine and/or
leaving the machine unplugged for extended periods of time. We recommend
using
to power down the machine. Using
allows minimal power to the
machine, resulting in periodic, but less frequent, cleaning of the print head.
Characters and lines are blurred.
Check the printing alignment.
See Related Information: Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine.
Change the print options.
See Related Information: Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print
Results.
490
Difficulties
Suggestions
Printed text or images are
skewed.
Make sure the paper is loaded correctly in the paper tray and the paper guides
are adjusted correctly.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed correctly.
There are smudges or stains at
Make sure the paper is not too thick or curled.
the top center of the printed page. See Related Information: Acceptable Print Media.
Printing appears dirty or ink
seems to run.
Make sure you are using the recommended types of paper. Do not handle the
paper until the ink is dry.
See Related Information: Acceptable Print Media.
Make sure the printing surface is face down in the paper tray.
Make sure you are using Genuine Brother Ink.
If you are using photo paper, make sure the glossy side of the photo paper is
face down in the tray and you have set the correct paper type. If you are printing
a photo from your computer, set the Media Type in the printer driver or in the
application you use to print.
Ink is smudged or wet when using Be sure to check the front and back of the paper. Place the glossy surface
glossy photo paper.
(printing surface) face down.
See Related Information: Change the Paper Size and Paper Type.
If you use glossy photo paper, make sure the paper type setting is correct.
Stains appear on the reverse side Make sure the printer platen is not dirty with ink.
or at the bottom of the page.
See Related Information: Clean the Machine's Printer Platen.
Make sure you are using Genuine Brother Ink.
Make sure you are using the paper support flap.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
Make sure the paper feed rollers are not dirty with ink.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper Feed Rollers.
The printouts are wrinkled.
(Windows)
In the printer driver, select the Advanced tab, click Other Print Options, and
then click Advanced Color Settings. Clear the Bi-Directional Printing check
box.
Make sure you are using Genuine Brother Ink.
Smudge or stain on the reverse
(Windows)
side of the page when using the
Change the Reduce Smudge option in your printer driver properties or
automatic 2-sided printing feature. preferences.
See Related Information: Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams
(Windows).
Paper Handling Difficulties
Difficulties
Suggestions
The machine does not feed paper. Make sure the paper tray is pushed in all the way until it locks into place.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover at the back of the machine is closed.
If the machine's LCD displays a Paper Jam message and you still have a
problem, see Related Information: Error and Maintenance Messages.
491
Difficulties
Suggestions
If the paper tray is empty, load a new stack of paper into the paper tray.
If there is paper in the paper tray, make sure it is straight. If the paper is curled,
straighten it. Sometimes it is helpful to remove the paper, turn the stack over and
put it back in the paper tray.
Reduce the amount of paper in the paper tray, and then try again.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #1 or
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #2.
Make sure that the paper is within specifications for the machine.
See Related Information: Paper Capacity of the Paper Trays.
Photo paper does not feed
correctly.
When you print on photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in
the paper tray.
Machine feeds multiple pages.
•
Make sure the paper is loaded correctly in the paper tray.
•
Remove all the paper from the tray and fan the stack of paper well, then put it
back in the tray.
•
Make sure you do not push the paper in too far.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed correctly.
See Related Information: Printer Jam or Paper Jam.
Make sure the Base Pad in the paper tray is not dirty.
See Related Information: Clean the Base Pad.
There is a paper jam.
See Related Information: Printer Jam or Paper Jam.
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct paper size.
Use the jam prevention settings.
For copying:
See Related Information: Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print
Results.
For printing:
See Related Information: Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print
Results.
See Related Information: Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams
(Windows).
The paper jams when you use 2sided print.
If paper jams occur frequently during 2-sided printing, the paper feed rollers may
be stained with ink. Clean the paper feed rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper Feed Rollers.
Printing Received Faxes
Difficulties
Suggestions
•
Condensed print
•
Horizontal streaks
•
Top and bottom sentences are
cut off
This is usually caused by a poor telephone connection. Make a copy; if your copy
looks good, you probably had a bad connection, with static or interference on the
telephone line. Ask the other party to send the fax again.
•
Missing lines
Black lines when receiving.
The sender’s scanner may be dirty. Ask the sender to make a copy to see if the
problem is with the sending machine. Try receiving from another fax machine.
Left and right margins are cut off
or a single page is printed on two
pages.
If the received faxes are divided and printed on two pages or if you get an extra
blank page, your paper size setting may not be correct for the paper you are
using.
See Related Information: Change the Paper Size and Paper Type.
492
Difficulties
Suggestions
Turn on Auto Reduction.
See Related Information: Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax.
Received color fax prints only in
black and white.
Replace the color ink cartridges that have reached the end of their life, and then
ask the other person to send the color fax again.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink Cartridges.
Related Information
• If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
Related Topics:
• Troubleshooting
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Replace the Ink Cartridges
• Unprintable Area
• Check the Print Quality
• Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
• Acceptable Print Media
• Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
• Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows)
• Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
• Load Paper
• Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
• Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
• Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #1
• Printer Jam or Paper Jam
• Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
• Print Settings (Windows)
• Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows)
• Clean the Base Pad
• Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results
• Reduce Printing Noise
• Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
• Clean the Print Head Using Web Based Management
• Paper Capacity of the Paper Trays
• Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #2
493
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine &gt; Telephone and Fax Problems
Telephone and Fax Problems
&gt;&gt; Telephone Line or Connections
&gt;&gt; Handling Incoming Calls
&gt;&gt; Receiving Faxes
&gt;&gt; Sending Faxes
Telephone Line or Connections
Difficulties
Suggestions
Dialing does not work. (No dial
tone)
Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged
into the telephone wall jack and the LINE jack of the machine. Make sure your
machine has a dial tone by pressing the Hook button in Fax mode. If you
subscribe to DSL, VoIP or magicJack services, call your service provider for
connection instructions.
If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the VoIP setting to Basic (for VoIP).
This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode (ECM).
See Related Information: Telephone Line Interference/VoIP.
(Available only for some countries.)
Change the Tone/Pulse setting.
See Related Information: Set Tone or Pulse Dialing Mode.
Send a manual fax by pressing the Hook button, and dialing the number. Wait to
hear fax-receiving tones before pressing the Start button.
If there is no dial tone, connect a known working telephone and telephone line
cord to the jack. Then lift the external telephone’s handset and listen for a dial
tone. If there is still no dial tone, ask your telephone company to check the line
and/or wall jack.
The machine does not answer
when called.
Make sure the machine is in the correct receive mode for your setup.
See Related Information: Choose the Correct Receive Mode.
Check for a dial tone. If possible, call your machine to hear it answer. If there is
still no answer, check that the telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone
wall jack and the LINE jack of the machine. Make sure your machine has a dial
tone by pressing the Hook button in Fax mode. If there is no ringing when you
call your machine, ask your telephone company to check the line.
Handling Incoming Calls
Difficulties
Suggestions
The machine ‘Hears’ a voice as a
CNG Tone.
If Easy Receive is set to On, your machine is more sensitive to sounds. It may
mistakenly interpret certain voices or music on the line as a fax machine calling
and respond with fax receiving tones. Deactivate the machine by pressing Stop/
Exit or
. Try avoiding this problem by turning Easy Receive Off.
See Related Information: Set Easy Receive.
Sending a Fax Call to the
machine.
If you answered on an extension telephone, press your Fax Receive Code (the
factory setting is *51). If you answered on the external telephone (connected to
the EXT. jack), press the Start button to receive the fax.
When your machine answers, hang up.
Custom features on a single line.
If you have Call Waiting, Call Waiting/Caller ID, Caller ID, Voice Mail, an
answering machine, an alarm system or other custom feature on a single
telephone line with your machine, it may create a problem sending or receiving
faxes.
For Example: If you subscribe to Call Waiting or some other custom service and
its signal comes through the line while your machine is sending or receiving a
fax, the signal can temporarily interrupt or disrupt the faxes. Brother’s ECM (Error
494
Difficulties
Suggestions
Correction Mode) feature should help overcome this problem. This condition is
related to the telephone system industry and is common to all devices that send
and receive information on a single, shared line with custom features. If avoiding
a slight interruption is crucial to your business, we recommend using a separate
telephone line with no custom features.
Receiving Faxes
Difficulties
Suggestions
Cannot receive a fax.
Make sure your machine has a dial tone by pressing the Hook button in Fax
mode. If you hear static or interference on your fax line, contact your local
telephone provider.
Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged
into the telephone wall jack and the LINE jack of the machine. If you subscribe to
DSL, VoIP, or magicJack services, call your service provider for connection
instructions. If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the VoIP setting to
Basic (for VoIP). This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode
(ECM).
See Related Information: Telephone Line Interference/VoIP.
Make sure the machine is in the correct Receive Mode. This is determined by the
external devices and telephone subscriber services you have on the same line as
the Brother machine.
See Related Information: Choose the Correct Receive Mode.
•
If you have a dedicated fax line and want your Brother machine to
automatically answer all incoming faxes, you should select Fax only mode.
•
If your Brother machine shares a line with an external answering machine,
you should select the External TAD mode. In External TAD mode, your
Brother machine will receive incoming faxes automatically and voice callers
will be able to leave a message on your answering machine.
•
If your Brother machine shares the line with a Voice Mail subscriber service,
see Related Information: Voice Mail.
•
If your Brother machine is on a line with the Distinctive Ring subscriber
service, see Related Information: Distinctive Ring.
•
If your Brother machine shares a line with other telephones and you want it to
automatically answer all incoming faxes, you should select the Fax/Tel mode.
In Fax/Tel mode, your Brother machine will receive faxes automatically and
produce a pseudo/double-ring to alert you to answer voice calls.
•
If you do not want your Brother machine to answer any incoming faxes
automatically, you should select the Manual mode. In Manual mode, you must
answer every incoming call and activate the machine to receive faxes.
Another device or service at your location may be answering the call before your
Brother machine answers. To test this, lower the Ring Delay setting:
•
If the Receive Mode is set to Fax Only or Fax/Tel, reduce the Ring Delay to
the lowest ring greater than 0.
See Related Information: Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine
Answers (Ring Delay).
•
If the Receive Mode is set to External TAD, reduce the number of rings
programmed on your answering machine to two.
•
If the Receive Mode is set to Manual, DO NOT adjust the Ring Delay setting.
Have someone send you a test fax:
•
If you received the test fax successfully, your machine is operating correctly.
Remember to reset your Ring Delay or answering machine setting back to
your original setting. If receiving problems recur after resetting the Ring Delay,
then a person, device, or subscriber service is answering the fax call before
the machine has a chance to answer.
495
Difficulties
Suggestions
•
If you were not able to receive the fax, then another device or subscriber
service may be interfering with your fax reception or there may be a problem
with your fax line.
If you are using a telephone answering machine (External TAD mode) on the
same line as the Brother machine, make sure your answering machine is set up
correctly.
See Related Information: Connect an External TAD.
1. Plug the telephone line cord directly from the telephone wall jack to your
Brother machine’s LINE jack.
2. Remove the protective cap from your Brother machine’s EXT jack, and then
plug the telephone line cord from your answering machine into the EXT jack.
3. Set your answering machine to answer within four rings.
If you are having problems receiving faxes or voice messages, set your
answering machine to answer within two or three rings.
4. Record the outgoing message on your answering machine.
•
Record five seconds of silence at the beginning of your outgoing message.
•
Limit your speaking to 20 seconds.
•
End your outgoing message with your Fax Receive Code for people
sending manual faxes. For example: “After the beep, leave a message or
press *51 and Start to send a fax.”
5. Set your answering machine to answer calls.
6. Set your Brother machine’s Receive Mode to External TAD.
See Related Information: Choose the Correct Receive Mode.
Make sure your Brother machine’s Easy Receive feature is turned On. Easy
Receive is a feature that allows you to receive a fax even if you answered the call
on an external or extension telephone.
See Related Information: Set Easy Receive.
If you often get transmission errors due to possible interference on the telephone
line or if you are using a VoIP system, try changing the Compatibility setting to
Basic (for VoIP).
See Related Information: Telephone Line Interference/VoIP.
Sending Faxes
Difficulties
Suggestions
Cannot send a fax.
Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged
into the telephone wall jack and the LINE jack of the machine. Make sure your
machine has a dial tone by pressing the Hook button in Fax mode. If you
subscribe to DSL, VoIP, or magicJack services, call your service provider for
connection instructions.
If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the VoIP setting to Basic (for VoIP).
This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode (ECM).
See Related Information: Telephone Line Interference/VoIP.
Print the Transmission Verification Report and check for an error.
See Related Information: Print Reports.
(MFC-J4535DW)
Contact your administrator to check your Secure Function Lock Settings.
Ask the other party to check that the receiving machine has paper.
Poor sending quality.
Try changing your resolution to Fine or S.Fine. Make a copy to check your
machine’s scanner operation. If the copy quality is poor, clean the scanner.
See Related Information: Clean the Scanner.
496
Difficulties
Suggestions
Transmission Verification Report
says RESULT:NG.
There is probably temporary noise or static on the line. Try sending the fax again.
If you are sending a PC-Fax message and get RESULT:NG on the Transmission
Verification Report, your machine may be out of memory.
(MFC-J4535DW) To free up extra memory, you can turn off Fax Storage, print fax
messages in memory or cancel a delayed fax.
If the problem continues, ask the telephone company to check your telephone
line.
(MFC-J4535DW)See Related Information: Turn Off Memory Receive.
See Related Information: Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory.
See Related Information: Cancel a Fax in Progress.
See Related Information: Check and Cancel a Pending Fax.
If you often get transmission errors due to possible interference on the telephone
line or if you are using a VoIP system, try changing the Compatibility setting to
Basic (for VoIP).
See Related Information: Telephone Line Interference/VoIP.
Sent faxes are blank.
Make sure you are loading the document correctly.
See Related Information: Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF).
See Related Information: Load Documents on the Scanner Glass.
Vertical black lines when sending. Black vertical lines on faxes you send are typically caused by dirt or correction
fluid on the glass strip. Clean the glass strip.
See Related Information: Clean the Scanner.
Related Information
• If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
• Set Dial Tone Detection
• Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
Related Topics:
• Troubleshooting
• Set Tone or Pulse Dialing Mode
• Choose the Correct Receive Mode
• Set Easy Receive
• Voice Mail
• Distinctive Ring
• Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
• Connect an External TAD
• Print Reports
• Clean the Scanner
• Turn Off Memory Receive
• Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
• Cancel a Fax in Progress
• Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
• Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
• Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
497
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine &gt; Telephone and Fax
Problems &gt; Set Dial Tone Detection
Set Dial Tone Detection
Setting the Dial Tone to [Detection] will shorten the Dial Tone detect pause.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Dial Tone]. Press OK.
c. Select [Detection] or [No Detection]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Initial Setup] &gt; [Dial Tone].
1. Press
2. Press [Detection] or [No Detection].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Telephone and Fax Problems
498
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine &gt; Telephone and Fax
Problems &gt; Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
If you are having problems sending or receiving a fax due to possible interference on the telephone line or if you
are using a VoIP system, we recommend changing the modem speed to minimize errors in fax operations.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Compatibility]. Press OK.
c. Select [Normal] or [Basic(for VoIP)]. Press OK.
•
[Basic(for VoIP)] reduces the modem speed to 9,600 bps and turns off color fax receiving and
Error Correction Mode (ECM), except for color fax-sending. Unless interference is a recurring problem
on your telephone line, you may prefer to use it only when needed.
To improve compatibility with most VoIP services, Brother recommends changing the compatibility
setting to [Basic(for VoIP)].
•
[Normal] sets the modem speed at 14,400 bps.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
•
VoIP (Voice over IP) is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection, rather than a traditional
phone line.
MFC-J4535DW
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Initial Setup] &gt; [Compatibility].
1. Press
2. Press the option you want.
•
[Basic(for VoIP)] reduces the modem speed to 9,600 bps and turns off color fax receiving and Error
Correction Mode (ECM), except for color fax-sending. Unless interference is a recurring problem on your
telephone line, you may prefer to use it only when needed.
To improve compatibility with most VoIP services, Brother recommends changing the compatibility setting
to [Basic(for VoIP)].
•
[Normal] sets the modem speed at 14,400 bps.
3. Press
•
.
VoIP (Voice over IP) is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection, rather than a traditional
phone line.
Related Information
• Telephone and Fax Problems
Related Topics:
• Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference)
• Error and Maintenance Messages
499
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine &gt; Other Problems
Other Problems
&gt;&gt; Copying Difficulties
&gt;&gt; Scanning Difficulties
&gt;&gt; Direct Photo Printing Difficulties (MFC-J4535DW)
&gt;&gt; Software Difficulties
Copying Difficulties
Difficulties
Suggestions
(MFC-J4535DW)
Contact your administrator to check your Secure Function Lock Settings.
Cannot make a copy.
Black lines or streaks appear in
copies.
A
Black marks or spots appear in
copies.
Black lines on copies are typically caused by dirt or correction fluid on the glass
strip. Clean the glass strip, scanner glass, and the white bar and white plastic
above them.
See Related Information: Clean the Scanner.
Black marks or spots on copies are typically caused by dirt or correction fluid on
the scanner glass. Clean the scanner glass and white plastic above it.
See Related Information: Clean the Scanner.
Copies are blank.
Make sure you are loading the document correctly.
See Related Information: Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF).
See Related Information: Load Documents on the Scanner Glass.
Poor copy results when using the
ADF.
Try using the scanner glass.
Fit to Page does not work
correctly.
Make sure the document is not skewed on the scanner glass. Reposition the
document and try again.
See Related Information: Load Documents on the Scanner Glass.
Smudge or stain on the reverse
Change the print options.
side of the page when using the 2- See Related Information: Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print
sided copy feature.
Results.
Scanning Difficulties
Difficulties
Suggestions
TWAIN or WIA errors appear
when starting to scan. (Windows)
Make sure the Brother TWAIN or WIA driver is selected as the primary source in
your scanning application. For example, in Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14SE, click
Desktop &gt; Scan Settings &gt; Select to choose the Brother TWAIN/WIA driver.
OCR does not work.
Try increasing the scanning resolution.
Poor scanning results when using Clean the white bar and the glass strip underneath it.
the ADF. (Black lines appear in
See Related Information: Clean the Scanner.
the scanned data.)
Try using the scanner glass.
See Related Information: Load Documents on the Scanner Glass.
500
Direct Photo Printing Difficulties (MFC-J4535DW)
Difficulties
Suggestions
Part of my photo is missing when
printed.
Make sure Borderless printing and Cropping are turned off.
See Related Information: Print Borderless Photos from a USB Flash Drive.
See Related Information: Print Photos with Auto Cropping.
Software Difficulties
Difficulties
Suggestions
Cannot print.
Uninstall the drivers (Windows) and the Brother software and reinstall the latest
version of both.
“The device is busy.” appears on
the computer screen.
Make sure there is no error message on the machine's display.
Related Information
• If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
Related Topics:
• Troubleshooting
• Clean the Scanner
• Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
• Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
• Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
• Print Borderless Photos from a USB Flash Drive
• Print Photos with Auto Cropping
• Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results
501
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine &gt; Network Problems
Network Problems
• Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
• Check Your Machine's Network Settings
• If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
• Troubleshooting
502
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine &gt; Network Problems &gt; Use the
Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool to fix the Brother machine's network settings. It will assign the correct
IP address and Subnet Mask.
Make sure your machine is turned on and is connected to the same network as your computer.
1. Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already
selected).
2. Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Network Connection Repair Tool.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions.
4. Check the diagnosis by printing the Network Configuration Report.
The Network Connection Repair Tool will start automatically if you select the Enable Connection Repair
Tool option in the Status Monitor. Right-click the Status Monitor screen, and then click Other Settings &gt;
Enable Connection Repair Tool. This is not recommended when your network administrator has set the
IP address to Static, since it will automatically change the IP address.
If the correct IP address and the Subnet Mask are still not assigned even after using the Network Connection
Repair Tool, ask your network administrator for this information.
Related Information
• Network Problems
Related Topics:
• If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
• Print the Network Configuration Report
503
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine &gt; Network Problems &gt; Check
Your Machine's Network Settings
Check Your Machine's Network Settings
• Print the Network Configuration Report
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
504
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine &gt; Network Problems &gt; If You Are
Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
For technical help, you must call the country where you bought the machine. Calls must be made from
within that country.
If you think there is a problem with your machine, check the following topics. You can correct most problems
yourself.
If you need additional help, go to your model's FAQs &amp; Troubleshooting page at support.brother.com.
&gt;&gt; I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
&gt;&gt; My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
&gt;&gt; I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
Turn your wireless router off and back on. Then, try to configure the wireless settings again. If you are unable to
resolve the problem, follow the instructions below:
Investigate the problem using the WLAN Report.
Cause
Action
Your security settings (SSID/ •
Network Key) are not
correct.
•
Confirm the security settings using Wireless Setup Helper. For
more information and to download the utility, go to your model's
Downloads page at support.brother.com.
Interface
Wireless
Select and confirm that you are using the correct security
settings.
-
See the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access
point/router for information on how to find the security
settings.
-
The manufacturer's name or model number of the wireless
LAN access point/router may be used as the default security
settings.
-
Consult with the access point/router manufacturer, your
Internet provider, or network administrator.
Your Brother machine's MAC Confirm that the Brother machine's MAC Address is allowed in the
address is not allowed.
filter. You can find the MAC Address on your Brother machine's
control panel.
Wireless
Your wireless LAN access
point/router is in stealth
mode (not broadcasting the
SSID).
Wireless
•
Enter the correct SSID name or Network Key manually.
•
Check the SSID name or the Network Key in the instructions
supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router and
reconfigure the wireless network setup.
Your security settings (SSID/ •
password) are not correct.
Confirm the SSID and password.
-
Wi-Fi Direct
When you are configuring the network manually, the SSID
and password are displayed on your Brother machine. If your
mobile device supports the manual configuration, the SSID
and password will be displayed on your mobile device’s
screen.
You are using Android™ 4.0. If your mobile device disconnects (approximately six minutes after
using Wi-Fi Direct), try the one-push configuration using WPS
(recommended) and set the Brother machine as a Group Owner.
Wi-Fi Direct
Your Brother machine is
placed too far from your
mobile device.
Wi-Fi Direct
Move your Brother machine within about 3.3 feet (1 meter) of the
mobile device when you configure the Wi-Fi Direct network settings.
There are some obstructions Move your Brother machine to an obstruction-free area.
(walls or furniture, for
example) between your
Wi-Fi Direct
505
Cause
Action
Interface
There is a wireless
computer, Bluetooth&reg;supported device,
microwave oven, or digital
cordless phone near the
Brother machine or the
mobile device.
Move other devices away from the Brother machine or the mobile
device.
Wi-Fi Direct
You have checked and tried
all of the above, but your
Brother machine still cannot
complete the Wi-Fi Direct
configuration.
•
Turn your Brother machine off and back on. Then, try to
configure the Wi-Fi Direct settings again.
Wi-Fi Direct
•
If you are using your Brother machine as a client, confirm how
many devices are allowed in the current Wi-Fi Direct network,
and then check how many devices are connected.
machine and the mobile
device.
For Windows
If your wireless connection has been interrupted, and you have checked and tried all of the above, we
recommend using the Network Connection Repair Tool.
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
Cause
Action
Interface
Your security software
blocks your machine's
access to the network.
(The Network scanning
feature does not work. )
•
Wired/Wireless
Windows
Configure the third-party Security/Firewall Software to allow
Network scanning. To add port 54925 for Network scanning, type
the information below:
-
In Name:
Type any description, for example Brother NetScan.
-
In Port number:
Type 54925.
Type 137.
Type 161.
-
In Protocol:
UDP is selected.
See the instruction manual that came with your third-party
Security/Firewall Software or contact the software manufacturer.
•
Mac
(Brother iPrint&amp;Scan)
In the Finder menu bar, click Go &gt; Applications, and then doubleclick the Brother iPrint&amp;Scan icon. The Brother iPrint&amp;Scan
window appears. Click the Select your Machine button, and then
follow the on-screen instructions to reselect your network machine.
Your security software
blocks your machine's
access to the network.
(The network PC-Fax
Receive feature does not
work.)
Set the third-party Security/Firewall Software to allow PC-FAX Rx. To
add port 54926 for Network PC-FAX Rx, type the information below:
•
Wired/Wireless
In Name:
Type any description, for example Brother PC-FAX Rx.
•
In Port number:
Type 54926.
(Windows)
•
In Protocol:
UDP is selected.
See the instruction manual that came with your third-party Security/
Firewall Software or contact the software manufacturer.
506
Cause
Action
Interface
Your security software
blocks your machine's
access to the network.
Some security software might block access without showing a security Wired/Wireless
alert dialog box even after successful installation.
To allow access, see the instructions for your security software or ask
the software manufacturer.
Your Brother machine was •
not assigned an available
IP address.
Confirm the IP address and the Subnet Mask.
Wired/Wireless
Verify that both the IP addresses and Subnet Masks of your
computer and the Brother machine are correct and located on the
same network.
For more information about how to verify the IP address and the
Subnet Mask, ask your network administrator.
•
Windows
Confirm the IP address and the Subnet Mask using the Network
Connection Repair Tool.
•
Mac
Check your network devices using the ping command. For more
information on how to confirm your network settings, see Related
Information:Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command.
The failed print job is still
in your computer's print
queue.
•
If the failed print job is still in your computer's print queue, delete it. Wired/Wireless
•
Otherwise, double-click the printer icon in the following folder and
cancel all documents:
-
Windows 10, Windows Server 2016, and Windows Server 2019
Click
&gt; Windows System &gt; Control Panel. In the
Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
-
Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop.
When the menu bar appears, click Settings &gt; Control Panel.
In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and
printers.
-
Windows Server 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware
group, click View devices and printers.
-
Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop.
When the menu bar appears, click Settings &gt; Control Panel.
In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers &gt;
Printers.
-
Windows 7
Click
-
(Start) &gt; Devices and Printers.
Windows Server 2008
Click Start &gt; Control Panel &gt; Printers.
-
Mac
Click System Preferences &gt; Printers &amp; Scanners.
Your Brother machine is
not connected to the
wireless network.
Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report.
Wireless
If you have checked and tried all of the above, but your Brother machine still cannot print and scan, uninstall the
drivers (Windows) and the Brother software and reinstall the latest version of both.
507
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
Check
Action
Interface
Wired/Wireless
Check that your Brother Check the following:
machine, access point/
• The power cord is connected correctly and the Brother machine is
router, or network hub is
turned on.
turned on.
• The access point/router or hub is turned on and its link indicator is
blinking.
Check that you can
&quot;ping&quot; the Brother
machine from your
computer.
•
All protective packaging has been removed from the machine.
•
The ink cartridges are installed correctly.
•
The Scanner Cover and the Jam Clear Cover are fully closed.
•
Paper is inserted correctly in the paper tray.
•
(For wired networks) A network cable is securely connected to the
Brother machine and to the router or hub.
Ping the Brother machine from your computer using the IP address or
the node name in the Windows command prompt or Mac Terminal
application:
Wired/Wireless
ping &lt;ipaddress&gt; or &lt;nodename&gt;.
•
Successful: Your Brother machine is working correctly and
connected to the same network as your computer.
•
Unsuccessful: Your Brother machine is not connected to the same
network as your computer.
Windows:
Ask your administrator about the IP address and the subnet mask, and
then use the Network Connection Repair Tool.
Mac:
Confirm that the IP address and the Subnet Mask are set correctly.
Check that your Brother Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report.
machine is connected to
the wireless network.
Wireless
If you have checked and tried all of the above but you are still having problems, see the instructions supplied with
your wireless LAN access point/router to find the SSID (Network Name) and the Network Key (Password)
information and set them correctly.
Related Information
• Network Problems
• Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
Related Topics:
• Print the WLAN Report
• Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
• Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast
• Use Wi-Fi Direct&reg;
• Print the Network Configuration Report
508
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine &gt; Network Problems &gt; If You Are
Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network &gt; Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
Check the IP addresses of both your computer and your Brother machine, and then confirm whether the network
is operating correctly.
&gt;&gt; Configure the IP Address on your computer (Windows)
&gt;&gt; Configure the IP Address on your computer (Mac)
&gt;&gt; Configure the IP Address on your Brother machine
Configure the IP Address on your computer (Windows)
1. Do one of the following:
•
Windows 10
Click
•
&gt; Windows System &gt; Command Prompt.
Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Search &gt;
Command Prompt.
•
Windows7
Click
(Start) &gt; All Programs &gt; Accessories &gt; Command Prompt.
2. Type &quot;ipconfig&quot; and then press the Enter key on your keyboard.
3. Confirm the values for the IPv4 address and subnet mask.
4. Type &quot;exit&quot; and then press the Enter key on your keyboard.
Configure the IP Address on your computer (Mac)
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu.
2. Click Network &gt; Advanced &gt; TCP/IP.
3. Confirm the values for the IPv4 address and subnet mask.
Configure the IP Address on your Brother machine
Print the Network Configuration Report, and confirm the values for the IP address and subnet mask.
Check the IP addresses for both your computer and your Brother machine. Confirm that the network address
portions are the same. For example, if the subnet mask is &quot;255.255.255.0&quot;, it is normal for only the host address
portions to be different.
Network Address
Host Address
IP Address
192.168.100.
250
Set the final number, which corresponds to &quot;0&quot; in the
subnet mask, to 1–254.
Subnet Mask
255.255.255.
0
Usually, there are no problems when the subnet mask is
&quot;255.255.255.0&quot;. Use the same value for all of your
computers.
Related Information
• If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
509
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine &gt; AirPrint Problems
AirPrint Problems
Difficulty
Suggestions
My machine is not displayed in the printer list.
Make sure your machine is turned on.
Confirm the network settings.
Move the mobile device closer to the wireless access
point/router, or to your machine.
I cannot print.
Make sure your machine is turned on.
Confirm the network settings.
I am trying to print a multiple-page document from an iOS Make sure you are running the latest OS version.
device, but ONLY the first page is printing.
Related Information
• If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
Related Topics:
• Troubleshooting
510
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Check the Machine Information
Check the Machine Information
Follow these instructions to check your machine's serial number, firmware version, and firmware update.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to select [Machine Info.]. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to select one of the following options:
Option
Description
Serial No.
Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version
Check your machine's firmware version.
Firmware Update
Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto Check View firmware information on the Home screen.
Page Counter
Check the number of total pages the machine has printed.
4. Press OK.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Machine Info.].
1. Press
2. Press one of the following options:
Option
Description
Serial No.
Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version
Check your machine's firmware version.
Firmware Update
Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto Check View firmware information on the Home screen.
Page Counter
3. Press
Check the number of total pages the machine has printed.
.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
511
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Reset Your Machine
Reset Your Machine
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW)
When you reset the machine, your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory may be deleted. Before
you reset the machine, you can transfer your faxes to your computer or another fax machine so you will not
lose any important messages.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Reset]. Press OK.
c. Select the reset option you want to use. Press OK.
3. Press c for two seconds to confirm.
The machine restarts.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Initial Setup] &gt; [Reset].
2. Press the reset option you want to use.
3. Press [OK] for two seconds to reboot the machine.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
• Reset Functions Overview
Related Topics:
• Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
512
Home &gt; Troubleshooting &gt; Reset Your Machine &gt; Reset Functions Overview
Reset Functions Overview
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW)
When you reset the machine, your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory may be deleted. Before
you reset the machine, you can transfer your faxes to your computer or another fax machine so you will not
lose any important messages.
The following reset functions are available:
1. [Machine Reset]
You can reset all the machine’s settings that you have changed.
The Address Book, Fax Reports, and Call History will remain.
2. [Network]
Reset the print server back to its default factory settings (includes Password and IP Address information).
3. [Address Book &amp; Fax]
Address Book &amp; Fax resets the following settings:
•
Address Book and Setup Groups
•
Programmed fax jobs in the memory (MFC-J4535DW)
Delayed Fax and Delayed Batch Transmission
•
Station ID
Name and Number
•
Memory Receive Options (MFC-J4535DW)
Fax Forwarding
•
Report
Transmission Verification Report, Address Book and Fax Journal
•
History
Caller ID History and Outgoing Call
•
Faxes in memory
4. [All Settings]
Use this reset function to reset all of the machine's settings to the settings originally set at the factory.
We strongly recommend you perform this operation when you dispose of the machine.
(MFC-J4535DW)
Unplug the interface cable before you select [Network] or [All Settings].
Related Information
• Reset Your Machine
Related Topics:
• Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
513
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance
Routine Maintenance
• Replace the Ink Cartridges
• Clean Your Brother Machine
• Check Your Brother Machine
• Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
• Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results
• Pack and Ship Your Machine
514
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Replace the Ink Cartridges
Replace the Ink Cartridges
Your Brother machine is equipped with an ink dot counter. The ink dot counter automatically monitors the level of
ink in each of the four ink cartridges. When the machine detects that an ink cartridge is running out of ink, the
machine will display a message.
The LCD displays which ink cartridge needs replacing. Be sure to follow the LCD prompts to replace the ink
cartridges in the correct order.
Even though the machine tells you to replace an ink cartridge, there will be a small amount of ink left in the ink
cartridge.
CAUTION
If the ink gets into your eye, rinse it with water immediately. If left as is, it may cause redness or mild
inflammation of the eye. In case of any abnormality, consult with your doctor.
IMPORTANT
Brother strongly recommends that you do not refill the ink cartridges provided with your machine. We also
strongly recommend that you continue to use only Genuine Brother Brand replacement ink cartridges. Use or
attempted use of potentially incompatible ink and/or cartridges in the Brother machine may cause damage to
the machine and/or may result in unsatisfactory print quality. Our warranty coverage does not apply to any
problem that is caused by the use of unauthorized third-party ink and/or cartridges. To protect your
investment and obtain premium performance from the Brother machine, we strongly recommend the use of
Genuine Brother ink cartridges.
1. Open the ink cartridge cover (1).
1
2. Press the lock release lever to release the ink cartridge color indicated on the LCD and remove the ink
cartridge from the machine, as shown in the illustration.
515
3. Open the new ink cartridge bag for the color indicated on the LCD, and take out the ink cartridge.
IMPORTANT
•
DO NOT touch the ink cartridge in the area indicated (1); this can prevent the machine from detecting
the cartridge.
1
•
Quickly shake just the black ink cartridge horizontally 15 times as shown, before inserting it into the
machine.
4. Insert the ink cartridge in the direction of the arrow on the label.
Each color has its own correct position.
5. Gently push the area marked “PUSH” until the ink cartridge locks into place, and then close the ink cartridge
cover.
The machine resets the ink dot counter.
If the machine does not detect the ink cartridge after you install it, check that the ink cartridge is installed
correctly. Remove the ink cartridge and reinstall it slowly until it locks into place.
IMPORTANT
•
DO NOT shake the ink cartridges, once installed into the machine. If ink stains your skin or clothing, wash
with soap or detergent at once.
•
DO NOT remove ink cartridges if you do not need to replace them; otherwise, the machine will not know
the ink quantity left in the cartridge.
•
DO NOT touch the ink cartridge insertion slots; the ink may stain your skin.
516
•
If you mix the colors by installing an ink cartridge in the wrong position, the LCD shows [Wrong Ink
Color].
Check which ink cartridges are not matched by color to their ink cartridge positions and move them to
their correct positions.
•
Use unopened ink cartridges by the expiration date written on the ink cartridge package.
•
DO NOT dismantle or tamper with the ink cartridge; this can cause the ink to leak out of the ink cartridge.
Related Information
• Routine Maintenance
Related Topics:
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
• Pack and Ship Your Machine
517
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Clean Your Brother Machine
Clean Your Brother Machine
• Clean the Scanner
• Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
• Clean the Print Head Using Web Based Management
• Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows)
• Clean the Machine's LCD
• Clean the Outside of the Machine
• Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
• Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
• Clean the Base Pad
• Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #1
• Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #2
518
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Clean Your Brother Machine &gt; Clean the Scanner
Clean the Scanner
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet.
2. Lift the document cover (1). Clean the scanner glass (2) and the white plastic (3) with a soft lint-free cloth
moistened with water.
1
3
2
3. In the ADF unit, clean the white bar (1) and the glass strip (2) with a lint-free cloth moistened with water.
1
2
If you feel dirt or debris, clean the glass again. You may need to repeat the cleaning process three or four
times. To test, make a copy after each cleaning attempt.
When there is a spot of dirt or correction fluid on the glass strip, the printed sample shows a vertical line.
After the glass strip is cleaned, the vertical line is gone.
Related Information
• Clean Your Brother Machine
519
Related Topics:
• Telephone and Fax Problems
• Other Problems
520
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Clean Your Brother Machine &gt; Clean the Print Head from Your Brother
Machine
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
To maintain good print quality, the machine automatically cleans the print head when needed. If there is a print
quality problem, start the cleaning process manually.
•
Clean the print head if there is a horizontal line or a blank space in the text or graphics on printed pages.
Depending on the problem color, select to clean Black only, three colors at a time (Yellow/Cyan/Magenta), or
all four colors at once.
•
Cleaning the print head consumes ink.
•
Cleaning too often uses ink unnecessarily.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the print head. Touching the print head may cause permanent damage and may void the print
head's warranty.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press
(Ink).
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Print Head Cleaning]. Press OK.
b. Select [Black only], [Color only], or [All]. Press OK.
c. Select [Normal], [Strong], or [Strongest]. Press OK.
3. Press c.
The machine cleans the print head.
NOTE
If you clean the print head several times and the print has not improved, try the Special cleaning method. The
Special cleaning method uses the most power in cleaning the print head, but also consumes the most ink.
1. Press
(Ink).
2. Press a or b to select [Print Head Cleaning]. Press OK.
3. Press Settings and OK simultaneously.
The machine starts cleaning.
•
The Special cleaning method requires a large amount of ink to clean the print head.
•
Use the Special cleaning method only if you previously cleaned the print head several times and the
print quality did not improve.
•
You can also clean the print head from your computer.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Ink] &gt; [Print Head Cleaning].
2. Press [Black only], [Color only], or [All].
3. Press [Normal], [Strong], or [Strongest].
521
4. Press [Start].
The machine cleans the print head.
NOTE
If you clean the print head several times and the print has not improved, try the Special cleaning method. The
Special cleaning method uses the most power in cleaning the print head, but also consumes the most ink.
1. Press
2. Press
[Ink] &gt; [Print Head Cleaning].
for five seconds.
The machine starts cleaning.
•
The Special cleaning method requires a large amount of ink to clean the print head.
•
Use the Special cleaning method only if you previously cleaned the print head several times and the
print quality did not improve.
•
You can also clean the print head from your computer.
Related Information
• Clean Your Brother Machine
Related Topics:
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
• Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows)
• Clean the Print Head Using Web Based Management
522
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Clean Your Brother Machine &gt; Clean the Print Head Using Web Based
Management
Clean the Print Head Using Web Based Management
To maintain good print quality, the machine automatically cleans the print head when needed. If there is a print
quality problem, start the cleaning process manually.
If this option is not available, update your machine's firmware. Go to your model's Downloads page at
support.brother.com.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click General &gt; Print Head Cleaning.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Select the Normal, Strong, or Strongest option for the cleaning strength you want. The Special option uses
the most power in cleaning the print head, but also consumes the most ink.
6. Click Start.
•
The Special option requires a large amount of ink to clean the print head.
•
Use the Special option only if you previously used the Strongest option and the print quality did not
improve.
7. Click Yes.
The machine starts cleaning.
(Windows) You can also clean the print head using the printer driver.
Related Information
• Clean Your Brother Machine
Related Topics:
• Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
• Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows)
• Access Web Based Management
523
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Clean Your Brother Machine &gt; Clean the Print Head from Your Computer
(Windows)
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows)
To maintain good print quality, the machine automatically cleans the print head when needed. If there is a print
quality problem, start the cleaning process manually.
1. Do one of the following:
•
For Windows 10, Windows Server 2016, and Windows Server 2019
Click
&gt; Windows System &gt; Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers.
•
For Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
•
For Windows Server 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
•
For Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
•
For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click
•
(Start) &gt; Devices and Printers.
For Windows Server 2008
Click
(Start) &gt; Control Panel &gt; Hardware and Sound &gt; Printers.
2. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX Printer icon (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then
select Printing preferences. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver.
The printer driver dialog box appears.
3. Click the Maintenance tab.
4. Select one of the following options:
Option
Description
Check Print Quality...
Use to print the test page and check the print quality.
Print Head Cleaning...
Use to start the cleaning process manually. Select if a line or blank spaces
appear in text or graphics on the test page.
5. Do one of the following:
•
If you selected the Check Print Quality... option, click Start.
The machine prints the test page.
•
If you selected the Print Head Cleaning... option, select the Black only, Color only, or All option for the
cleaning type, and then click Next.
6. Select the Normal, Strong, or Strongest option for the cleaning strength, and then click Next.
7. Click Start.
The machine starts cleaning.
Related Information
• Clean Your Brother Machine
Related Topics:
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
• Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
524
• Clean the Print Head Using Web Based Management
525
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Clean Your Brother Machine &gt; Clean the Machine's LCD
Clean the Machine's LCD
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use liquid cleaners (including ethanol).
1. Press and hold down
to turn off the machine. The LCD displays [Shutting Down] for a few seconds
before the power goes off.
2. Clean the LCD with a dry, soft lint-free cloth.
Related Information
• Clean Your Brother Machine
526
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Clean Your Brother Machine &gt; Clean the Outside of the Machine
Clean the Outside of the Machine
IMPORTANT
•
Cleaning with volatile liquids such as thinner or benzine will damage the outside surface of the machine.
•
DO NOT use cleaning materials that contain ammonia.
•
DO NOT use isopropyl alcohol to remove dirt from the control panel. It may crack the panel.
1. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
2. Pull the paper trays (1) completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
•
Tray #1
1
•
Tray #2
1
3. Lift the paper support (1), and then pull it at an angle completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
4. Wipe the outside of the machine with a dry, lint-free cloth to remove dust.
5. Wipe the inside and the outside of the paper tray with a dry, lint-free cloth to remove dust.
527
6. Wipe the outside of the paper support with a dry, lint-free cloth to remove dust.
7. Put the paper support firmly back in the machine. Make sure you fit the paper support into the channels.
8. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
Related Information
• Clean Your Brother Machine
528
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Clean Your Brother Machine &gt; Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
WARNING
Be sure to unplug the machine from the AC power outlet before cleaning the printer platen to avoid an
electrical shock.
1. Using both hands, use the finger holds on each side of the machine to lift the scanner cover into the open
position.
2. Clean the machine’s printer platen (1) and the area around it, wiping off scattered ink with a dry, soft lint-free
cloth.
1
2
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the encoder strip, the thin strip of plastic that stretches across the width of the machine
(2). Doing this may cause damage to the machine.
3. Gently close the scanner cover using both hands.
4. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
• Clean Your Brother Machine
Related Topics:
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
529
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Clean Your Brother Machine &gt; Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed rollers are stained with ink or have a buildup of paper dust, it may cause paper feed problems.
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet.
2. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
3. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
4. Lift the paper support (1), and then pull it at an angle completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
5. Clean the front side of the Paper Feed Rollers (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water, using a
side-to-side motion. After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all moisture.
1
6. Lift the flap (2), and then clean the back side of the Paper Feed Rollers (1) with a soft lint-free cloth
moistened with water. After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all moisture.
1
2
7. Put the paper support firmly back in the machine. Make sure you fit the paper support into the channels.
530
8. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
9. Reconnect the power cord.
Do not use the machine again until the rollers are dry. Using the machine before the rollers are dry may
cause paper feed problems.
Related Information
• Clean Your Brother Machine
Related Topics:
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
531
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Clean Your Brother Machine &gt; Clean the Base Pad
Clean the Base Pad
Cleaning the Base Pad periodically may prevent the machine from feeding multiple sheets of paper when there
are only a few sheets of paper left in the tray.
1. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
2. Pull the paper trays (1) completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
•
Tray #1
1
•
Tray #2
1
3. Clean the Base Pad (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water.
After cleaning, wipe the pad with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all moisture.
•
Tray #1
1
•
Tray #2
1
4. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
532
Related Information
• Clean Your Brother Machine
Related Topics:
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
533
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Clean Your Brother Machine &gt; Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper
Tray #1
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #1
Cleaning the paper pick-up rollers periodically may prevent paper jams by ensuring that paper feeds correctly.
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet.
2. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
3. Pull Tray #1 (1) completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
4. Lift the paper support (1), and then pull it at an angle completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
5. Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water. Slowly turn the rollers so
that the whole surface is cleaned. After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all
moisture.
1
6. Put the paper support firmly back in the machine. Make sure you fit the paper support into the channels.
7. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
8. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
• Clean Your Brother Machine
534
Related Topics:
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
535
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Clean Your Brother Machine &gt; Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper
Tray #2
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #2
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet.
2. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
3. Pull Tray #2 (1) completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
4. Clean the paper pick-up rollers for Tray #2 (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water. Slowly turn the
rollers so that the whole surface is cleaned. After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to
remove all moisture.
1
5. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
6. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
• Clean Your Brother Machine
536
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Check Your Brother Machine
Check Your Brother Machine
• Check the Print Quality
• Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
• Check the Ink Volume (Page Gauge)
• Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
• Monitor Machine Status Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
537
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Check Your Brother Machine &gt; Check the Print Quality
Check the Print Quality
If faded or streaked colors and text appear or if text is missing on your printouts, the print head nozzles may be
clogged. Print the check sheet and look at the nozzle check pattern.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press
(Ink).
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Impr. PrintQuality]. Press OK.
b. Select [Impr. PrintQuality] again. Press OK.
3. Press c.
The machine prints the check sheet.
4. Check the quality of the four color blocks on the sheet.
5. When an LCD message prompts you to check the print quality, do one of the following:
•
If all lines are clear and visible, press d to select [No].
The Print Quality check finishes.
•
If lines are missing (see Poor, below), press c to select [Yes].
OK
Poor
6. When the LCD message prompts you to check the print quality of each color, press d or c to select the
pattern (1–4) that most closely matches the printing result. Press OK.
7. Do one of the following:
•
If print head cleaning is needed, press c to start the cleaning procedure.
•
If print head cleaning is not needed, the menu screen reappears on the LCD.
8. After the cleaning procedure is finished, the LCD message prompts you to check the print quality again.
Press c [Yes] to start the print quality check.
9. Press c again.
The machine prints the check sheet again. Check the quality of the four color blocks on the sheet again.
If you clean the print head several times and the print has not improved, try the Special cleaning method. See
Related Information.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the print head. Touching the print head may cause permanent damage and may void the print
head's warranty.
538
When a print head nozzle is clogged, the printed sample looks like this:
After the print head nozzle is cleaned, the horizontal lines are gone:
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Ink] &gt; [Improve Print Quality] &gt; [Check Print Quality].
2. Press [Start].
The machine prints the check sheet.
3. Check the quality of the four color blocks on the sheet.
4. When an LCD message prompts you to check the print quality, do one of the following:
•
If all lines are clear and visible, press [No], and then press
•
If lines are missing (see Poor, as follows), press [Yes].
to finish the Print Quality check.
OK
Poor
5. When the LCD message prompts you to check the print quality of each color, press the number of the pattern
(1–4) that most closely matches the printing result.
6. Do one of the following:
•
If print head cleaning is needed, press [Start] to start the cleaning procedure.
•
If print head cleaning is not needed, the menu screen reappears on the touchscreen. Press
.
7. After the cleaning procedure is finished, the LCD message prompts you to print the check sheet again. Press
[Yes], and then press [Start].
The machine prints the check sheet again. Check the quality of the four color blocks on the sheet again.
If you clean the print head several times and the print has not improved, try the Special cleaning method. See
Related Information.
539
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the print head. Touching the print head may cause permanent damage and may void the print
head's warranty.
When a print head nozzle is clogged, the printed sample looks like this:
After the print head nozzle is cleaned, the lines are gone:
Related Information
• Check Your Brother Machine
Related Topics:
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
• Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
540
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Check Your Brother Machine &gt; Check the Print Alignment from Your
Brother Machine
Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
If your printed text becomes blurred or images become faded after transporting the machine, adjust the print
alignment.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
Before adjusting the print alignment, complete a print quality check first by pressing
(Ink), a or b to select
[Impr. PrintQuality] &gt; [Impr. PrintQuality] again, and then OK.
1. Press
(Ink).
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Impr. PrintQuality]. Press OK.
b. Select [Alignment]. Press OK.
3. Press c after a confirmation message if a print quality check has been completed appears on the LCD.
4. Select [Auto] or [Manual].
•
If you select the [Auto] mode, the print alignment is automatically adjusted by scanning the check sheet.
•
If you select the [Manual] mode, you need to input information printed on the check sheet manually.
5. If you selected the [Auto] mode, select the paper size to print the check sheet on.
6. Load specified size paper in the tray, and then press c.
The machine prints the check sheet.
7. Follow the instructions on the LCD.
When the print alignment is not adjusted correctly, text looks blurry or crooked, like this:
After the print alignment is adjusted correctly, text looks like this:
MFC-J4535DW
Before adjusting the print alignment, complete a print quality check first by pressing
[Ink] &gt; [Improve
Print Quality] &gt; [Check Print Quality].
1. Press
[Ink] &gt; [Improve Print Quality] &gt; [Alignment].
2. Press [Next].
3. Press [Yes] after a confirmation message if a print quality check has been completed appears on the LCD.
4. Press [Auto] or [Manual].
•
If you select the [Auto] mode, the print alignment is automatically adjusted by scanning the check sheet.
541
•
If you select the [Manual] mode, you need to input information printed on the check sheet manually.
5. If you selected the [Auto] mode, select the paper size to print the check sheet on.
6. Load specified size paper in the tray, and then press [Start].
The machine prints the check sheet.
7. Follow the instructions on the LCD.
When the print alignment is not adjusted correctly, text looks blurry or crooked, like this:
After the print alignment is adjusted correctly, text looks like this:
Related Information
• Check Your Brother Machine
Related Topics:
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
542
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Check Your Brother Machine &gt; Check the Ink Volume (Page Gauge)
Check the Ink Volume (Page Gauge)
Although an ink volume icon appears on the machine's LCD, you can view a larger graph that displays the
approximate ink remaining in each cartridge.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press
(Ink).
2. Press a or b to select [Ink Volume]. Press OK.
The LCD displays the ink volume. 1
Ink Volume
a
xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx
b
c1
a. Displays the cartridge ink level.
b. Displays the ink level remaining in the internal ink reservoir.
c. The page gauge 1 shows the approximate number of remaining pages that can be printed with the
cartridges.
•
When the ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, one of the following icons appears:
The ink level is low.
The ink cartridge needs to be replaced.
There is a problem with the ink cartridge.
•
To change the display settings for the approximate page yield, press Stop/Exit to return to the Home
screen, press Settings, select [Ink], and then select [Remaining Pages].
Press OK and follow the instructions on the LCD.
•
To check or print the model numbers of the ink cartridges, press Clear/Back to go back to the [Ink]
menu screen, and then select [Ink Cartridge Model].
Press OK and follow the instructions on the LCD.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
•
You can also check the ink volume from your computer.
•
For detailed information about the measuring methods used for the approximate yields, visit
support.brother.com/yield.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Ink] &gt; [Ink Volume].
The touchscreen displays the ink volume and the page gauge 2.
1
Page Gauge is an estimate for informational purposes only and does not display the actual remaining page yield. For actual cartridge yield
information, visit support.brother.com/yield.
2
Page Gauge is an estimate for informational purposes only and does not display the actual remaining page yield. For actual cartridge yield
information, visit support.brother.com/yield.
543
a
b
c
d&sup1;
a. Displays the cartridge ink level.
b. Displays the ink level remaining in the internal ink reservoir.
c. Press to change the display settings for the approximate page yield.
d. The page gauge 2 shows the approximate number of remaining pages that can be printed with the
cartridges.
•
When the ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, one of the following icons appears:
The ink level is low.
The ink cartridge needs to be replaced.
There is a problem with the ink cartridge.
•
To check or print the ink cartridge model numbers, press
(Back) to return to the [Ink] menu
screen.
Press [Ink Cartridge Model], and follow the instructions on the touchscreen.
2. Press
.
•
You can also check the ink volume from your computer.
•
For detailed information about the measuring methods used for the approximate yields, visit
support.brother.com/yield.
Related Information
• Check Your Brother Machine
Related Topics:
• Touchscreen LCD Overview
• Settings Screen Overview
• Print a Document (Windows)
• Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
• Monitor Machine Status Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
544
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Check Your Brother Machine &gt; Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows)
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
The Status Monitor utility is a configurable software tool for monitoring the status of one or more machines; it
allows you to get immediate notification of errors.
•
Do one of the following:
-
Double-click the
-
Launch
icon in the task tray.
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.
Troubleshooting
Click the Troubleshooting button to access the troubleshooting website.
Remaining Page Settings
Click the Remaining Page Settings button to change the display settings for the approximate page yield.
Visit the Genuine Supplies website
Click the Visit the Genuine Supplies website button for more information on Brother genuine supplies.
Error icons
Icon
Description
The ink level is low.
The ink cartridge needs to be replaced.
There is a problem with the ink cartridge.
545
-
You can also check the ink amount using Web Based Management.
Related Information
• Check Your Brother Machine
• Status Monitor Indicators and What They Mean (Windows)
• Turn Off the Show Status Monitor Feature (Windows)
• Turn Off the Status Monitor (Windows)
Related Topics:
• Cancel a Print Job (Windows)
• Check the Ink Volume (Page Gauge)
546
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Check Your Brother Machine &gt; Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows) &gt; Status Monitor Indicators and What They Mean (Windows)
Status Monitor Indicators and What They Mean (Windows)
When you start up your computer, the Brother Status Monitor icon appears on the task tray.
•
A green icon indicates the normal stand-by condition.
•
A yellow icon indicates a warning.
•
A red icon indicates an error has occurred.
•
A gray icon indicates the machine is offline.
Related Information
• Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
547
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Check Your Brother Machine &gt; Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows) &gt; Turn Off the Show Status Monitor Feature (Windows)
Turn Off the Show Status Monitor Feature (Windows)
The Show Status Monitor feature lets you know if there is a problem with a device that your computer is
monitoring. The default setting is Only when printing from this PC. To turn it off, follow these steps:
1. Right-click the
(Brother Status Monitor) icon or window, select the Status Monitor Settings option, and
then click Options.
The Options window appears.
2. Click the Basic tab, and then select Off for Show Status Monitor.
3. Click OK.
Even if the Show Status Monitor feature is turned off, you can check the machine’s status at any time by
displaying the Status Monitor.
Related Information
• Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
548
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Check Your Brother Machine &gt; Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows) &gt; Turn Off the Status Monitor (Windows)
Turn Off the Status Monitor (Windows)
1. Right-click the
(Brother Status Monitor) icon or window, and then select Exit.
2. Click OK.
Related Information
• Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
549
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Check Your Brother Machine &gt; Monitor Machine Status Using Brother
iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
Monitor Machine Status Using Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
Brother iPrint&amp;Scan allows you to monitor your Brother machine's status.
1. Start Brother iPrint&amp;Scan.
•
Windows
Launch
•
(Brother iPrint&amp;Scan).
Mac
In the Finder menu bar, click Go &gt; Applications, and then double-click the iPrint&amp;Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&amp;Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model
name from the list. Click OK.
Status icons
Icon
Description
A green icon indicates the normal stand-by condition.
A yellow icon indicates a warning.
A red icon indicates an error has occurred.
A gray icon indicates the machine is offline.
550
Error icons
Icon
Description
The ink level is low.
The ink cartridge needs to be replaced.
There is a problem with the ink cartridge.
•
The actual screen may differ depending on the version of the application.
•
The remaining ink amount is approximate and may differ from the actual amount of remaining ink.
•
You can also check the remaining ink amount using Web Based Management.
Related Information
• Check Your Brother Machine
Related Topics:
• Check the Ink Volume (Page Gauge)
551
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
Adjust the paper feed to reduce vertical lines.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
Before adjusting the print alignment, complete a print quality check first by pressing
(Ink), a or b to select
[Impr. PrintQuality] &gt; [Impr. PrintQuality] again, and then OK.
1. Press
(Ink).
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Impr. PrintQuality]. Press OK.
b. Select [Correct Paper Feed]. Press OK.
3. Press c after a confirmation message if a print quality check has been completed appears on the LCD.
4. Select [Auto] or [Manual].
•
If you select the [Auto] mode, the paper feed is automatically adjusted by scanning the check sheet.
•
If you select the [Manual] mode, you need to input information printed on the check sheet manually.
5. If you selected the [Auto] mode, select the paper size to print the check sheet on.
6. Load specified size paper in the tray, and then press c.
The machine prints the check sheet.
7. Follow the instructions on the LCD.
MFC-J4535DW
Before adjusting the paper feed, make a print quality check first by pressing
[Ink] &gt; [Improve Print
Quality] &gt; [Check Print Quality].
1. Press
[Ink] &gt; [Improve Print Quality] &gt; [Correct Paper Feed].
2. Press [Next].
3. Press [Yes] after a confirmation message if a print quality check has been completed appears on the LCD.
4. Press [Auto] or [Manual].
•
If you select the [Auto] mode, the paper feed is automatically adjusted by scanning the check sheet.
•
If you select the [Manual] mode, you need to input information printed on the check sheet manually.
5. If you selected the [Auto] mode, select the paper size to print the check sheet on.
6. Load specified size paper in the tray, and then press [Start].
The machine prints the check sheet.
7. Follow the instructions on the LCD.
Related Information
• Routine Maintenance
Related Topics:
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
• Other Problems
552
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results
Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results
If your printouts do not look the way you expect, change the print settings on your Brother machine to improve
printout quality. Print speed may be slower when using these settings.
•
These instructions allow you to improve your print results when you are using your machine for copying,
printing from media, or a mobile device.
•
If you are experiencing poor print quality when printing from your computer, change your printer driver
settings.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press
(Ink).
2. Press a or b to select [Print Options]. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to select one of the following options:
Option
Description
Reduce Smudging Select this option if you have problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
Enhance Print
Select this option if you have problems with blurred printouts.
4. Press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the option you want. Press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
[Ink] &gt; [Print Options].
1. Press
2. Press one of the following options:
Option
Description
Reduce Smudging Select this option if you have problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
Enhance Print
Select this option if you have problems with blurred printouts.
3. Follow the LCD menus.
4. Press
.
Related Information
• Routine Maintenance
Related Topics:
• Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
• Other Problems
• Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows)
• Print Settings (Windows)
553
Home &gt; Routine Maintenance &gt; Pack and Ship Your Machine
Pack and Ship Your Machine
•
When you transport the machine, use the packing materials that came with your machine. Do not tip or turn
the product upside down. If you do not pack the machine correctly, any damage that may occur in transit may
not be covered by your warranty.
•
The machine should be adequately insured with the carrier.
IMPORTANT
It is important to allow the machine to “park” the print head after a print job. Listen carefully to the machine
before unplugging it to make sure that all mechanical noises have stopped. Not allowing the machine to finish
this parking process may lead to print problems and possible damage to the print head.
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet.
2. Unplug the machine from the telephone wall jack and take the telephone line cord out of the machine.
3. Using both hands, use the finger holds on each side of the machine to lift the scanner cover into the open
position.
4. Unplug the interface cable from the machine, if it is connected.
5. Gently close the scanner cover using the finger holds on each side.
6. Open the ink cartridge cover.
7. Press the ink release levers to release the ink cartridges and then take out the ink cartridges.
8. Wrap the machine in the bag.
9. Pack the machine in the original carton with the original packing material as shown below.
Do not pack the used ink cartridge in the carton.
554
5
4
3
2
1
If you are returning your machine to Brother as part of the Exchange Service, pack only the machine. Keep
all separate parts and printed materials to use with your “Exchange” machine.
10. Close the carton and tape it shut.
Related Information
• Routine Maintenance
Related Topics:
• Replace the Ink Cartridges
555
Home &gt; Machine Settings
Machine Settings
Customize settings and features to make your machine a more efficient work tool.
• Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
556
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
• In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage)
• General Settings
• Save Your Favorite Settings as a Shortcut
• Print Reports
• Settings and Features Tables
557
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; In the Event of Power
Failure (Memory Storage)
In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage)
•
Your menu settings are stored permanently and will not be lost.
•
Temporary settings (for example: Contrast and Overseas Mode) are lost.
•
The date and time is retained for approximately 24 hours.
•
(MFC-J4535DW) Other fax jobs in the machine's memory will not be lost.
Related Information
• Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
558
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; General Settings
General Settings
• Adjust the Machine Volume
• Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
• Set Sleep Mode Countdown
• Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
• Set the Date and Time
• Set the Time Zone
• Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
• Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
• Set Your Station ID
• Set Tone or Pulse Dialing Mode
• Prevent Dialing a Wrong Number (Dial Restriction)
• Reduce Printing Noise
• Change the Language Displayed on the LCD
• Change the Keyboard Setting
559
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; General Settings &gt; Adjust
the Machine Volume
Adjust the Machine Volume
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Volume]. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to select one of the following options:
Option
Description
Ring
Adjust the ring volume.
Beep
Adjust the volume when you press a button, make a mistake, or after you send or receive a fax.
Speaker Adjust the speaker volume.
4. Press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the [Off], [Low], [Med], or [High] option. Press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [General Setup] &gt; [Volume].
2. Press one of the following options:
Option
Description
Ring
Adjust the ring volume.
Beep
Adjust the volume when you press a button, make a mistake, or after you send or receive a fax.
Speaker Adjust the speaker volume.
3. Press a or b to display the [Off], [Low], [Med], or [High] option, and then press the option you want.
4. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
560
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; General Settings &gt; Change
for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
You can program the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time.
It will reset itself forward one hour in the spring, and backward one hour in the fall. Make sure you have set the
correct date and time in the [Date &amp; Time] setting.
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Date &amp; Time]. Press OK.
c. Select [Auto Daylight]. Press OK.
d. Select [On] or [Off]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
2. Press
[Settings].
[Date &amp; Time] &gt; [Auto Daylight].
3. Press [On] or [Off].
4. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
561
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; General Settings &gt; Set
Sleep Mode Countdown
Set Sleep Mode Countdown
The Sleep Mode (or Power Save Mode) setting can reduce power consumption. When the machine is in Sleep
Mode, it acts as though it is turned off. The machine will wake up and start printing when it receives a print job or
a fax. Use these instructions to set a time delay (countdown) before the machine enters Sleep Mode.
•
The timer will restart if any operation is carried out on the machine, such as receiving a fax or a print job.
•
The factory setting is five minutes.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Sleep Time]. Press OK.
c. Select the number of minutes (1-60) you want to set. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
When the machine goes into Sleep Mode, the LCD backlight turns off.
MFC-J4535DW
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [General Setup] &gt; [Sleep Time].
1. Press
2. Enter the number of minutes (1-60) you want to set on the touchscreen, and then press [OK].
3. Press
.
When the machine goes into Sleep Mode, the LCD backlight turns off.
Related Information
• General Settings
Related Topics:
• Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
562
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; General Settings &gt; Set the
Machine to Power Off Automatically
Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
The Auto Power Off feature can reduce power consumption. Set the amount of time that the machine must be in
Sleep Mode before it automatically powers off. When this feature is set to [Off], you must power off the
machine manually.
To turn on the machine after the Auto Power Off feature has turned it Off, press
.
The machine does not power off automatically when:
•
Fax jobs are stored in the machine's memory. (MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW)
•
An error prevents the Fax Journal report from printing. (MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW)
•
The machine is connected to a telephone line.
•
The machine is connected to a wired network. (MFC-J4535DW)
•
The machine is connected to a wireless network.
•
[WLAN Enable] is set to [On] or [WLAN(Wi-Fi)] is selected in the [Network I/F] setting.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Auto Power Off]. Press OK.
c. Select [Off], [1 hour], [2 hours], [4 hours], or [8 hours]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [General Setup] &gt; [Auto Power Off].
1. Press
2. Press a or b to display the [Off], [1 hour], [2 hours], [4 hours], or [8 hours] option, and then
press the option you want.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
Related Topics:
• Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
• Set Sleep Mode Countdown
563
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; General Settings &gt; Set the
Date and Time
Set the Date and Time
The LCD displays the date and time. If they are not current, re-enter them. You can add the date and time to
each fax you send by setting your Station ID.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Date &amp; Time]. Press OK.
c. Select [Date]. Press OK.
3. Enter the last two digits of the year using the dial pad, and then press OK.
4. Enter the two digits for the month using the dial pad, and then press OK.
5. Enter the two digits for the day using the dial pad, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to select [Clock Type], and then press OK.
7. Press a or b to select [12h Clock] or [24h Clock], and then press OK.
8. Press a or b to select [Time], and then press OK.
9. To enter the time, do one of the following:
•
If you selected [12h Clock]:
a. Press a or b to select [AM] or [PM], and then press OK.
b. Enter the four digits of the time (in 12-hour format) using the dial pad, and then press OK.
•
If you selected [24h Clock]:
Enter the four digits of the time (in 24-hour format) using the dial pad, and then press OK.
10. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings].
2. Press
[Date &amp; Time].
3. Press [Date].
4. Enter the last two digits of the year on the touchscreen, and then press [OK].
5. Enter two digits for the month on the touchscreen, and then press [OK].
6. Enter two digits for the day on the touchscreen, and then press [OK].
7. Press [Clock Type].
8. Press [12h Clock] or [24h Clock].
9. Press [Time].
10. To enter the time, do one of the following:
•
If you selected [12h Clock], enter the time (in 12-hour format) using the touchscreen, and then press
[AM] or [PM].
Press [OK].
•
If you selected [24h Clock], enter the time (in 24-hour format) using the touchscreen.
Press [OK].
564
(For example, enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.)
11. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
Related Topics:
• Set Your Station ID
565
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; General Settings &gt; Set the
Time Zone
Set the Time Zone
Set the time zone for your location on the machine.
For example, the time zone for Eastern Time in the USA and Canada is UTC-05:00. Pacific Time in the USA and
Canada is UTC-08:00.
Time Zone
Standard Time
Hawaii-Aleutian Time Zone
UTC - 10:00
Alaska Time Zone
UTC - 9:00
Pacific Time Zone
UTC - 8:00
Mountain Time Zone
UTC - 7:00
Central Time Zone
UTC - 6:00
Eastern Time Zone
UTC - 5:00
Atlantic Time Zone
UTC - 4:00
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Date &amp; Time]. Press OK.
c. Select [Time Zone]. Press OK.
3. Enter your time zone, and then select [OK].
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
2. Press
[Settings].
[Date &amp; Time] &gt; [Time Zone].
3. Enter your time zone.
4. Press [OK].
5. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
566
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; General Settings &gt; Adjust
the LCD Backlight Brightness
Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
If you are having difficulty reading the LCD, changing the brightness setting may help.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [LCD Settings]. Press OK.
c. Select [Backlight]. Press OK.
d. Select [Light], [Med], or [Dark]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [General Setup] &gt; [LCD Settings] &gt;
1. Press
[Backlight].
2. Press the [Light], [Med], or [Dark] option.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
567
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; General Settings &gt; Change
How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [LCD Settings]. Press OK.
c. Select [Dim Timer]. Press OK.
d. Select [10 Secs], [30 Secs], [1 Min], [2 Mins], [3 Mins], or [5 Mins]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [General Setup] &gt; [LCD Settings] &gt; [Dim
1. Press
Timer].
2. Press a or b to display the [10 Secs], [30 Secs], [1 Min], [2 Mins], [3 Mins], or [5 Mins]
option, and then press the option you want.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
568
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; General Settings &gt; Set
Your Station ID
Set Your Station ID
Set the machine's Station ID if you want the date and time to appear on each fax you send.
NOTE
(USA only)
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or
electronic device to send any message via a telephone fax machine unless such messages clearly contain,
in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date
and time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity or other individual sending the message
and the telephone number of the sending machines or such business, other entity or individual. To program
this information into the fax machine, see Set the date and time and Set your Station ID.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Station ID]. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to select [Fax], and then press OK.
4. Enter your fax number (up to 20 digits) using the dial pad, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select [Name], and then press OK.
6. Enter your name (up to 20 characters) using the dial pad, and then press OK.
For more information about how to enter text, see Related Information.
7. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Initial Setup] &gt; [Station ID].
2. Press [Fax].
3. Enter your fax number (up to 20 digits) on the touchscreen, and then press [OK].
4. Press [Name].
5. Enter your name (up to 20 characters) using the touchscreen, and then press [OK].
•
Press
to cycle between letters, numbers and special symbols. (The available characters may
differ depending on your country.)
•
If you entered an incorrect character and want to change it, press d or c to move the cursor to it. Press
and then enter the correct character.
•
To enter a space, press [Space].
6. Press
.
569
Related Information
• General Settings
Related Topics:
• Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
• Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
• Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
• Set the Date and Time
570
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; General Settings &gt; Set
Tone or Pulse Dialing Mode
Set Tone or Pulse Dialing Mode
Your machine is set for a Tone dialing service. If you have a Pulse dialing (rotary) service, you must change the
dialing mode.
This feature is not available in some countries.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Tone/Pulse]. Press OK.
c. Select [Tone] or [Pulse]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Initial Setup] &gt; [Tone/Pulse].
2. Press [Tone] or [Pulse].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
Related Topics:
• Telephone and Fax Problems
571
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; General Settings &gt; Prevent
Dialing a Wrong Number (Dial Restriction)
Prevent Dialing a Wrong Number (Dial Restriction)
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
This feature is to prevent users from sending a fax or call to a wrong number by mistake. You can set the
machine to restrict Dialing when you use the dial pad, Address Book, Shortcuts and LDAP search.
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Fax] &gt; [Dial Restriction].
2. Press one of the following options:
•
[Dial Pad]
•
[Address Book]
If you combine Address Book numbers when dialing, the address will be recognized as dial pad input and
will not be restricted.
•
[Shortcuts]
•
[LDAP Server]
3. Press one of the following options:
Option
Description
Enter #
Twice
The machine will prompt you to re-enter the number. If you re-enter the same number
correctly, the machine will start dialing. If you re-enter the wrong number, the touchscreen
will show an error message.
On
The machine will restrict all fax sending and outbound calls for that dialing method.
Off
The machine does not restrict the dialing method.
•
The [Enter # Twice] setting will not work if you use an external phone or press [Hook] before
entering the number. You will not be asked to re-enter the number.
•
If you selected [On] or [Enter # Twice], you cannot use the Broadcasting feature.
4. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
572
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; General Settings &gt; Reduce
Printing Noise
Reduce Printing Noise
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes
slower.
The factory setting is [Off].
•
When the Quiet Mode setting is turned on,
•
(MFC-J4535DW) US only: While
appears on the Home screen.
appears,
(Quiet Mode) is not displayed.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Quiet Mode]. Press OK.
c. Select [On] or [Off]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [General Setup] &gt; [Quiet Mode].
1. Press
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
Related Topics:
• Touchscreen LCD Overview
• Paper Handling and Printing Problems
573
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; General Settings &gt; Change
the Language Displayed on the LCD
Change the Language Displayed on the LCD
Change the LCD language if needed.
This feature is not available in some countries.
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Local Language]. Press OK.
c. Select your language. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Initial Setup] &gt; [Local Language].
2. Press your language.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
574
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; General Settings &gt; Change
the Keyboard Setting
Change the Keyboard Setting
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
You can choose the type of keyboard for the LCD.
1. Press
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [General Setup] &gt; [Keyboard Settings].
2. Press [QWERTY] or [ABC].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
575
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; Save Your Favorite
Settings as a Shortcut
Save Your Favorite Settings as a Shortcut
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
• Add Shortcuts
• Change or Delete Shortcuts
• Assign a Shortcut to an IC Card
576
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; Save Your Favorite
Settings as a Shortcut &gt; Add Shortcuts
Add Shortcuts
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
You can add the Fax, Copy, Scan, Web Connect and Apps settings you use most frequently by saving them as
your Shortcuts. Later you can press the Shortcut to apply these settings instead of manually re-entering them.
Some Shortcut menus are not available depending on your model.
These instructions describe how to add a Copy Shortcut. The steps for adding a Fax, Scan, Web Connect or
Apps Shortcut are very similar.
1. If the Home screen 1, screen 2, or screen 3 appears, press
[Shortcuts].
2. Press a tab from [1] to [3].
3. Press
where you have not added a Shortcut.
4. Press a or b to display [Copy].
5. Press [Copy].
6. Press
[Options].
7. Press a or b to display the available settings, and then press the setting you want to change.
8. Press a or b to display the available options for the setting, and then press the option you want.
Repeat the previous and this steps until you have selected all the settings for this Shortcut. When finished,
press [OK].
9. Press [OK].
10. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
11. Enter a name for the Shortcut using the LCD, and then press [OK].
When adding Fax or Scan to Shortcuts, you will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut.
Follow the LCD instructions.
Related Information
• Save Your Favorite Settings as a Shortcut
577
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; Save Your Favorite
Settings as a Shortcut &gt; Change or Delete Shortcuts
Change or Delete Shortcuts
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
You can change the settings in a Shortcut.
You cannot change a Web Connect Shortcut or Apps Shortcut. If you need to change them, delete them, and
then add a new Shortcut.
1. If the Home screen 1, screen 2, or screen 3 appears, press
[Shortcuts].
2. Press a tab from [1] to [3] to display the Shortcut you want to change.
3. Press and hold the Shortcut you want to change.
4. Press [Edit].
To delete the Shortcut, press [Delete]. To edit the name of the Shortcut, press [Rename] and follow the
LCD menus.
5. Press
[Options].
6. Press a or b to display the available settings, and then press the setting you want to change.
7. Change the settings for the Shortcut you selected. Press [OK].
8. Press [OK] when you have finished changing the settings.
9. Press [OK] to confirm.
When changing Fax or Scan Shortcuts, you will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut.
Follow the LCD instructions.
Related Information
• Save Your Favorite Settings as a Shortcut
Related Topics:
• Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
578
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; Save Your Favorite
Settings as a Shortcut &gt; Assign a Shortcut to an IC Card
Assign a Shortcut to an IC Card
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
• Assign a Shortcut to an IC Card with IC Card Reader
579
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; Save Your Favorite
Settings as a Shortcut &gt; Assign a Shortcut to an IC Card &gt; Assign a Shortcut to an IC Card with IC Card
Reader
Assign a Shortcut to an IC Card with IC Card Reader
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
You can assign one Shortcut to your IC card. When you touch your IC card to the IC card reader connected to
your machine, your personal Shortcut automatically appears on the touchscreen.
•
You cannot use the same IC card for different Shortcuts.
•
To use the IC card for another Shortcut, unregister the card first, and then register it with the new
Shortcut.
Before you assign a shortcut to an IC card, register an external IC card reader. Use Web Based Management
to register the card reader. Your machine supports external IC card readers supporting HID-class drivers.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Administrator &gt; External Card Reader.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Enter the necessary information, and then click Submit.
6. Restart your Brother machine to activate the configuration.
7. Connect the card reader to your machine.
8. If the Home screen 1, screen 2, or screen 3 appears, press
[Shortcuts] on the LCD.
9. Press a tab from [1] to [3] to select the Shortcut screens that contains the Shortcut you want to assign to
your IC card.
10. Press and hold the Shortcut until the options appear.
11. Press [Register Card/NFC].
12. Touch the IC card to the IC card reader connected to your machine.
13. Press [Register].
The Shortcut is assigned to the IC Card.
580
Related Information
• Assign a Shortcut to an IC Card
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
581
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; Print Reports
Print Reports
• Reports
• Print a Report
• Fax Reports
• Telephone and Fax Problems
582
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; Print Reports &gt; Reports
Reports
The following reports are available:
Transmission Verification Report
The Transmission Verification Report prints the details of the last fax sent from your machine.
Address Book
The Address Book report prints a list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book memory.
Fax Journal
The Fax Journal prints a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes. (TX means
Transmit, RX means Receive.)
User Settings
The User Settings report prints a list of your current settings.
Network Configuration (network models)
The Network Configuration report prints a list of your current network settings.
WLAN Report (wireless models)
The WLAN Report prints the wireless LAN connectivity diagnosis.
Caller ID History
(MFC-J4535DW) The Caller ID History report prints a list of the available Caller ID information for the last 30
received faxes and telephone calls.
(MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW) The Caller ID History report prints a list of the available Caller ID information
for the last 20 received faxes and telephone calls.
Related Information
• Print Reports
583
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; Print Reports &gt; Print a
Report
Print a Report
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4535DW
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
1. Press Settings.
2. Press a or b to make your selections:
a. Select [Print Reports]. Press OK.
b. Select the report you want to print. Press OK.
3. Press c.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
MFC-J4535DW
[Settings] &gt; [All Settings] &gt; [Print Reports].
1. Press
2. Press a or b to display the report options, and then press the option you want.
3. Press [Yes].
4. Press
.
Related Information
• Print Reports
Related Topics:
• Caller ID
584
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; Settings and Features
Tables
Settings and Features Tables
• Settings Tables (1.8&quot; Color LCD)
• Features Tables (1.8&quot; Color LCD)
• Settings Tables (2.7&quot; Touchscreen models)
• Features Tables (2.7&quot; Touchscreen models)
585
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; Settings and Features
Tables &gt; Settings Tables (1.8&quot; Color LCD)
Settings Tables (1.8&quot; Color LCD)
Related Models: MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
These tables will help you understand your machine's menu selections and options.
Settings &gt; [General Setup]
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Descriptions
Maintenance
Impr.
PrintQuality
Impr.
PrintQuality
Check and correct the print quality, alignment and
paper feeding according to the LCD instructions.
Alignment
Correct Paper
Feed
Print Head
Cleaning
Black only
Color only
Clean the print head according to the LCD
instructions.
All
Ink Volume
-
Check the available ink volume.
Ink Cartridge
Model
-
Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Print Options
Reduce Smudging
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams
during printing.
Enhance Print
Improve print quality and reduce blurriness.
Ink Cartridge
Check
-
View your ink cartridge information.
Paper Type
-
-
Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Size
-
-
Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Check Paper
-
-
Check the paper type and paper size when you
pull the tray out of the machine.
Quiet Mode
-
-
Decrease printing noise.
Volume
Ring
-
Adjust the ring volume.
Beep
-
Adjust the beeper volume.
Speaker
-
Adjust the speaker volume.
Backlight
-
Adjust the brightness of the LCD backlight.
Dim Timer
-
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on after
you go back to your Home screen.
-
-
Select how long the machine must be idle before
it goes into Sleep Mode.
Auto Power Off -
-
Select how long the machine must wait before it
automatically turns itself off after entering Sleep
Mode.
LCD Settings
Sleep Time
When set to Off, the machine does not power off
automatically.
586
Settings &gt; [Ink]
Level 3
Level 4 Descriptions
Ink Volume
-
Check the available ink volume.
Remaining Pages
-
Check the approximate number of remaining pages that can be printed with the
currently installed cartridges.
Ink Cartridge Model -
Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Ink Cartridge Check -
View your ink cartridge information.
Settings &gt; [Fax]
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Descriptions
Setup Receive
Ring Delay
-
Set the number of rings before the machine answers
in Fax Only or Fax/Tel mode.
Receive Mode
-
Select the Receive Mode that best suits your needs.
F/T Ring Time
-
Set the length of the pseudo/double-ring time in
Fax/Tel mode.
Easy Receive
-
Receive fax messages automatically when you
answer a call and hear fax tones.
Remote Codes
Remote Codes
Answer calls at an extension or external telephone
and use codes to turn on or off the Remote Codes.
You can personalize the codes.
Fax Receive
Code
Tel Answer
Auto Reduction
-
Reduce the size of incoming faxes.
PC Fax Receive
-
Set the machine to send faxes to your computer.
You can turn on the Backup Print safety feature.
Fax Rx Stamp
-
Print the received time and date on the top of
incoming faxes.
Report Setting Transmission
-
Select the initial setup for the Transmission
Verification Report.
Journal
Period
Set the interval for automatic printing of the Fax
Journal.
Time
If you select an option other than Off and Every 50
Faxes, you can set the time for the option.
Journal Period
Day
Print Fax
If you select Every 7 Days, you can set the day of the
week.
-
-
Print incoming faxes stored in the machine's memory.
Remaining Jobs -
-
Check which scheduled jobs are in the machine's
memory and cancel selected jobs.
Miscellaneous
TX Lock
-
Prohibit most functions except receiving faxes.
Distinctive
Distinctive
(USA and Canada
only)
Ring Pattern
Turn on the telephone company's Distinctive Ring
subscriber service to register your new ring pattern on
the machine.
Area Code
-
Set your 3-digit area code only if you do not dial it
within your own area code.
(USA only)
Settings &gt; [Network]
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Descriptions
WLAN(Wi-Fi)
Find Wi-Fi
Network
-
Configure your wireless network settings
manually.
587
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Descriptions
WLAN(Wi-Fi)
TCP/IP
BOOT Method
Select the Boot method that best suits your
needs.
IP Address
Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
Enter the Node name.
WINS
Configuration
Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server
Specify the IP address of the primary or
secondary WINS server.
DNS Server
Specify the IP address of the primary or
secondary DNS server.
APIPA
Set the machine to allocate the IP address
from the link-local address range
automatically.
IPv6
Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
WPS/Push Button
-
Configure your wireless network settings
using the one-button push method.
WPS/PIN Code
-
Configure your wireless network settings
using WPS with a PIN.
WLAN Status
Status
View the current wireless network status.
Signal
View the current wireless network signal
strength.
SSID
View the current SSID.
Comm. Mode
View the current Communication mode.
MAC Address
-
View the machine's MAC address.
WLAN Enable
-
Turn the wireless network connection On or
Off.
Manual
-
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
manually.
Group Owner
-
Set your machine as the Group Owner.
Push Button
-
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
using the one-button push method.
PIN Code
-
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
using WPS with a PIN code.
Device
Information
Device Name
View your machine's device name.
SSID
View the Group Owner's SSID.
Wi-Fi Direct
When the machine is not connected, the LCD
displays Not Connected.
Status
Information
IP Address
View your machine's current IP Address.
Status
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network status.
Signal
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network signal
strength.
When your machine acts as Group Owner, the
LCD always indicates a strong signal.
Web Connect
Settings
I/F Enable
-
Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or off.
Proxy Settings
Proxy Connection
Change the Web connection settings.
Address
588
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Descriptions
Web Connect
Settings
Proxy Settings
Port
Change the Web connection settings.
User Name
Password
Network Reset
-
-
Restore all network settings back to the
factory settings.
Settings &gt; [Print Reports]
Level 3
Descriptions
Transmission
Print a Transmission Verification Report for your last transmission.
Address Book
Print a list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book.
Fax Journal
Print a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes.
(TX means Transmit. RX means Receive.)
User Settings
Print a list of your settings.
Network Config
Print a list of your Network settings.
WLAN Report
Print the wireless LAN connection results.
Caller ID History Print a list of the available Caller ID information about the last 20 received faxes and
telephone calls.
Settings &gt; [Machine Info.]
Level 3
Descriptions
Serial No.
Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version
Check your machine's firmware version.
Firmware Update
Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto Check
View firmware information on the Home screen.
Page Counter
Check the total number of pages the machine has
printed.
Settings &gt; [Initial Setup]
Level 3
Level 4
Descriptions
Date &amp; Time
Date
Add the date and time on the screen and in the headings of the
faxes you send.
Time
Clock Type
Select the time format (12-hour or 24-hour).
(USA and Canada
only)
Auto Daylight
(USA and Canada
only)
Station ID
Time Zone
Set your time zone.
Fax
Enter your name and fax number so it appears on each page
you fax.
Name
Tone/Pulse
Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving
Time.
-
Select the dialing mode.
-
Set the machine to redial the last fax number if the fax did not go
through because the line was busy.
(Available only for some
countries.)
Fax Auto Redial
589
Level 3
Level 4
Descriptions
Dial Tone
-
Shorten the dial tone detect pause.
Compatibility
-
Adjust the equalization for transmission difficulties.
VoIP service providers offer fax support using various standards.
If you regularly experience fax transmission errors, select Basic
(for VoIP).
Reset
Local Language
Machine Reset
Restore all the machine's settings that you have changed, such
as Date and Time.
Network
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
Address Book &amp;
Fax
Erase all stored phone numbers and fax settings.
All Settings
Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings.
-
Change your LCD language.
(Available only for some
countries.)
Related Information
• Settings and Features Tables
590
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; Settings and Features
Tables &gt; Features Tables (1.8&quot; Color LCD)
Features Tables (1.8&quot; Color LCD)
Related Models: MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
FAX
Level 3
Level 4
Descriptions
Fax Resolution
-
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
Contrast
-
Adjust the contrast.
Glass Scan Size -
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the document.
Broadcasting
-
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number.
Real Time TX
-
Send a fax without using the memory.
Overseas Mode
-
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Call History
Redial
Send a fax to the last number you called.
Outgoing Call
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send a fax to it,
add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Caller ID
History
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then send a fax to it, add it
to the Address Book, or delete it.
Search
Dial by pressing only a few buttons.
Set Speed Dial
Store Speed Dial numbers, so you can dial by pressing only a few
buttons.
Setup Groups
Set up Group numbers for broadcasting.
Change
Change Address Book numbers.
Delete
Delete Address Book numbers.
Address Book
Set New Default -
Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
-
SCAN
Level 3
Level 4
Descriptions
to PC
to File
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your
computer.
to OCR
Convert your scanned document to an editable text
file.
to Image
Scan photos or graphics into your graphics
applications.
to E-mail
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
to Web
-
Upload the scanned data to an Internet service.
WS Scan
Scan
Scan data using the Web Service protocol.
(Appears when you install a Web
Services Scanner.)
Scan for Email
Scan for Fax
Scan for Print
591
COPY
Level 3
Level 4
Descriptions
Quality
-
Select the Copy resolution for your document type.
Paper Type
-
Select the paper type that matches the paper in the tray.
Paper Size
-
Select the paper size that matches the paper in the tray.
Enlarge/Reduce
100%
-
Enlarge
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Reduce
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Fit to Page
Adjust the copy size to fit on the paper size you have set.
Custom(25-400%)
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
-
Adjust the density.
Density
Remove Background Black Copy Settings Change the amount of background color that is removed.
Color Copy Settings
2-sided Copy
-
Turn off or turn on 2-sided copying and select flip on long edge or
flip on short edge.
Stack/Sort
-
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Page Layout
-
Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
Auto Deskew
-
Correct a skewed copy.
Set New Default
-
Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
-
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
WEB
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Web
-
-
Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
(Ink)
Level 2
Level 3
Descriptions
Ink Volume
-
Check the available ink volume.
Ink Cartridge Model Impr. PrintQuality
Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Impr. PrintQuality Check and correct the print quality, alignment and paper feeding
according to the LCD instructions.
Alignment
Correct Paper Feed
Print Head Cleaning Black only
Clean the print head according to the LCD instructions.
Color only
All
Print Options
Reduce Smudging
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams during printing.
Enhance Print
Improve print quality and reduce blurriness.
Ink Cartridge Check -
View your ink cartridge information.
592
(Address Book)
Level 2
Descriptions
Search
Dial by pressing only a few buttons.
Set Speed Dial Store Speed Dial numbers, so you can dial by pressing only a few buttons.
Setup Groups
Set up Group numbers for broadcasting.
Change
Change Address Book numbers.
Delete
Delete Address Book numbers.
Redial/Pause
Level 2
Descriptions
Redial
Send a fax to the last number you called.
Outgoing Call
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address
Book, or delete it.
Caller ID
History
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address
Book, or delete it.
WiFi
Level 2
Descriptions
Find Wi-Fi Network Configure your wireless network settings manually.
WPS/Push Button
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
Related Information
• Settings and Features Tables
593
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; Settings and Features
Tables &gt; Settings Tables (2.7&quot; Touchscreen models)
Settings Tables (2.7&quot; Touchscreen models)
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
These tables will help you understand your machine's menu selections and options.
&gt;&gt; [Settings]
&gt;&gt; [General Setup]
&gt;&gt; [Shortcut Settings]
&gt;&gt; [Fax]
&gt;&gt; [Network]
&gt;&gt; [Print Reports]
&gt;&gt; [Machine Info.]
&gt;&gt; [Initial Setup]
[Settings]
[Settings]
Level 2
Level 3 Descriptions
-
-
Access the Date and Time setting menus.
Maintenance
-
-
Access the Maintenance settings menus.
Network
Wired LAN
-
Access the Wired LAN setting menus.
WLAN(Wi-Fi)
-
Access the WLAN setting menus.
Level 1
(Date &amp; Time)
Wi-Fi Direct -
Access the Wi-Fi Direct setting menus.
Network I/F
-
Select the network connection type.
Tray Setting -
-
Access the tray setting menus.
Fax Preview
-
-
View received faxes on the LCD.
Wi-Fi Direct -
-
Access the Wi-Fi Direct setting menus.
All Settings -
-
Configure the detailed settings.
[General Setup]
[All Settings] &gt; [General Setup]
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Descriptions
Maintenance
Improve Print
Quality
Check Print
Quality
Check and correct the print quality, alignment and
paper feeding according to the LCD instructions.
Alignment
Correct Paper
Feed
Print Head
Cleaning
Black only
Color only
Clean the print head according to the LCD
instructions.
All
Ink Volume
-
Check the available ink volume.
594
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Descriptions
Maintenance
Ink Cartridge
Model
-
Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Print Options
Reduce
Smudging
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams
during printing.
Enhance Print Improve print quality and reduce blurriness.
Ink Cartridge
Check
-
View your ink cartridge information.
Tray 1
Paper Type
Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Size
Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Tray 2
Paper Size
Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Tray Use: Copy
-
Select the tray to be used for copying.
Tray Use: Fax
-
Select the tray to be used for faxing.
Check Paper
-
Check the paper type and paper size when you
pull the tray out of the machine.
Quiet Mode
-
-
Decrease printing noise.
Volume
Ring
-
Adjust the ring volume.
Beep
-
Adjust the beeper volume.
Speaker
-
Adjust the speaker volume.
Backlight
-
Adjust the brightness of the LCD backlight.
Dim Timer
-
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on after the
last finger press.
Home Screen
-
Set the screen that is displayed when you press
Tray Setting
LCD Settings
Screen Settings
.
Scan Screen
-
Set the default Scan screen settings.
Notice Settings
Scan Result(Skip
Blank Page)
-
Displays the Skip Blank Page scan results when
finished.
Keyboard
Settings
-
-
Select the type of keyboard for the LCD.
Sleep Time
-
-
Select how long the machine must be idle before
it goes into Sleep Mode.
Auto Power Off
-
-
Select how long the machine must wait before it
automatically turns itself off after entering Sleep
Mode.
When set to Off, the machine does not power off
automatically.
[Shortcut Settings]
[All Settings] &gt; [Shortcut Settings]
Level 3
Level 4
(Select shortcut button.) Rename
Descriptions
Change the shortcut name.
Edit
Change the shortcut settings.
Delete
Delete the shortcut.
Register Card/NFC Assign a Shortcut to an IC card.
Delete Card/NFC
Remove a Shortcut from an IC card.
595
[Fax]
[All Settings] &gt; [Fax]
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Descriptions
Setup Receive
Ring Delay
-
Set the number of rings before the machine answers
in Fax Only or Fax/Tel mode.
Receive Mode
-
Select the Receive Mode that best suits your needs.
F/T Ring Time
-
Set the length of the pseudo/double-ring time in
Fax/Tel mode.
Fax Preview
-
View received faxes on the LCD.
Easy Receive
-
Receive fax messages automatically when you
answer a call and hear fax tones.
Remote Codes
-
Answer calls at an extension or external telephone
and use codes to turn on or off the Remote Codes.
You can personalize the codes.
Auto Reduction
-
Reduce the size of incoming faxes.
PC Fax Receive
-
Set the machine to send faxes to your computer.
You can turn on the Backup Print safety feature.
Memory Receive
-
Set the machine to forward fax messages, to store
incoming faxes in the memory (so you can retrieve
them while you are away from your machine), or the
cloud service.
If you select Fax Forward, or Forward to Cloud, you
can turn on the Backup Print safety feature.
Report Setting
Fax Rx Stamp
-
Print the received time and date on the top of
incoming faxes.
Transmission
-
Select the initial setup for the Transmission
Verification Report.
Journal Period
-
Set the interval for automatic printing of the Fax
Journal.
If you select an option other than Off and Every 50
Faxes, you can set the time for the option.
If you select Every 7 Days, you can set the day of
the week.
Print Fax
-
-
Print incoming faxes stored in the machine's
memory.
Remote Access
-
-
Set your own code for Remote Retrieval.
-
Restrict dialing when using the dial pad.
Address Book
-
Restrict the dialing when using the Address Book.
Shortcuts
-
Restrict the dialing when using a Shortcut.
LDAP Server
-
Restrict dialing when using LDAP search.
Remaining Jobs
-
-
Check which scheduled jobs are in the machine's
memory and cancel selected jobs.
Miscellaneous
Distinctive
Distinctive
Dial Restriction Dial Pad
(USA and Canada
only)
Turn on the telephone company's Distinctive Ring
subscriber service to register your new ring pattern
Ring Pattern
on the machine.
Area Code
-
(USA only)
Set your 3-digit area code only if you do not dial it
within your own area code.
596
[Network]
[All Settings] &gt; [Network]
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Level 6 Descriptions
Wired LAN
TCP/IP
BOOT Method
-
Select the Boot method that best suits
your needs.
IP Address
-
Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
-
Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
-
Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
-
Enter the Node name.
WINS
Configuration
-
Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server
-
Specify the IP address of the primary or
secondary WINS server.
DNS Server
-
Specify the IP address of the primary or
secondary DNS server.
APIPA
-
Set the machine to allocate the IP
address from the link-local address range
automatically.
IPv6
-
Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
Ethernet
-
-
Select the Ethernet link mode.
Wired Status
-
-
View the current wired status.
MAC Address
-
-
View the machine's MAC address.
Find Wi-Fi
Network
-
-
Configure your wireless network settings
manually.
TCP/IP
BOOT Method
-
Select the Boot method that best suits
your needs.
IP Address
-
Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
-
Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
-
Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
-
Enter the Node name.
WINS
Configuration
-
Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server
-
Specify the IP address of the primary or
secondary WINS server.
DNS Server
-
Specify the IP address of the primary or
secondary DNS server.
APIPA
-
Set the machine to allocate the IP
address from the link-local address range
automatically.
IPv6
-
Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
WPS/Push Button
-
-
Configure your wireless network settings
using the one-button push method.
WPS/PIN Code
-
-
Configure your wireless network settings
using WPS with a PIN.
WLAN Status
Status
-
View the current wireless network status.
Signal
-
View the current wireless network signal
strength.
WLAN(Wi-Fi)
597
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Level 6 Descriptions
WLAN(Wi-Fi)
WLAN Status
SSID
-
View the current SSID.
Comm. Mode
-
View the current Communication mode.
MAC Address
-
-
View the machine's MAC address.
Manual
-
-
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings manually.
Group Owner
-
-
Set your machine as the Group Owner.
Push Button
-
-
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings using the one-button push
method.
PIN Code
-
-
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings using WPS with a PIN code.
Device
Information
Device Name
-
View your machine's device name.
SSID
-
View the Group Owner's SSID.
Wi-Fi Direct
When the machine is not connected, the
LCD displays Not Connected.
Status
Information
IP Address
-
View your machine's current IP Address.
Status
-
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network
status.
Signal
-
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network
signal strength.
When your machine acts as Group
Owner, the LCD always indicates a
strong signal.
I/F Enable
-
-
Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or
off.
NFC
-
-
-
Turn the NFC function on or off.
Message from
Brother
Message from
Brother
-
-
Display messages and notifications from
Brother.
Status
-
-
Proxy Settings
Proxy Connection -
Web Connect
Settings
Address
-
Port
-
User Name
-
Password
-
Change the Web connection settings.
Network I/F
-
-
-
Select the network connection type.
IPsec
-
-
-
IPsec is an optional security feature of
the IP protocol that provides
authentication and encryption services.
We recommend contacting your network
administrator before changing this
setting.
Network Reset
-
-
-
Restore all network settings back to the
factory settings.
598
[Print Reports]
[All Settings] &gt; [Print Reports]
Level 3
Descriptions
Transmission
Print a Transmission Verification Report for your last transmission.
Address Book
Print a list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book.
Fax Journal
Print a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes.
(TX means Transmit. RX means Receive.)
User Settings
Print a list of your settings.
Network Configuration Print a list of your Network settings.
WLAN Report
Print the wireless LAN connection results.
Caller ID History
Print a list of the available Caller ID information of the last 30 received faxes and
telephone calls.
[Machine Info.]
[All Settings] &gt; [Machine Info.]
Level 3
Level 4
Descriptions
Serial No.
-
Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version
Main Version Check your machine's firmware version.
Firmware Update
-
Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto Check -
View firmware information on the Home screen.
Page Counter
Check the total number of pages the machine has printed.
-
[Initial Setup]
[All Settings] &gt; [Initial Setup]
Level 3
Level 4
Descriptions
Date &amp; Time
Date
Add the date and time on the screen and in the headings of the
faxes you send.
Time
Clock Type
Select the time format (12-hour or 24-hour).
(USA and Canada
only)
Auto Daylight
Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time.
(USA and Canada
only)
Station ID
Time Zone
Set your time zone.
Fax
Enter your name and fax number so it appears on each page you
fax.
Name
Tone/Pulse
-
Select the dialing mode.
Fax Auto Redial
-
Set the machine to redial the last fax number if the fax did not go
through because the line was busy.
Dial Tone
-
Shorten the dial tone detect pause.
(Available only for some
countries.)
599
Level 3
Level 4
Descriptions
Compatibility
-
Adjust the equalization for transmission difficulties.
VoIP service providers offer fax support using various standards. If
you regularly experience fax transmission errors, select Basic (for
VoIP).
Reset
Machine Reset
Restore all the machine's settings that you have changed, such as
Date and Time.
Network
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
Address Book &amp; Erase all stored phone numbers and fax settings.
Fax
Miscellaneous
(USA only)
All Settings
Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings.
Demo Setting
Turn the Demo icon on or off.
After you print from a computer, the Demo icon disappears from
the Home screen.
To restore the Demo icon, you must delete all the settings you
have changed by performing a Machine Reset.
Local Language
-
Change your LCD language.
(Available only for some
countries.)
Related Information
• Settings and Features Tables
600
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel &gt; Settings and Features
Tables &gt; Features Tables (2.7&quot; Touchscreen models)
Features Tables (2.7&quot; Touchscreen models)
Related Models: MFC-J4535DW
&gt;&gt;
[Fax]
&gt;&gt;
[Copy]
&gt;&gt;
[Scan]
&gt;&gt;
[Web]
&gt;&gt;
[Apps]
&gt;&gt;
[USB]
&gt;&gt;
[Download Software]
&gt;&gt;
[Print Head Cleaning]
&gt;&gt;
[Shortcuts]
&gt;&gt;
[Ink]
&gt;&gt;
Wi-Fi Setup
&gt;&gt; When you have put a USB Flash drive in the USB slot
[Fax]
(When [Fax Preview] is [Off])
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Descriptions
Pause
-
-
When you are entering a fax or telephone number on the
control panel, Pause appears on the LCD. Press Pause
when you need a delay while dialing numbers, such as
access codes and credit card numbers. You can also
store a pause when you set up addresses.
Hook
-
-
Press before dialing if you want to listen to make sure a
fax machine has answered, and then press Fax Start.
-
When LDAP is off, the search is within the Local Address
Book.
Address Book
(Search:)
When LDAP is on, the search is within the Local Address
Book and LDAP Server.
Detail
View detailed information about the selected address.
(Appears only
when LDAP is
on.)
Call History
Edit
-
Store Address Book numbers, set up Group numbers for
Broadcasting, and change and delete Address Book
numbers.
(Select Address
Book)
Apply
Start sending a fax using the Address Book.
Redial
-
Redial the last number you dialed.
Outgoing Call
Apply
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then
send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Edit
601
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Descriptions
Call History
Caller ID
History
Apply
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then
send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Fax Resolution
-
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
Contrast
-
Adjust the contrast.
Glass Scan Size
-
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of
the document.
Broadcasting
Add Number
Send the same fax message to more than one fax
number.
Preview
-
Preview a fax message before you send it.
Color Setting
-
Set whether faxes are sent in black and white or color.
Delayed Fax
Delayed Fax Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be sent.
(Options)
Edit
Set Time
Batch TX
-
Combine delayed faxes to the same fax number at the
same time of day into one transmission.
Real Time TX
-
Send a fax without using the memory.
Overseas Mode
-
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Call History
Redial
Redial the last number you dialed.
Outgoing
Call
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then
send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Caller ID
History
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then
send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Address Book
Save as
Shortcut
When LDAP is off, the search is within the Local Address
Book.
(Search:)
When LDAP is on, the search is within the Local Address
Book and LDAP Server.
Edit
Store Address Book numbers, set up Group numbers for
Broadcasting, and change and delete Address Book
numbers.
Set New Default
-
Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
-
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
-
-
Save the current settings as a shortcut.
(When [Fax Preview] is [On])
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Level 6
Descriptions
Sending
Faxes
Pause
-
-
When you are entering a fax or telephone
number on the control panel, Pause appears
on the LCD. Press Pause when you need a
delay while dialing numbers, such as access
codes and credit card numbers. You can also
store a pause when you set up addresses.
Hook
-
-
Press before dialing if you want to listen to
make sure a fax machine has answered, and
then press Fax Start.
-
When LDAP is off, the search is within the
Local Address Book.
Address Book
(Search:)
When LDAP is on, the search is within the
Local Address Book and LDAP Server.
602
Level 3
Level 4
Sending
Faxes
Address Book
Level 5
Level 6
Descriptions
Detail
View detailed information about the selected
address.
(Search:)
(Appears
only when
LDAP is on.)
Edit
-
Store Address Book numbers, set up Group
numbers for Broadcasting, and change and
delete Address Book numbers.
(Select Address
Book)
Apply
Start sending a fax using the Address Book.
-
Redial the last number you dialed.
Apply
Select a number from the Outgoing Call
history and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Call History Redial
Outgoing Call
Edit
(Options)
Caller ID
History
Apply
Fax Resolution
-
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
Contrast
-
Adjust the contrast.
Edit
Glass Scan Size -
Select a number from the Caller ID History
and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to
the size of the document.
Broadcasting
Add Number Send the same fax message to more than
one fax number.
Preview
-
Preview a fax message before you send it.
Color Setting
-
Set whether faxes are sent in black and white
or color.
Delayed Fax
Delayed
Fax
Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be
sent.
Set Time
Batch TX
-
Combine delayed faxes to the same fax
number at the same time of day into one
transmission.
Real Time TX
-
Send a fax without using the memory.
Overseas Mode
-
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes
overseas.
Call History
Redial
Redial the last number you dialed.
Outgoing
Call
Select a number from the Outgoing Call
history and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Caller ID
History
Select a number from the Caller ID History
and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Address Book
When LDAP is off, the search is within the
Local Address Book.
(Search:)
When LDAP is on, the search is within the
Local Address Book and LDAP Server.
Edit
Store Address Book numbers, set up Group
numbers for Broadcasting, and change and
delete Address Book numbers.
Set New Default -
Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
Restore all settings back to the factory
settings.
-
603
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Level 6
Descriptions
Sending
Faxes
Save as
Shortcut
-
-
Save the current settings as a shortcut.
Received
Faxes
Print/Delete Print All(New
Faxes)
-
Print the new received faxes.
Print All(Old
Faxes)
-
Print the old received faxes.
Delete All(New
Faxes)
-
Delete the new received faxes.
Delete All(Old
Faxes)
-
Delete the old received faxes.
-
-
When LDAP is off, the search is within the
Local Address Book.
Address
Book
(Search:)
When LDAP is on, the search is within the
Local Address Book and LDAP Server.
Detail
-
View detailed information about the selected
address.
-
Store Address Book numbers, set up Group
numbers for Broadcasting, and change and
delete Address Book numbers.
(Select Address Apply
Book)
-
Start sending a fax using the Address Book.
Redial
-
-
Redial the last number you dialed.
Outgoing
Call
Apply
-
Edit
-
Select a number from the Outgoing Call
history and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Caller ID
History
Apply
-
Edit
-
(Appears only when
LDAP is on.)
Edit
Call
History
-
Select a number from the Caller ID History
and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
[Copy]
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Descriptions
-
Save the current settings as a shortcut.
Quality
-
Select the Copy resolution for your
document type.
Tray Select
-
Select the tray to be used for Copy mode.
Paper Type
-
Select the paper type that matches the
paper in the tray.
Paper Size
-
Select the paper size that matches the
paper in the tray.
Enlarge/Reduce
100%
-
Enlarge
Select an enlargement ratio for the next
copy.
Reduce
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Fit to Page
Adjust the copy size to fit on the paper size
you have set.
Custom(25-400%)
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
-
Adjust the density.
Save as Shortcut -
(Options)
Density
604
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Descriptions
Black Copy
Settings
Change the amount of background color
that is removed.
(Options)
Remove
Background
Color
2-sided Copy
-
Turn off or turn on 2-sided copying and
select flip on long edge or flip on short
edge.
Stack/Sort
-
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Page Layout
-
Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
Auto Deskew
-
Correct a skewed copy.
Advanced
Settings
-
Select advanced copy settings.
Set New Default
-
Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
-
Restore all settings back to the factory
settings.
Color Copy
Settings
[Scan]
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Level 6
Descriptions
to Media
Other Scan
to Actions
-
-
-
-
Scan documents and save them
directly to a USB flash drive without
using a computer.
Save as
Shortcut
-
-
to My Folder
-
-
-
Send scanned data to your folder in
the CIFS server on your local
network or on the Internet.
to PC
to File
Other Scan
to Actions
-
Scan documents and save them to
a folder on your computer.
(When a USB Flash drive
is inserted)
(Options)
(Select USB or
PC)
(Options)
Save as
Shortcut
to OCR
Other Scan
to Actions
-
Convert your scanned document to
an editable text file.
(Select USB or
PC)
(Options)
Save as
Shortcut
to Image
Other Scan
to Actions
-
Scan photos or graphics into your
graphics applications.
(Select USB or
PC)
(Options)
Save as
Shortcut
605
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Level 6
Descriptions
to PC
to E-mail
Other Scan
to Actions
-
Send a scanned document as an
email attachment.
(Select USB or
PC)
(Options)
Save as
Shortcut
to FTP/SFTP
Other Scan
to Actions
-
(Select Profile
name)
-
Scan documents directly to an FTP/
SFTP server.
(Options)
to Network
Other Scan
to Actions
Save as
Shortcut
-
-
-
(Select Profile
name)
Scan documents directly to a CIFS
server on your local network.
(Options)
to SharePoint
Other Scan
to Actions
Save as
Shortcut
-
-
-
(Select Profile
name)
Scan documents directly to a
SharePoint server.
(Options)
to Web
Save as
Shortcut
-
-
-
Upload the scanned data to an
Internet service.
-
-
Scan data using the Web Service
protocol.
-
-
-
-
Scan for Fax
-
-
Scan for
Print
-
-
-
WS Scan
Other Scan
(Appears when you install to Actions
a Web Services Scanner, Scan
which is displayed in your
Scan for Ecomputer’s Network
mail
explorer.)
[Web]
Level 1 Descriptions
Web
Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
[Apps]
Level 1 Descriptions
Apps
Connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps service.
606
[USB]
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
JPEG Print
Select Files OK
Level 6
Descriptions
Adjust your photos with the options.
(Print Settings)
Print All
Index Print
-
Print all photos in your USB flash drive.
Print Index
Sheet
Print a thumbnail page.
(Print Settings)
Print Photos
Print photos by choosing the index
numbers.
(Print Settings)
Scan to
Media
-
-
-
Scan documents into a USB flash drive.
Web
-
-
-
Connect the Brother machine to an
Internet service.
[Download Software]
Descriptions
Level 1
Download Software Displays information about downloading and installing software for mobile devices and
computers.
[Print Head Cleaning]
Level 1
Descriptions
Print Head Cleaning Clean the print head according to the LCD instructions.
[Shortcuts]
Level 2
(Add Shortcut)
Level 3
Level 4
Descriptions
Copy
-
Change the settings in the Copy Options.
Fax
-
Change the settings in the Fax Options.
Scan
to PC(File)
Scan documents and save them to a
folder on your computer.
to PC(OCR)
Convert your scanned document to an
editable text file.
to PC(Image)
Scan photos or graphics into your
graphics applications.
to PC(E-mail)
Send a scanned document as an email
attachment.
to Media
Scan documents and save them directly
to a USB flash drive without using a
computer.
to Network
Send scanned data to a CIFS server on
your local network or on the Internet.
to FTP/SFTP
Send scanned data via FTP/SFTP.
607
Level 2
(Add Shortcut)
This list appears when each
Shortcut icon is pressed for 2
seconds.
Level 3
Level 4
Descriptions
Scan
to SharePoint
Send scanned data to a SharePoint
server.
Web
-
Connect the Brother machine to an
Internet service.
Apps
-
Connect the Brother machine to the
Brother Apps service.
Rename
-
Change the shortcut name.
Edit
-
Change the shortcut settings.
Delete
-
Delete the shortcut.
Register
Card/NFC
-
Assign a Shortcut to an IC card.
Delete
Card/NFC
-
Remove a Shortcut from an IC card.
(Select shortcut
button.)
Rename
Change the shortcut name.
Edit
Change the shortcut settings.
Delete
Delete the shortcut.
Register
Card/NFC
Assign a Shortcut to an IC card.
Delete
Card/NFC
Remove a Shortcut from an IC card.
(Edit/Delete)
[Ink]
Level 2
Level 3
Descriptions
Ink Volume
-
Check the available ink volume.
Ink Cartridge Model
-
Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Improve Print
Quality
Check Print
Quality
Check and correct the print quality, alignment and paper feeding
according to the LCD instructions.
Alignment
Correct Paper
Feed
Print Head Cleaning
Black only
Clean the print head according to the LCD instructions.
Color only
All
Print Options
Ink Cartridge Check
Reduce Smudging
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams during printing.
Enhance Print
Improve print quality and reduce blurriness.
-
View your ink cartridge information.
Wi-Fi Setup
Level 2
Descriptions
Find Wi-Fi Network Configure your wireless network settings manually.
WPS/Push Button
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
608
When you have put a USB Flash drive in the USB slot
Level 1
Descriptions
JPEG Print
Select photo menu.
Scan to Media Scan documents into your media.
Web
Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
Related Information
• Settings and Features Tables
609
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS).
• What is Web Based Management?
• Access Web Based Management
• Set or Change a Login Password for Web Based Management
• Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using Web Based Management
610
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management &gt; What is Web
Based Management?
What is Web Based Management?
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS).
•
•
We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows, Safari 10/11 for Mac,
Google Chrome™ for Android (4.x or later), and Google Chrome™/Safari for iOS (10.x or later). Make
sure that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
•
You must use the TCP/IP protocol on your network and have a valid IP address programmed into the
print server and your computer.
The actual screen may differ from the screen shown above.
Related Information
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
611
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management &gt; Access Web
Based Management
Access Web Based Management
•
We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows, Safari 10/11 for Mac, Google
Chrome™ for Android (4.x or later), and Google Chrome™/Safari for iOS (10.x or later). Make sure that
JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
•
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;. We recommend immediately changing the default password to protect your machine from
unauthorized access.You can also find the default password in the Network Configuration Report.
•
If the password is entered incorrectly several times, you will not be able to log in for a while. The lockout
settings can be changed in Web Based Management.
•
Up to eight computers or mobile devices can be logged in to Web Based Management at the same time. If
you log in a ninth device, the first device will be logged out.
•
We recommend using the HTTPS security protocol when configuring settings using Web Based
Management. If you use HTTP when configuring settings using Web Based Management, follow the
screen prompts to switch to a secure HTTPS connection.
•
When you use HTTPS for Web Based Management configuration, your browser will display a warning
dialog box. To avoid displaying the warning dialog box, you can install a self-signed certificate to use
SSL/TLS communication. For more detailed information, see Related Information.
&gt;&gt; Start from Your Web Browser
&gt;&gt; Start from Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
&gt;&gt; Start from Brother Utilities (Windows)
&gt;&gt; Start from Brother Mobile Connect
Start from Your Web Browser
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
•
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as &quot;SharedPrinter&quot; instead of the IP address.
-
For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
-
For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
4. If you want to pin the navigation menu on the left side of the screen, click
and then click
.
You can now change the machine settings.
Start from Brother iPrint&amp;Scan (Windows/Mac)
1. Start Brother iPrint&amp;Scan.
•
Windows
Launch
•
(Brother iPrint&amp;Scan).
Mac
612
In the Finder menu bar, click Go &gt; Applications, and then double-click the iPrint&amp;Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&amp;Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model
name from the list. Click OK.
3. Click
(Machine Settings).
Web Based Management appears.
4. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
5. If you want to pin the navigation menu on the left side of the screen, click
and then click
.
You can now change the machine settings.
Start from Brother Utilities (Windows)
1. Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already
selected).
2. Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Machine Settings.
Web Based Management appears.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
4. If you want to pin the navigation menu on the left side of the screen, click
and then click
.
You can now change the machine settings.
Start from Brother Mobile Connect
You need to install and set up Brother Mobile Connect on your mobile device.
1. Start Brother Mobile Connect on your mobile device.
2. Tap your model name on the top of the screen.
3. Tap All Machine Settings.
Web Based Management appears.
4. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then tap Login.
5. If you want to pin the navigation menu on the left side of the screen, tap
and then tap
.
You can now change the machine settings.
If you change the protocol settings, you must restart the machine after clicking Submit to activate the
configuration.
After configuring the settings, click Logout.
Related Information
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Related Topics:
• Print the Network Configuration Report
• Create a Self-signed Certificate
• Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows users with Administrator Rights
613
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management &gt; Set or Change a
Login Password for Web Based Management
Set or Change a Login Password for Web Based Management
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;. We recommend immediately changing the default password to protect your machine from unauthorized
access.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
•
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as &quot;SharedPrinter&quot; instead of the IP address.
-
For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
-
For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. Do one of the following:
•
If you have previously set your own password, type it, and then click Login.
•
If you have not previously set your own password, type the default login password, and then click Login.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Administrator &gt; Login Password.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Following the on-screen Login Password guidelines, type your password in the Enter New Password field.
6. Retype the password in the Confirm New Password field.
7. Click Submit.
You can also change the lockout settings in the Login Password menu.
Related Information
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
614
Home &gt; Machine Settings &gt; Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management &gt; Set Up Your
Machine's Address Book Using Web Based Management
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using Web Based Management
•
We recommend using the HTTPS security protocol when configuring settings using Web Based
Management.
•
When you use HTTPS for Web Based Management configuration, your browser will display a warning
dialog box.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type &quot;https://machine's IP address&quot; in your browser's address bar (where &quot;machine's IP address&quot; is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
•
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as &quot;SharedPrinter&quot; instead of the IP address.
-
For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
-
For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login.
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
&quot;Pwd&quot;.
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Address Book &gt; Address XX-XX.
Start from
, if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Add or update the Address Book information as needed.
6. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Related Topics:
• Access Web Based Management
615
Home &gt; Appendix
Appendix
• Specifications
• Supply Specifications
• Brother Help and Customer Support
616
Home &gt; Appendix &gt; Specifications
Specifications
&gt;&gt; General Specifications
&gt;&gt; Document Size Specifications
&gt;&gt; Print Media Specifications
&gt;&gt; Fax Specifications
&gt;&gt; Copy Specifications
&gt;&gt; USB Flash Drive Specifications
&gt;&gt; Scanner Specifications
&gt;&gt; Printer Specifications
&gt;&gt; Interface Specifications
&gt;&gt; Network Specifications
&gt;&gt; Computer Requirements Specifications
General Specifications
Printer Type
Print Head
Inkjet
Black
Piezo with 210 nozzles x 1
Color
Piezo with 210 nozzles x 3
Memory Capacity
128 MB
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
•
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW 1
1.8 in. (44.9 mm) TFT Color LCD
•
MFC-J4535DW 1
2.7 in. (67.5 mm) TFT Color Touchscreen LCD
Power Source
AC 100 to 120 V 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption 2
•
MFC-J4335DW
Copying 3: Approx. 21 W
Ready 4: Approx. 3 W
Sleep 4: Approx. 1.1 W
Power Off 4 5: Approx. 0.2 W
•
MFC-J4345DW
Copying 3: Approx. 21 W
Ready 4: Approx. 3 W
Sleep 4: Approx. 1.1 W
Power Off 4 5: Approx. 0.2 W
•
MFC-J4535DW
Copying 3: Approx. 20 W
Ready 4: Approx. 3.5 W
Sleep 4: Approx. 1.2 W
Power Off 4 5: Approx. 0.2 W
617
Dimensions
•
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW
7.1 in.
(180 mm)
17.1 in.
(435 mm)
23.1 in.
(588 mm)
6.7 in.
(170 mm)
13.5 in.
(343 mm)
•
MFC-J4535DW
9.8 in.
(250 mm)
17.1 in.
(435 mm)
23.1 in.
(588 mm)
9.1 in.
(232 mm)
14 in.
(355 mm)
Weights
•
MFC-J4335DW
19.4 lb (8.8 kg)
•
MFC-J4335DW XL
19.8 lb (9.0 kg)
•
MFC-J4345DW XL
19.8 lb (9.0 kg)
•
MFC-J4535DW
22.9 lb (10.4 kg)
•
MFC-J4535DW XL
23.4 lb (10.6 kg)
Noise Level
Sound Pressure Printing 57.0 dB (A) (Approx.) 6
Temperature Operating
Humidity
50 to 95 &deg;F (10 to 35&deg;C)
Best Print Quality
68 to 91.4 &deg;F (20 to 33&deg;C)
Operating
20 to 80% (without condensation)
Best Print Quality
20 to 80% (without condensation)
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Up to 20 pages
Paper: 20 lb (80 g/m&sup2;)
1
Measured diagonally
618
2
Measured when the machine is connected to the USB interface. Power consumption varies slightly depending on the usage environment
or part wear.
3
When using ADF, single-sided printing, resolution: standard / document: ISO/IEC 24712 printed pattern.
4
Measured according to IEC 62301 Edition 2.0.
5
Even when the machine is turned off, it will automatically turn itself on periodically for print head maintenance, and then turn itself off.
6
Noise depends on printing conditions.
Document Size Specifications
Document Size ADF Width
5.8 to 8.5 in. (148 to 215.9 mm)
ADF Length 1
5.8 to 14.0 in. (148 to 355.6 mm)
Scanner Glass Width
Max. 8.5 in. (215.9 mm)
Scanner Glass Length Max. 11.7 in. (297 mm)
1
Documents that are longer than 11.7 in. (297 mm) must be fed one page at a time.
Print Media Specifications
Paper Input Paper Tray #1
Paper Type 1
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy Paper,
Recycled Paper
Paper Size
Letter, A4, Legal, Mexico Legal, India Legal, Folio, Executive,
A5, A6, Envelopes (C5, Com-10, DL, Monarch), Photo (4&quot; x
6&quot;)/(10 x 15 cm), Photo L (3.5&quot; x 5&quot;)/(9 x 13 cm), Photo 2L (5&quot;
x 7&quot;)/(13 x 18 cm), Index card (5&quot; x 8&quot;)/(13 x 20 cm)
Maximum Paper
Capacity
Up to 150 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m&sup2;) plain paper
Paper Tray #2
Paper Type
Plain Paper, Recycled Paper
(MFC-J4535DW)
Paper Size
Letter, A4, Legal, Mexico Legal, India Legal, Folio, Executive,
A5
Maximum Paper
Capacity
Up to 250 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m&sup2;) plain paper
Manual Feed Slot Paper Type 1
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy Paper,
Recycled Paper
Paper Size
Letter, A4, Legal, Mexico Legal, India Legal, Folio, Executive,
A5, A6, Envelopes (C5, Com-10, DL, Monarch), Photo (4&quot; x
6&quot;)/(10 x 15 cm), Photo L (3.5&quot; x 5&quot;)/(9 x 13 cm), Photo 2L (5&quot;
x 7&quot;)/(13 x 18 cm), Index card (5&quot; x 8&quot;)/(13 x 20 cm)
Maximum Paper
Capacity
Up to 1 sheet
Up to 100 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m&sup2;) Plain Paper (face up print
delivery to the output paper tray)
Paper Output 1 2
1
For glossy paper, remove any printed pages from the output paper tray immediately to avoid smudging.
2
Actual output tray capacity may vary depending on environmental conditions.
Fax Specifications
Compatibility
ITU-T Group 3
Modem Speed
Automatic Fallback: 14,400 bps
Scanning Width
8.19 in. (208 mm) (Letter)
(Single-sided document)
Printing Width
8.26 in. (210 mm) (Letter)
Gray Scale
B&amp;W: 8 bit (256 levels)
Color: 24 bit (8 bit per color/256 levels)
619
Resolution
203 dpi
(Horizontal)
Resolution
Standard:
(Vertical)
98 dpi (Black)
196 dpi (Color)
Fine:
196 dpi (Black)
196 dpi (Color)
Superfine:
392 dpi (Black)
Photo:
196 dpi (Black)
Address Book
40 numbers (MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW)
100 names x 2 numbers (MFC-J4535DW)
Groups
Up to 6
Broadcasting
90 (40 Address Book/50 Manual Dial) (MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW)
250 (200 Address Book/50 Manual Dial) (MFC-J4535DW)
Automatic Redial
1 time after 5 minutes
Memory Transmission
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW: Up to 170 pages 1
MFC-J4535DW: Up to 180 pages 1
Out of Paper Reception MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW: Up to 170 pages 1
MFC-J4535DW: Up to 180 pages 1
1
‘Pages’ refers to the ‘ITU-T Test Chart #1’ (a typical business letter, Standard resolution, MMR code).
Copy Specifications
Color/Black
Yes/Yes
Copy Width
8.26 in. (210 mm) 1
Multiple Copies Stacks/Sorts up to 99 pages
Enlarge/Reduce 25% to 400% (in increments of 1%)
Resolution
1
Prints up to 1200 &times; 2400 dpi
When copying on Letter size paper.
USB Flash Drive Specifications
This function is available for MFC-J4535DW.
Compatible Media 1
JPEG Print
USB Flash drive 2
Resolution Up to 1200 x 4800 dpi
Paper Type Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy Paper, Brother BP71 paper
Paper Size Letter, A4, Photo (4&quot; x 6&quot;)/(10 x 15 cm), Photo 2L (5&quot; x 7&quot;)/(13 x 18 cm)
File Format JPEG (Progressive JPEG format is not supported)
Scan to Media File Format JPEG, PDF (Color, Gray)
TIFF, PDF (Black &amp; White)
620
1
USB Flash drives are not supplied with product.
2
Hi-Speed USB 2.0. USB Mass Storage standard. Supported formats: FAT12/FAT16/FAT32/exFAT
Scanner Specifications
Color/Black
Yes/Yes
TWAIN Compliant
Yes
(Windows 7 SP1 / Windows 8.1 / Windows 10)
WIA Compliant
Yes
(Windows 7 SP1 / Windows 8.1 / Windows 10)
Color Depth
30 bit color processing (Input)
24 bit color processing (Output)
Gray Scale
10 bit color processing (Input)
8 bit color processing (Output)
Resolution
Up to 19200 &times; 19200 dpi (interpolated) 1 2
(from Scanner Glass)
Up to 1200 &times; 2400 dpi (optical)
(from ADF) 3
Up to 1200 &times; 600 dpi (optical)
Scanning Width and Length (Scanner Glass)
(Single-sided document)
Width: Up to 8.42 in. (213.9 mm)
Length: Up to 11.61 in. (295 mm)
(ADF) 3
Width: Up to 8.42 in. (213.9 mm)
Length: Up to 13.92 in. (353.6 mm)
1
Maximum 1200 &times; 1200 dpi scanning with the WIA driver in Windows 7 SP1, Windows 8.1 and Windows 10 (resolution up to 19200 &times;
19200 dpi can be selected using the scanner utility).
2
The scanning range may decrease as the scanning resolution increases.
3
ADF models only
Printer Specifications
Resolution
Up to 1200 &times; 4800 dpi
Printing Width 1
8.26 in. (210 mm)
Borderless 2: 8.50 in. (216 mm)
Borderless
Letter, A4, A6, Photo (4&quot; x 6&quot;)/(10 x 15 cm), Photo L (3.5&quot; x 5&quot;)/(9 x 13 cm), Photo
2L (5&quot; x 7&quot;)/(13 x 18 cm), Index card (5&quot; x 8&quot;)/(13 x 20 cm)
Automatic 2-sided Paper Type Plain Paper, Recycled Paper
Paper Size Letter, A4, Executive, A5
Print Speed
See your model's page on your local Brother website.
1
When printing on Letter size paper.
2
When the Borderless feature is set to On.
Interface Specifications
USB 1 2
Use a USB 2.0 interface cable that is no longer than 6 feet (2 m).
LAN
Use an Ethernet UTP cable category 5 or greater.
(MFC-J4535DW)
621
Wireless LAN
IEEE 802.11b/g/n (Infrastructure)
IEEE 802.11g/n (Wi-Fi Direct)
NFC
Yes
(MFC-J4535DW)
1
Your machine has a USB 2.0 Hi-Speed interface. The machine can also be connected to a computer that has a USB 1.1 interface.
2
Third party USB ports are not supported.
Network Specifications
•
You can connect your machine to a network for Network Printing, Network Scanning, PC-Fax Send, and
PC-Fax Receive (Windows only).
Network Security (Wired)
SMTP-AUTH, SSL/TLS (IPPS,
HTTPS, SMTP), SNMP v3, 802.1x
(EAP-MD5, EAP-FAST, PEAP, EAPTLS, EAP-TTLS), Kerberos, IPsec
(MFC-J4535DW)
Network Security (Wireless)
SSL/TLS (IPPS, HTTPS), 802.1x
(EAP-FAST, PEAP, EAP-TLS, EAPTTLS)
(MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4345DW)
Network Security (Wireless)
SMTP-AUTH, SSL/TLS (IPPS,
HTTPS, SMTP), SNMP v3, 802.1x
(EAP-FAST, PEAP, EAP-TLS, EAPTTLS), Kerberos, Ipsec
(MFC-J4535DW)
Wireless Network Security
SSID (32 characters), WEP 64/128
bit, WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES), WPA2PSK (TKIP/AES)
Wireless Setup Support Utility
WPS
Yes
Computer Requirements Specifications
Supported Operating Systems And Software Functions
Computer Platform &amp;
Operating System
Version
PC Interface
Processor
10/100 BaseTX
USB 1
Wireless
Hard Disk Space to
Install
For Drivers
For
Applicatio
ns
(Including
Drivers)
650 MB
1.3 GB
50 MB
N/A
802.11b/g/n
(Ethernet) 2
Windows
Operating
System
Windows 7
SP1 3 4
Printing
32 bit (x86)
or 64 bit
(x64)
processor
5
PC Fax
Windows 8.1 3 Scanning
4
Windows 10
Home 3 4
Windows 10
Pro 3 4
Windows 10
Education 3 4
Windows 10
Enterprise 3 4
Windows
Server 2008
N/A
Printing
622
64 bit (x64)
processor
Windows
Server 2008
R2
Windows
Server 2012
Windows
Server 2012
R2
Windows
Server 2016
Windows
Server 2019
Mac
Operating
System
macOS
v10.14.6
macOS
v10.15.x
Printing
PC-Fax (Send)
5
64 bit (x64)
processor
N/A
550 MB
Scanning
macOS v11
1
Third party USB ports are not supported.
2
MFC-J4535DW only
3
For WIA, 1200 x 1200 resolution. Brother Scanner Utility enables enhancing up to 19200 x 19200 dpi.
4
Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14SE supports Windows 7 SP1, Windows 8.1, Windows 10 Home, Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Education and
Windows 10 Enterprise.
5
PC-Fax supports black and white only.
For the latest driver updates, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com.
All trademarks, brand and product names are the property of their respective companies.
Related Information
• Appendix
623
Home &gt; Appendix &gt; Supply Specifications
Supply Specifications
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4535DW
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4335DW XL/MFC-J4535DW XL
&gt;&gt; MFC-J4345DW XL
MFC-J4335DW/MFC-J4535DW
Ink
The machine uses individual Black, Yellow, Cyan and Magenta ink cartridges that are separate
from the print head assembly.
Service Life of Ink
Cartridge
The first time you install the ink cartridges, the machine will use extra ink to fill the ink delivery
tubes. This is a one-time process that enables high-quality printing.
Actual yield of initial cartridges will be approximately 75% of replacement LC406 Series, due to
ink system initialization 1.
Replacement
Supplies
&lt;Black&gt; LC406XLBK
&lt;Yellow&gt; LC406XLY
&lt;Cyan&gt; LC406XLC
&lt;Magenta&gt; LC406XLM
Black - Approximately 6000 pages 1
Yellow, Cyan and Magenta - Approximately 5000 pages 1
&lt;Black&gt; LC406BK
&lt;Yellow&gt; LC406Y
&lt;Cyan&gt; LC406C
&lt;Magenta&gt; LC406M
Black - Approximately 3000 pages 1
Yellow, Cyan and Magenta - Approximately 1500 pages 1
1
All replacement cartridges will provide an approximate page yield stated in accordance with ISO/IEC 24711. For more page yield
information, see www.brother.com/pageyield.
MFC-J4335DW XL/MFC-J4535DW XL
Ink
The machine uses individual Black, Yellow, Cyan and Magenta ink cartridges that are separate
from the print head assembly.
Service Life of Ink
Cartridge
The first time you install the ink cartridges, the machine will use extra ink to fill the ink delivery
tubes. This is a one-time process that enables high-quality printing.
Actual yield of initial cartridges will be approximately 50% of replacement LC406XL Black, and
44% of replacement LC406XL Color Series, due to ink system initialization 1.
Replacement
Supplies
&lt;Black&gt; LC406XLBK
&lt;Yellow&gt; LC406XLY
&lt;Cyan&gt; LC406XLC
&lt;Magenta&gt; LC406XLM
Black - Approximately 6000 pages 1
Yellow, Cyan and Magenta - Approximately 5000 pages 1
&lt;Black&gt; LC406BK
&lt;Yellow&gt; LC406Y
&lt;Cyan&gt; LC406C
&lt;Magenta&gt; LC406M
Black - Approximately 3000 pages 1
Yellow, Cyan and Magenta - Approximately 1500 pages 1
624
1
All replacement cartridges will provide an approximate page yield stated in accordance with ISO/IEC 24711. For more page yield
information, see www.brother.com/pageyield.
MFC-J4345DW XL
Ink
The machine uses individual Black, Yellow, Cyan and Magenta ink cartridges that are separate
from the print head assembly.
Service Life of Ink
Cartridge
The first time you install the ink cartridges, the machine will use extra ink to fill the ink delivery
tubes. This is a one-time process that enables high-quality printing.
Actual yield of initial cartridges will be approximately 85% of replacement LC406XL Black, and
75% of replacement LC406XL Color Series, due to ink system initialization 1.
Replacement
Supplies
&lt;Black&gt; LC406XLBK
&lt;Yellow&gt; LC406XLY
&lt;Cyan&gt; LC406XLC
&lt;Magenta&gt; LC406XLM
Black - Approximately 6000 pages 1
Yellow, Cyan and Magenta - Approximately 5000 pages 1
&lt;Black&gt; LC406BK
&lt;Yellow&gt; LC406Y
&lt;Cyan&gt; LC406C
&lt;Magenta&gt; LC406M
Black - Approximately 3000 pages 1
Yellow, Cyan and Magenta - Approximately 1500 pages 1
1
All replacement cartridges will provide an approximate page yield stated in accordance with ISO/IEC 24711. For more page yield
information, see www.brother.com/pageyield.
Related Information
• Appendix
625
Home &gt; Appendix &gt; Brother Help and Customer Support
Brother Help and Customer Support
IMPORTANT
For technical help, you must call the country where you bought the machine. Calls must be made from
within that country.
&gt;&gt; FAQs (Frequently Asked Questions)
&gt;&gt; For Customer Service
&gt;&gt; Ordering Accessories and Supplies
FAQs (Frequently Asked Questions)
For more information on your Brother machine, visit the Brother support website at support.brother.com. For
additional help and tips, go to your model's FAQs &amp; Troubleshooting page; for the latest drivers and software,
go to your model's Downloads page.
For Customer Service
In USA:
www.brother-usa.com/support (Self-Service/Email/Chat)
1-877-BROTHER (1-877-276-8437)
In Canada:
www.brother.ca/support
(Self-Service Videos, Email, Chat, Facebook and Twitter Help)
Service Center Locator (USA only)
For the location of a Brother authorized service center, call 1-877-BROTHER (1-877-276-8437) or visit
www.brother-usa.com/support.
Service Center Locations (Canada only)
For the location of a Brother authorized service center, visit www.brother.ca/support.
Ordering Accessories and Supplies
For best quality results use only genuine Brother supplies, which are available at most Brother retailers. If you
cannot find the supplies you need and have a Visa, MasterCard, Discover, American Express credit card, or
PayPal account, you can order directly from Brother. Visit us online for a complete selection of the Brother
accessories and supplies that are available for purchase.
NOTE
In Canada, only Visa and MasterCard are accepted.
In USA:
1-877-BROTHER (1-877-276-8437)
www.brother-usa.com/support
In Canada:
www.brother.ca
626
Related Information
• Appendix
627
Brother International Corporation
200 Crossing Boulevard
P.O. Box 6911
Bridgewater, NJ 08807-0911 USA
Brother International Corporation (Canada) Ltd.
1 rue H&ocirc;tel de Ville,
Dollard-des-Ormeaux, QC, Canada H9B 3H6
USA/CAN
Version B
">
Hello! I am an AI chatbot specifically trained to assist you with the Brother MFCJ4335DW MFC-J4335DW INKvestment Tank All-in-One Printer User Guide. I have thoroughly reviewed the document and can help you locate the exact information you need or explain the content in clear and simple terms. Whether you’re looking for guidance on specific features, troubleshooting steps, or general usage, feel free to ask your questions. The more details you provide about your concerns or needs, the more accurately and effectively I can assist you!
Assistant typing
Assistant terminated
Related

Brother MFC-J4535DW Quick Setup Guide

Brother MFC-J4335DW Quick Setup Guide

Brother MFC-L3770CDW User's Guide

Brother MFC-L2750DW(XL) User's Guide

Brother MFC-L2750DW(XL) User's Guide

Brother MFC-L2750DW(XL) User's Guide

Brother MFCL2740DW Laser Printer User's Guide

Brother MFC-L8900CDW User's Guide

Brother MFC-J805DW(XL) User's Guide

Brother MFC-J6945DW User's Guide

Brother MFC-J5945DW User's Guide

Brother MFC-L2759DW Monochrome Laser Fax User's Guide
